Document:

EX-4.1

METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.

Transferor

DIRECT MERCHANTS CREDIT CARD BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Servicer

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Trustee

on behalf of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders

SERIES 2004-2 SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of November 5, 2004

to

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 22, 2002

METRIS MASTER TRUST

$335,800,000 Floating Rate Asset Backed

Securities, Series 2004-2, Class A

$75,400,000 Floating Rate Asset Backed

Securities, Series 2004-2, Class M

$83,000,000 Floating Rate Asset Backed

Securities, Series 2004-2, Class B

$260,516,000 Excess Collateral, Series 2004-2

	 	 	 
	EXHIBITS

Exhibit A-1

Exhibit A-2

Exhibit A-3

Exhibit B

Exhibit C

	 	

Form of Class A Investor Security

Form of Class M Investor Security

Form of Class B Investor Security

Form of Monthly Securityholder’s Statement

Form of Excess Collateral Investment Letter

1

SERIES 2004-2 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of November 5, 2004 (this “Series
Supplement”), by and among METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC., a corporation organized and existing under
the laws of the State of Delaware, as Transferor (the “Transferor”), DIRECT MERCHANTS
CREDIT CARD BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized under the laws of
the United States, as Servicer (the “Servicer”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a
national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States, as trustee
(together with its successors in trust thereunder as provided in the Agreement referred to below,
the “Trustee”), under the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of January 22, 2002 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the
“Agreement”), by and among the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee (as successor to
The Bank of New York (Delaware)).

Section 6.9 of the Agreement provides, among other things, that the Transferor and the Trustee
may at any time and from time to time enter into a supplement to the Agreement for the purpose of
authorizing the issuance by the Trustee to the Transferor, for execution and redelivery to the
Trustee for authentication, of one or more Series of Securities.

Pursuant to this Series Supplement, the Transferor and the Trustee shall create a new Series
of Investor Securities and shall specify the Principal Terms thereof.

Section 1. Designation. (a) There is hereby created a Series of Investor Securities
to be issued pursuant to the Agreement and this Series Supplement to be known generally as the
“Series 2004-2 Securities.” The Series 2004-2 Securities shall be issued in three Classes,
which shall be designated generally as the Floating Rate Asset Backed Securities, Series 2004-2,
Class A (the “Class A Securities”), the Floating Rate Asset Backed Securities, Series
2004-2, Class M (the “Class M Securities”) and the Floating Rate Asset Backed Securities,
Series 2004-2, Class B (the “Class B Securities”). In addition, there is hereby created a
fourth Class of an uncertificated interest in the Trust which shall be deemed to be an
“Investor Security” for all purposes under the Agreement and this Series Supplement, except
as expressly provided herein, and which shall be known as the Excess Collateral, Series 2004-2 (the
“Excess Collateral”).

(b) The Excess Collateral Holder, as holder of an “Investor Security” under the Agreement,
shall be entitled to the benefits of the Agreement and this Series Supplement upon payment by the
Excess Collateral Holder of amounts owing on the Closing Date as agreed to by the Transferor and
the Excess Collateral Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as expressly provided herein,
(i) the provisions of Article VI and Article XII of the Agreement relating to the registration,
authentication, delivery, presentation, cancellation and surrender of the Registered Securities and
the provisions of subsection 6.9(b) of the Agreement with respect to the effect that a newly issued
series of Investor Securities will be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes shall not be
applicable to the Excess Collateral and (ii) the provisions of Section 3.7 of the Agreement shall
not apply to cause the Excess Collateral to be treated as debt for federal, state and local income
and franchise tax purposes, but rather the Transferor intends and, together with the Excess
Collateral Holder, agrees to treat the Excess Collateral for federal, state and local income and
franchise tax purposes as representing an equity interest in the assets of the Trust.

Section 2. Definitions. In the event that any term or provision contained herein
shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any provision contained in the Agreement, the terms and
provisions of this Series Supplement shall govern with respect to the Series 2004-2 Securities.
All Article, Section or subsection references herein shall mean Articles, Sections or subsections
of the Agreement, as amended or supplemented by this Series Supplement, except as otherwise
provided herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Agreement.
Each capitalized term defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2004-2 Securities and no other
Series of Securities issued by the Trust.

“Accumulation Period” shall mean the period commencing at the close of business on the
last day of the September 2005 Monthly Period or such later date as is determined in accordance
with Section 4.19 of the Agreement and ending on the first to occur of (a) the commencement of the
Early Amortization Period and (b) the Series 2004-2 Termination Date.

“Accumulation Period Factor” shall mean, for any Monthly Period, a fraction, the
numerator of which is equal to the sum of the numerators with respect to all Classes of all Series
then outstanding used to calculate the allocation percentages applicable for Principal Collections,
and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of (a) the Invested Amount minus the Transferor
Retained Securities Amount, (b) the sum of the numerators with respect to all Classes of all Series
then outstanding used to calculate the allocation percentages applicable for Principal Collections
of all other Series which are not expected to be in their revolving periods during such Monthly
Period, and (c) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation percentages applicable
for Principal Collections of all Classes of other outstanding Series which are not allocating
Shared Principal Collections and are expected to be in their revolving periods during such Monthly
Period.

“Accumulation Period Length” shall have the meaning assigned such term in Section 4.22
of the Agreement.

“Accumulation Period Reserve Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.21(a) of the Agreement.

“Accumulation Shortfall” shall initially mean zero and thereafter shall mean, with
respect to any Monthly Period during the Accumulation Period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled
Deposit Amount for the previous Monthly Period over the amount deposited into the Principal Funding
Account pursuant to Section 4.12 of the Agreement with respect to the Series 2004-2 Securities for
the previous Monthly Period.

“Additional Interest” shall mean, at any time of determination, the sum of the Class A
Additional Interest, Class M Additional Interest and Class B Additional Interest.

“Adjusted Invested Amount” shall mean as of any Business Day, (i) the Invested Amount
minus (ii) the sum of the amounts then on deposit in the Principal Account and the Principal
Funding Account and the Series 2004-2 Percentage of the amount then on deposit in the Excess
Funding Account.

“Aggregate Interest Rate Caps Notional Amount” shall mean with respect to any date of
determination an amount equal to the sum of the notional amounts or equivalent amounts of all
outstanding Cap Agreements, Replacement Interest Rate Caps and Qualified Substitute Arrangements,
each as of such date of determination.

“Amortization Period” shall mean the period commencing on the Amortization Period
Commencement Date and continuing until the Series 2004-2 Termination Date.

“Amortization Period Commencement Date” shall mean the earlier of the first day of the
Accumulation Period and the Pay Out Commencement Date.

“Assignee” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 11(a) of this Series
Supplement.

“Available Reserve Account Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Transfer Date, the
lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account as of such date
(before giving effect to any withdrawal made or to be made pursuant to subsection 4.18(c) of the
Agreement from the Accumulation Period Reserve Account on such Transfer Date) and (b) the Required
Reserve Account Amount for such Transfer Date.

“Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections” shall have the meaning specified
in subsection 4.9(a) of the Agreement.

“Available Series 2004-2 Principal Collections” shall mean, with respect to any
Monthly Period, or portion thereof commencing on the Amortization Period Commencement Date, an
amount equal to the sum of (i) an amount equal to the Fixed/Floating Percentage of all Principal
Collections (less the amount of Redirected Principal Collections) received during such Monthly
Period, (ii) any amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account allocated to the Series 2004-2
Securities pursuant to subsection 4.9(d) of the Agreement with respect to such period, (iii) on and
after the Pay Out Commencement Date, any amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, in
accordance with subsection 4.14(b) of the Agreement, (iv) the sum of the aggregate amount allocated
with respect to the Series Default Amount with respect to such period and the Series 2004-2
Percentage of any unpaid Adjustment Payments paid pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(vi) and
4.9(a)(vii) of the Agreement with respect to such period, any reimbursements of unreimbursed
Charge-Offs pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(viii), (ix), (x) and (xi) of the Agreement with respect
to such period plus in each case, amounts applied with respect thereto pursuant to subsections
4.10(a) and (b), 4.17(a), (b) and (c), 4.20(b) and 4.21(b), (c) and (d) of the Agreement, (v) the
aggregate Shared Principal Collections allocated to the Series 2004-2 Securities pursuant to
Section 4.8 of the Agreement with respect to such period and (vi) the proceeds of the sale of all
or a portion of an Interest Rate Cap with respect to such Monthly Period.

“Base Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, the sum of (i) the
weighted average of the Class A Interest Rate, the Class M Interest Rate, the Class B Interest Rate
and the Excess Collateral Minimum Rate, in each case as of the last day of such Monthly Period
(weighted based on the Class A Outstanding Principal Amount, the Class M Outstanding Principal
Amount, the Class B Outstanding Principal Amount and the Excess Collateral Outstanding Principal
Amount, respectively, as of the last day of such Monthly Period) plus (ii) the product of
2.00% per annum and the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Adjusted
Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Invested Amount, each as of the last day of
such Monthly Period.

“Cap Agreements” shall mean each interest rate cap agreement, between the Transferor
and a Cap Provider, as amended from time to time, and any additional interest rate protection
agreement or agreements, entered into between the Transferor and a Cap Provider, as the same may
from time to time be amended, restated, modified and in effect.

“Cap Proceeds Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 3A(b) of this
Series Supplement.

“Cap Provider” shall mean a third party cap provider having a rating acceptable to the
Rating Agencies.

“Cap Receipt Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Business Day the amount on
deposit in the Cap Proceeds Account.

“Cap Settlement Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 3A(b) of this
Series Supplement.

“Carryover Class A Interest” shall mean with respect to any Business Day (a) any Class
A Monthly Interest due but not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus (b) any Class A
Additional Interest due on the next succeeding Distribution Date.

“Carryover Class B Interest” shall mean with respect to any Business Day (a) any Class
B Monthly Interest due but not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus (b) any Class B
Additional Interest due on the next succeeding Distribution Date.

“Carryover Class M Interest” shall mean with respect to any Business Day (a) any Class
M Monthly Interest due but not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus (b) any Class M
Additional Interest due on the next succeeding Distribution Date.

“Carryover Excess Collateral Minimum Interest” shall mean with respect to any Business
Day (a) any Excess Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest due but not paid on any previous
Distribution Date plus (b) any Excess Collateral Additional Interest due on the next
succeeding Distribution Date.

“Charge-Offs” shall mean the sum of Class A Charge-Offs, Class M Charge-Offs, Class B
Charge-Offs and Excess Collateral Charge-Offs.

“Class A Additional Interest” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.6(a) of
the Agreement.

“Class A Adjusted Invested Amount” shall mean, for any date of determination, an
amount not less than zero equal to the then current Class A Invested Amount minus the sum of the
Principal Funding Account Balance (in an amount not to exceed the Class A Invested Amount) and the
amount then on deposit in the Principal Funding Account for the benefit of the Class A Securities
on such date of determination and the Series 2004-2 Percentage of the amount on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account for the benefit of the Class A Securities.

“Class A Charge-Offs” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.13(c) of the
Agreement.

“Class A Floating Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Business Day, the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount
as of the end of the preceding Business Day and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the
sum of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust and the amounts on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account as of the end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the
numerators with respect to all Classes of all Series then outstanding used to calculate the
applicable allocation percentage.

“Class A Initial Invested Amount” shall mean the aggregate initial principal amount of
the Class A Securities, which is $335,800,000.

“Class A Interest Rate” shall mean 0.15% per annum in excess of LIBOR as determined on
the related LIBOR Determination Date.

“Class A Interest Shortfall” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.6(a) of
the Agreement.

“Class A Invested Amount” shall mean, when used with respect to any Business Day, the
greater of (x) zero and (y) an amount equal to (a) the Class A Initial Invested Amount less the
Class A Percentage of the Initial Pre-Funded Amount plus the Class A Percentage of the
amount of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the Funding Period in connection
with the addition of receivables to the trust or (ii) at the end of the Funding Period for deposit
into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments
(excluding principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class A Securityholders
through and including such Business Day, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class A
Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, plus (d) the sum of the aggregate amount
reimbursed with respect to reductions of the Class A Invested Amount through and including such
Business Day pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(viii) of the Agreement plus, with respect to such
subsection, amounts applied thereto pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b), 4.17(a), (b) and (c),
4.20(b) and 4.21(b), (c) and (d) of the Agreement, for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted
pursuant to the foregoing clause (c).

“Class A Monthly Interest” shall mean the interest distributable in respect of the
Class A Securities as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.6(a) of the Agreement.

“Class A Outstanding Principal Amount” shall mean with respect to the Class A
Securities, when used with respect to any Business Day, an amount equal to (a) the Class A Initial
Invested Amount minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments (including principal payments
made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to the Class A Securityholders on or prior to such Business
Day.

“Class A Percentage” shall mean a fraction the numerator of which is the Class A
Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial Invested Amount.

“Class A Principal” shall mean the principal distributable in respect of the Class A
Securities as specified in subsection 4.7(a) of the Agreement.

“Class A Required Amount” shall mean the amount determined by the Servicer for each
Business Day equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the sum of (i) the Class A Monthly Interest for
the Interest Accrual Period beginning in the then current Monthly Period, (ii) any Carryover Class
A Interest, (iii) the Class A Percentage of the Servicing Fee for the then current Monthly Period,
(iv) the Class A Floating Percentage of the Default Amount, if any, for such Business Day and, to
the extent not previously paid, for any previous Business Day in such Monthly Period and (v) the
Class A Floating Percentage of the Series 2004-2 Percentage of any Adjustment Payment the
Transferor is required but fails to make pursuant to subsection 3.8(a) of the Agreement on such
Business Day and on each previous Business Day during such Monthly Period over (y) the
Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections plus any Excess Finance Charge
Collections from other Series and any Transferor Finance Charge Collections allocated with respect
to the amounts described in clauses (x)(i) through (v) above with respect to such Business Days and
all previous Business Days in such Monthly Period.

“Class A Securities” shall mean any of the securities executed by the Transferor and
authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto.

“Class A Securityholder” shall mean the Person in whose name a Class A Security is
registered in the Security Register.

“Class A Securityholders’ Interest” shall mean the portion of the Series 2004-2
Securityholders’ Interest evidenced by the Class A Security.

“Class B Additional Interest” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.6(b) of
the Agreement.

“Class B Adjusted Invested Amount” shall mean, for any date of determination, an
amount not less than zero equal to the then current Class B Invested Amount minus the sum of the
Principal Funding Account Balance in excess of the Class A Invested Amount and Class M Invested
Amount (in an amount not to exceed the Class B Invested Amount) and the amount then on deposit in
the Principal Funding Account for the benefit of the Class B Securities on such date of
determination and the Series 2004-2 Percentage of the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account for the benefit of the Class B Securities.

“Class B Charge-Offs” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.13(b) of the
Agreement.

“Class B Fixed/Floating Percentage” shall mean for any Business Day the percentage
equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Adjusted Invested Amount at the end
of the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum
of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account as of the end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators with respect
to all Classes of all Series then outstanding used to calculate the applicable allocation
percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

“Class B Floating Percentage” shall mean with respect to any Business Day the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Adjusted Invested Amount
at the end of the preceding Business Day and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum
of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account at the end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators with respect to
all Classes of all Series then outstanding used to calculate the applicable allocation percentage.

“Class B Initial Invested Amount” shall mean the aggregate initial principal amount of
the Class B Securities, which is $83,000,000.

“Class B Interest Rate” shall mean 0.67% per annum in excess of LIBOR as determined on
the related LIBOR Determination Date.

“Class B Interest Shortfall” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.6(b) of
the Agreement.

“Class B Invested Amount” shall mean, when used with respect to any Business Day, the
greater of (x) zero and (y) an amount equal to (a) the Class B Initial Invested Amount less the
Class B Percentage of the Initial Pre-Funded Amount plus the Class B Percentage of the
amount of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the Funding Period in connection
with the addition of receivables to the Trust or (ii) at the end of the Funding Period for deposit
into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments
(excluding principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class B Securityholders
through and including such Business Day, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class B
Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, minus (d) the aggregate amount of Redirected Class B
Principal Collections for which the Excess Collateral Amount has not been reduced for all prior
Distribution Dates plus (e) the sum of the aggregate amount reimbursed with respect to reductions
of the Class B Invested Amount through and including such Business Day pursuant to subsection
4.9(a)(x) of the Agreement plus, with respect to such subsection, amounts applied thereto pursuant
to subsections 4.10(a) and (b), 4.17(a) and (b), 4.20(b) and 4.21(b), (c) and (d) of the Agreement,
for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c) and (d).

“Class B Monthly Interest” shall mean the interest distributable in respect of the
Class B Securities as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.6(c) of the Agreement.

“Class B Outstanding Principal Amount” shall mean, when used with respect to any
Business Day, an amount equal to (a) the Class B Initial Invested Amount minus (b) the aggregate
amount of principal payments (including principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made
to Class B Securityholders prior to such Business Day.

“Class B Percentage” shall mean a fraction the numerator of which is the Class B
Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial Invested Amount.

“Class B Principal” shall mean the principal distributable in respect of the Class B
Securities as specified in subsection 4.7(c) of the Agreement.

“Class B Required Amount” shall mean the amount determined by the Servicer on each
Business Day equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the sum of (i) the Class B Monthly Interest for
the Interest Accrual Period beginning in the then current Monthly Period, (ii) any Carryover Class
B Interest, (iii) the Class B Percentage of the Servicing Fee for the then current Monthly Period,
(iv) the Class B Floating Percentage of the Default Amount, if any, for such Business Day and, to
the extent not previously paid, for any previous Business Day in such Monthly Period, (v) the Class
B Floating Percentage of the Series 2004-2 Percentage of the Adjustment Payment the Transferor is
required but fails to make pursuant to subsection 3.8(a) of the Agreement on such Business Day and
on each previous Business Day during such Monthly Period and (vi) the unreimbursed amount by which
the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced on prior Business Days pursuant to clauses (c) and (d)
of the definition of Class B Invested Amount over (y) the Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge
Collections plus any Excess Finance Charge Collections from other Series and any Transferor Finance
Charge Collections allocated with respect to the amounts described in clauses (x)(i) through (vi)
above with respect to such Business Days and all previous Business Days in such Monthly Period.

“Class B Securities” shall mean any of the securities executed by the Transferor and
authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 hereto.

“Class B Securityholder” shall mean the Person in whose name a Class B Security is
registered in the Security Register.

“Class B Securityholders’ Interest” shall mean the portion of the Series 2004-2
Securityholders’ Interest evidenced by the Class B Security.

“Class M Additional Interest” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.6(b) of
the Agreement.

“Class M Adjusted Invested Amount” shall mean, for any date of determination, an
amount not less than zero equal to the then current Class M Invested Amount minus the sum of the
Principal Funding Account Balance in excess of the Class A Invested Amount (in an amount not to
exceed the Class M Invested Amount) and the amount then on deposit in the Principal Funding Account
for the benefit of the Class M Securities on such date of determination and the Series 2004-2
Percentage of the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account for the benefit of the Class M
Securities.

“Class M Charge-Offs” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.13(b) of the
Agreement.

“Class M Fixed/Floating Percentage” shall mean for any Business Day the percentage
equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class M Adjusted Invested Amount at the end
of the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum
of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account as of the end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators with respect
to all Classes of all Series then outstanding used to calculate the applicable allocation
percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

“Class M Floating Percentage” shall mean with respect to any Business Day the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class M Adjusted Invested Amount
at the end of the preceding Business Day and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum
of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account at the end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators with respect to
all Classes of all Series then outstanding used to calculate the applicable allocation percentage.

“Class M Initial Invested Amount” shall mean the aggregate initial principal amount of
the Class M Securities, which is $75,400,000.

“Class M Interest Rate” shall mean 0.39% per annum in excess of LIBOR as determined on
the related LIBOR Determination Date.

“Class M Interest Shortfall” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.6(b) of
the Agreement.

“Class M Invested Amount” shall mean, when used with respect to any Business Day, the
greater of (x) zero and (y) an amount equal to (a) the Class M Initial Invested Amount less the
Class M Percentage of the Initial Pre-Funded Amount plus the Class M Percentage of the
amount of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the Funding Period in connection
with the addition of receivables to the Trust or (ii) at the end of the Funding Period for deposit
into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments
(excluding principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class M Securityholders
through and including such Business Day, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class M
Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, minus (d) the aggregate amount of Redirected
Class M Principal Collections for which the Class B Invested Amount and Excess Collateral Amount
has not been reduced for all prior Distribution Dates plus (e) the sum of the aggregate
amount reimbursed with respect to reductions of the Class M Invested Amount through and including
such Business Day pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(ix) of the Agreement plus, with respect to such
subsection, amounts applied thereto pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b), 4.17(a) and (b),
4.20(b) and 4.21(b), (c) and (d) of the Agreement, for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted
pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c) and (d).

“Class M Monthly Interest” shall mean the interest distributable in respect of the
Class M Securities as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.6(b) of the Agreement.

“Class M Outstanding Principal Amount” shall mean, when used with respect to any
Business Day, an amount equal to (a) the Class M Initial Invested Amount minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments (including principal payments made from the Pre-Funding
Account) made to Class M Securityholders prior to such Business Day.

“Class M Percentage” shall mean a fraction the numerator of which is the Class M
Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial Invested Amount.

“Class M Principal” shall mean the principal distributable in respect of the Class M
Securities as specified in subsection 4.7(b) of the Agreement.

“Class M Required Amount” shall mean the amount determined by the Servicer on each
Business Day equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the sum of (i) the Class M Monthly Interest for
the Interest Accrual Period beginning in the then current Monthly Period, (ii) any Carryover Class
M Interest, (iii) the Class M Percentage of the Servicing Fee for the then current Monthly Period,
(iv) the Class M Floating Percentage of the Default Amount, if any, for such Business Day and, to
the extent not previously paid, for any previous Business Day in such Monthly Period, (v) the Class
M Floating Percentage of the Series 2004-2 Percentage of the Adjustment Payment the Transferor is
required but fails to make pursuant to subsection 3.8(a) of the Agreement on such Business Day and
on each previous Business Day during such Monthly Period and (vi) the unreimbursed amount by which
the Class M Invested Amount has been reduced on prior Business Days pursuant to clauses (c) and (d)
of the definition of Class M Invested Amount over (y) the Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge
Collections plus any Excess Finance Charge Collections from other Series and any Transferor Finance
Charge Collections allocated with respect to the amounts described in clauses (x)(i) through (vi)
above with respect to such Business Days and all previous Business Days in such Monthly Period.

“Class M Securities” shall mean any of the securities executed by the Transferor and
authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto.

“Class M Securityholder” shall mean the Person in whose name a Class M Security is
registered in the Security Register.

“Class M Securityholders’ Interest” shall mean the portion of the Series 2004-2
Securityholders’ Interest evidenced by the Class M Security.

“Closing Date” shall mean November 5, 2004.

“Controlled Accumulation Amount” shall mean, for any Transfer Date with respect to the
Accumulation Period prior to the payment in full of the Invested Amount, $50,000,000;
provided, however, that if the Accumulation Period Length is determined to be less
than 12 months pursuant to Section 4.19 of the Agreement, the Controlled Accumulation Amount for
each Transfer Date with respect to the Accumulation Period prior to the payment in full of the
Invested Amount will be equal to (i) the product of (x) the Invested Amount and (y) the
Accumulation Period Factor for the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date divided by (ii) the
Required Accumulation Factor Number.

“Controlled Deposit Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Transfer Date, the sum of
(a) the Controlled Accumulation Amount for such Transfer Date and (b) any existing Accumulation
Shortfall.

“Covered Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Interest Accrual Period during the
Accumulation Period prior to the payment in full of the Invested Amount equal to the product of (a)
the weighted average of the Class A Interest Rate, Class M Interest Rate, Class B Interest Rate and
Excess Collateral Minimum Rate (weighted based on the Class A Outstanding Principal Amount, the
Class M Outstanding Principal Amount, the Class B Outstanding Principal Amount and the Excess
Collateral Outstanding Principal Amount, respectively, as of the close of business on the first day
of such Interest Accrual Period), (b) a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of
days in the related Interest Accrual Period and the denominator of which is 360 and (c) the
Principal Funding Account Balance (up to the Invested Amount) as of the last day of the Monthly
Period preceding the Monthly Period in which such Interest Accrual Period ends.

“Default Amount” shall mean, (i) on any Business Day other than the Default
Recognition Date, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in Accounts which became Defaulted
Accounts on such Business Day and (ii) on any Default Recognition Date the aggregate amount of
Principal Receivables in Accounts which became Defaulted Accounts during the then current Monthly
Period (other than such Accounts which were included in clause (i)).

“Default Recognition Allocation Percentage” shall mean, with respect to each Default
Recognition Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Weighted
Average Invested Amount for the related Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Weighted
Average Principal Receivables in the Trust for the related Monthly Period.

“Default Recognition Date” shall mean the last day of each calendar month; provided,
however, that with respect to any Monthly Period the “related Default Recognition Date” shall mean
the Default Recognition Date occurring closest to the last day of such Monthly Period and any
amounts allocated or applied on such Default Recognition Date shall be deemed to apply to the
related Monthly Period.

“Defeasance” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.23 of the Agreement.

“Distribution Date” shall mean December 20, 2004, and the twentieth day of each month
thereafter, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

“DTC” shall mean The Depository Trust Company.

“Early Amortization Period” shall mean the period beginning on the earliest of (a) the
day on which a Pay Out Event occurs or is deemed to have occurred, (b) the Expected Final Payment
Date if the Class A Invested Amount has not been paid in full on such date, (c) the Expected Final
Payment Date if the Class M Invested Amount has not been paid in full on such date (d) the Expected
Final Payment Date if the Class B Invested Amount has not been paid in full on such date and (e)
the Expected Final Payment Date if the Excess Collateral Amount has not been paid in full on such
date, and ending on the earlier of (i) the date on which the Class A Invested Amount, the Class M
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount have been paid in
full and (ii) the Scheduled Series 2004-2 Termination Date.

“Enhancement” shall mean, with respect to the Class A Securities, the subordination of
the Class M Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount and the
benefits of the Interest Rate Caps, with respect to the Class M Securities, the subordination of
the Class B Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount and the benefits of the Interest Rate
Caps, with respect to the Class B Securities, the subordination of the Excess Collateral Amount and
the benefits of the Interest Rate Caps and, with respect to the Excess Collateral, the benefits of
the Interest Rate Caps.

“Excess Collateral” shall mean a fractional undivided interest in the Trust which
shall consist of the right to receive, to the extent necessary to make the required payments to the
Excess Collateral Holder under this Series Supplement, the portion of Collections allocable thereto
under the Agreement and this Series Supplement, funds on deposit in the Collection Account
allocable thereto pursuant to the Agreement and this Series Supplement, and funds on deposit in any
other Series Account (and any investment earnings thereon, net of investment expenses and losses,
if and to the extent specifically provided herein) allocable thereto pursuant to the Agreement and
this Series Supplement.

“Excess Collateral Adjusted Invested Amount” shall mean, for any date of
determination, an amount not less than zero equal to the then current Excess Collateral Amount
minus the sum of the Principal Funding Account Balance in excess of the Class A Invested Amount,
Class M Invested Amount and Class B Invested Amount (in an amount not to exceed the Excess
Collateral Amount) and the amount then on deposit in the Principal Funding Account for the benefit
of the Excess Collateral on such date of determination and the Series 2004-2 Percentage of the
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account for the benefit of the Excess Collateral.

“Excess Collateral Amount” shall mean, when used with respect to any Business Day, the
greater of (x) zero and (y) an amount equal to (a) the Excess Collateral Initial Amount less the
Excess Collateral Percentage of the Initial Pre-Funded Amount plus the Excess Collateral Percentage
of the amount of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the Funding Period in
connection with the addition of receivables to the Trust or (ii) at the end of the Funding Period
for deposit into the Principal Account, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal
payments (excluding principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to the Excess
Collateral Holder through and including such Business Day, minus (c) the aggregate amount
of Excess Collateral Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, minus (d) the aggregate
amount of Redirected Principal Collections for all prior Distribution Dates, plus (e) the
sum of the aggregate amount reimbursed with respect to reductions of the Excess Collateral Amount
through and including such Business Day pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(xi) of the Agreement plus,
with respect to such subsection, pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b), 4.20(b) and 4.21(b), (c)
and (d) of the Agreement, for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing
clauses (c) and (d).

“Excess Collateral Charge-Offs” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.13(a)
of the Agreement.

“Excess Collateral Fixed/Floating Percentage” shall mean for any Business Day the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Excess Collateral Adjusted
Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which is
the greater of (a) the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables and the amount on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of
the numerators with respect to all Classes of all Series then outstanding used to calculate the
applicable allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

“Excess Collateral Floating Percentage” shall mean with respect to any Business Day
the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Excess Collateral Adjusted
Invested Amount at the end of the preceding Business Day and the denominator of which is the
greater of (a) the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables and the amount on deposit
in the Excess Funding Account at the end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the
numerators with respect to all Classes of all Series then outstanding used to calculate the
applicable allocation percentage.

“Excess Collateral Holder” shall mean the entity so designated in writing by the
Transferor to the Trustee.

“Excess Collateral Holder’s Interest” shall mean the portion of the Series 2004-2
Securityholders’ Interest evidenced by the Excess Collateral.

“Excess Collateral Initial Amount” shall mean the aggregate initial principal amount
of the Excess Collateral, which is $260,516,000.

“Excess Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest” shall mean the interest distributable in
respect of the Excess Collateral as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.6(d) of the
Agreement.

“Excess Collateral Minimum Rate” shall mean, for any Interest Accrual Period, the rate
per annum specified in the Transfer and Administration Agreement; provided,
however, that the Excess Collateral Minimum Rate shall not exceed the product of the Excess
Collateral Notional Percentage times a rate of 1.50% per annum in excess of LIBOR as
determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date.

“Excess Collateral Notional Percentage” shall mean 40.6%.

“Excess Collateral Outstanding Principal Amount” shall mean, when used with respect to
any Business Day, an amount equal to (a) the Excess Collateral Initial Amount minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments (including principal payments made from the Pre-Funding
Account) made to the Excess Collateral Holder prior to such Business Day.

“Excess Collateral Percentage” shall mean a fraction the numerator of which is the
Excess Collateral Initial Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial Invested Amount.

“Excess Collateral Principal” shall mean the principal distributable in respect of the
Excess Collateral as specified in subsection 4.7(d) of the Agreement.

“Excess Finance Charge Collections” shall mean, with respect to any Business Day, as
the context requires, either (x) the amount described in subsection 4.9(a) of the Agreement
allocated to the Series 2004-2 Securities but available to cover shortfalls in amounts paid from
Finance Charge Collections for other Series, if any, or (y) the aggregate amount of Finance Charge
Collections allocable to other Series in excess of the amounts necessary to make required payments
with respect to such Series, if any, and available to cover shortfalls with respect to the Series
2004-2 Securities.

“Expected Final Payment Date” shall mean the October 2006 Distribution Date.

“FASIT” shall have the meaning specified in Section 17 of this Series Supplement.

“Fitch” shall mean Fitch, Inc., or its successor.

“Fixed/Floating Percentage” shall mean for any Business Day the percentage equivalent
of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Adjusted Invested Amount at the end of the last day of
the Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the aggregate
amount of Principal Receivables and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the
end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators with respect to all Classes of
all Series then outstanding used to calculate the applicable allocation percentage;
provided, however, that, on and after the Pay Out Commencement Date, with respect
to the allocations of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables, the numerator used in the above
calculation shall be the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the day immediately preceding the Pay Out
Commencement Date.

“Floating Percentage” shall mean for any Business Day the sum of the applicable Class
A Floating Percentage, Class M Floating Percentage, Class B Floating Percentage and Excess
Collateral Floating Percentage for such Business Day.

“Full Invested Amount” shall mean $754,716,000.

“Funding Period” shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date to but
excluding the earliest of (x) the first day for which the Invested Amount equals the Full Invested
Amount; (y) the first day on which a Pay Out Event is deemed to occur; and (z) the first Business
Day of the December 2004 Monthly Period.

“Funding Period Reserve Account” shall have the meaning set forth in subsection
4.15(a) of the Agreement.

“Initial Invested Amount” shall mean the sum of the Class A Initial Invested Amount,
the Class M Initial Invested Amount, the Class B Initial Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral
Initial Amount.

“Initial Pre-Funded Amount” shall mean $120,000,000.

“Interest Accrual Period” shall mean, with respect to a Distribution Date, the period
from and including the preceding Distribution Date to but excluding such Distribution Date;
provided, however, that the initial Interest Accrual Period shall be the period
from the Closing Date to but excluding the initial Distribution Date.

“Interest Rate Caps” shall mean the interest rate caps provided pursuant to Cap
Agreements by one or more Cap Providers to the Trustee on behalf of any of the Securityholders
which shall entitle the Trust to receive monthly payments equal to the product of (i) the positive
difference, if any, between LIBOR in effect for each applicable Interest Accrual Period and 9.50%,
(ii) the notional amount of such interest rate cap and (iii) the actual number of days in the
Interest Period divided by 360.

“Invested Amount” shall mean, when used with respect to any Business Day, an amount
equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Invested Amount, (b) the Class M Invested Amount, (c) the Class
B Invested Amount and (d) the Excess Collateral Amount, in each case as of such Business Day.

“Investment Earnings” shall mean, with respect to any Business Day, the investment
earnings on amounts on deposit in (i) the Payment Reserve Account, deposited in the Collection
Account pursuant to subsection 4.19(c), (ii) the Principal Funding Account, deposited in the
Collection Account pursuant to subsection 4.20(b), (iii) the Accumulation Period Reserve Account,
deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to subsection 4.21(b), (iv) the Pre-Funding Account,
deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to subsection 4.14(c), and (v) the Funding Period
Reserve Account, deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to subsection 4.15(b).

“Investment Letter” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 11(a) of this
Series Supplement.

“Investor Percentage” shall mean, for any Business Day, (a) with respect to Finance
Charge Collections prior to the Pay Out Commencement Date, Receivables in Defaulted Accounts at any
time and Principal Collections during the Revolving Period, the Floating Percentage and (b) with
respect to Finance Charge Collections on and after the Pay Out Commencement Date and Principal
Collections during the Amortization Period, the Fixed/Floating Percentage.

“Investor Securities” shall mean the Class A Securities, the Class M Securities, the
Class B Securities and the Excess Collateral.

“Investor Securityholder” shall mean the Holder of record of an Investor Security of
Series 2004-2.

“LIBOR” shall mean, as of any LIBOR Determination Date, the London interbank offered
quotations for one-month Dollar deposits determined by the Trustee for each Interest Accrual Period
in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.18 of the Agreement.

“LIBOR Determination Date” shall mean (i) November 3, 2004 with respect to the period
from the Closing Date through November 19, 2004, (ii) November 18, 2004 with respect to the period
from November 20, 2004 through December 19, 2004, and (iii) the second Business Day prior to the
commencement of each Interest Accrual Period beginning with the Interest Accrual Period commencing
on December 20, 2004. For purposes of this definition, a “Business Day” is any day on
which banks in London and New York are open for the transaction of international business.

“Minimum Retained Percentage” shall mean 2%.

“Minimum Transferor Percentage” shall mean 0%; provided, however, that
in certain circumstances such percentage may be increased.

“Monthly Period” shall have the meaning specified in the Agreement, except that the
first Monthly Period with respect to the Series 2004-2 Securities shall begin on and include the
Closing Date and shall end on and include November 30, 2004.

“Negative Carry Amount” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.10(a) of the
Agreement.

“Paired Series” shall have the meaning specified in Section 18 of this Series
Supplement.

“Pay Out Commencement Date” shall mean the date on which a Trust Pay Out Event is
deemed to occur pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Agreement or a Series 2004-2 Pay Out Event is deemed
to occur pursuant to Section 8 of this Series Supplement.

“Paying Agent” shall mean, for the Series 2004-2 Securities, initially U.S. Bank
National Association and, in certain limited circumstances, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.

“Payment Reserve Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.19(a) of
the Agreement.

“Permitted Assignee” shall mean any Person who, if it were the Excess Collateral
Holder or holder of an interest in the Trust, as applicable, would not cause the Trust to be
characterized as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes, as determined by an opinion of counsel to such effect.

“Portfolio Adjusted Yield” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, the average
of the percentages obtained for each of the three preceding Monthly Periods by subtracting the Base
Rate for such Monthly Period from the Portfolio Yield for such Monthly Period.

“Portfolio Yield” shall mean for the Series 2004-2 Securities, with respect to any
Monthly Period, the annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is an
amount equal to the sum of the aggregate amount of Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge
Collections for such Monthly Period (not including the amounts on deposit in the Payment Reserve
Account and Adjustment Payments made by the Transferor with respect to Adjustment Payments required
to be made but not made in prior Monthly Periods, if any) plus amounts withdrawn from the
Funding Period Reserve Account, if any, with respect to such Monthly Period and amounts withdrawn
from the Accumulation Period Reserve Account, if any, with respect to such Monthly Period
calculated on a cash basis, minus the aggregate Series Default Amount for such Monthly
Period and the Series 2004-2 Percentage of any Adjustment Payments which the Transferor is required
but fails to make pursuant to the Agreement for such Monthly Period, and the denominator of which
is the average daily Invested Amount during the preceding Monthly Period plus the average
Pre-Funded Amount during the preceding Monthly Period; provided, however, that
Excess Finance Charge Collections applied for the benefit of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders may
be added to the numerator if the Transferor shall have provided ten Business Days prior written
notice of such action to each Rating Agency and the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee shall
have received notification in writing that such action will not result in the reduction or
withdrawal by Standard & Poor’s of its then existing rating of the Investor Securities of any
outstanding Series or Class with respect to which it is a rating agency.

“Pre-Funded Amount” shall mean (a) the Initial Pre-Funded Amount, minus (b)
the amount of any increases in the Invested Amount during the Funding Period pursuant to Section
4.16 of the Agreement, minus (c) the amount withdrawn from the Pre-Funding Account and
deposited in the Principal Account.

“Pre-Funding Account” shall mean the account established and maintained pursuant to
subsection 4.14(a) of the Agreement.

“Principal Funding Account” shall have the meaning set forth in subsection 4.20 of the
Agreement.

“Principal Funding Account Balance” shall mean, with respect to any date of
determination during the Accumulation Period, the principal amount, if any, on deposit in the
Principal Funding Account on such date of determination.

“Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds” shall mean, with respect to each
Interest Accrual Period during the Accumulation Period, the investment earnings on funds on deposit
in the Principal Funding Account (net of investment losses and expenses) for such Interest Accrual
Period.

“Principal Shortfalls” shall mean on any Business Day (x) for Series 2004-2, (i)
during the Accumulation Period, the amount, if any, by which the Controlled Deposit Amount for the
Transfer Date immediately following the then current Monthly Period exceeds the total of the
amounts described in clauses (w), (x), (y) and (z) of subsection 4.9(c)(i), and (ii) at all other
times, the Invested Amount of the class then receiving principal payments after the application of
Principal Collections on such Business Day, or (y) for any other Series, the amounts specified as
such in the Supplement for such other Series.

“Qualified Substitute Arrangement” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
3A(d) of this Series Supplement.

“Rating Agencies” shall mean Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch.

“Redirected Class B Principal Collections” shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.17(b) of the Agreement.

“Redirected Class M Principal Collections” shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.17(c) of the Agreement.

“Redirected Excess Collateral Principal Collections” shall have the meaning specified
in subsection 4.17(a) of the Agreement.

“Redirected Principal Collections” shall mean the sum of Redirected Class M Principal
Collections, Redirected Class B Principal Collections and Redirected Excess Collateral Principal
Collections.

“Reference Banks” shall mean four major banks in the London interbank market selected
by the Servicer.

“Replacement Interest Rate Cap” shall mean one or more Interest Rate Caps, which in
combination with all other Interest Rate Caps then in effect, after giving effect to any planned
cancellations of any presently outstanding Interest Rate Caps satisfies the Transferor’s covenant
contained in Section 3A of this Series Supplement to maintain Interest Rate Caps.

“Required Accumulation Factor Number” shall be equal to a fraction, rounded upwards to
the nearest whole number, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is equal to
the lowest monthly principal payment rate on the Receivables, expressed as a decimal, for the 12
months preceding the date of such calculation.

“Required Amount” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.10(b) of the
Agreement.

“Required Reserve Account Amount” shall mean, for any date on or after the Reserve
Account Funding Date an amount equal to (a) 0.50% of the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, Class
M Invested Amount and Class B Invested Amount or (b) any other amount designated by the Transferor;
provided, that if such designation is of a lesser amount, the Transferor shall have (i) provided
the Servicer and the Trustee with evidence that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and
(ii) delivered to the Trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to the effect that, based on
the facts known to such officer at such time, in the reasonable belief of the Transferor, such
designation will not cause a Pay Out Event or an event that, after giving of notice or the lapse of
time, would cause a Pay Out Event to occur with respect to Series 2004-2.

“Reserve Account Funding Date” shall mean the earliest of (a) the first day of the
third Monthly Period preceding the first full day of the Accumulation Period; (b) the Determination
Date occurring in the first Monthly Period for which the Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less than
2.0%, but in such event the Reserve Account Funding Date shall not be required to occur earlier
than the first day of the Monthly Period which commences 12 months prior to the first full day of
the Accumulation Period; (c) the Determination Date occurring in the first Monthly Period for which
the Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less than 3.0%, but in such event the Reserve Account Funding Date
shall not be required to occur earlier than the first day of the Monthly Period which commences 6
months prior to the first full day of the Accumulation Period; or (d) the Determination Date
occurring in the first Monthly Period for which the Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less than 3.5%, but
in such event the Reserve Account Funding Date shall not be required to occur earlier than the
first day of the Monthly Period which commences 4 months prior to the first full day of the
Accumulation Period.

“Revolving Period” shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date to, but
not including, the Amortization Period Commencement Date.

“Scheduled Series 2004-2 Termination Date” shall mean the October 2010 Distribution
Date.

“Series 2004-2” shall mean the Series of the Metris Master Trust represented by the
Series 2004-2 Securities.

“Series 2004-2 Pay Out Event” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8 of this
Series Supplement.

“Series 2004-2 Percentage” shall mean, on any date of determination, the percentage
equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the Invested Amount and the denominator of which
is the sum of the Invested Amounts relating to all other Series then outstanding.

“Series 2004-2 Securities” shall mean the Class A Securities, the Class M Securities,
the Class B Securities and the Excess Collateral.

“Series 2004-2 Securityholder” shall mean the holder of record of any Series 2004-2
Security.

“Series 2004-2 Securityholders’ Interest” shall have the meaning specified in Section
4.4 of the Agreement.

“Series 2004-2 Termination Date” shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) the day after
the Distribution Date on which the Series 2004-2 Securities are paid in full, or (ii) the Scheduled
Series 2004-2 Termination Date.

“Series Default Amount” shall mean (i) on any Business Day other than a Default
Recognition Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Floating Percentage applicable on such
Business Day and (b) the aggregate Default Amount identified since the prior reporting date and
(ii) on any Default Recognition Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Default Recognition
Allocation Percentage applicable on such Default Recognition Date and (b) the Default Amount with
respect to such Default Recognition Date.

“Series Servicing Fee Percentage” shall mean 2.00% per annum.

“Servicing Fee” shall mean for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the product of
(i) a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in such Monthly Period and the
denominator of which is 365 or 366, (ii) the Series Servicing Fee Percentage and (iii) the Adjusted
Invested Amount as of the beginning of the day on the first day of such Monthly Period.

“Shared Principal Collections” shall mean, as the context requires, either (a) the
amount allocated to the Series 2004-2 Securities which, in accordance with subsections 4.9(b) and
4.9(c)(ii) of the Agreement, may be applied in accordance with Section 4.3(d) of the Agreement or
(b) the amounts allocated to the investor securities of other Series which the applicable Series
Supplements for such Series specify are to be treated as “Shared Principal Collections” and which
may be applied to cover Principal Shortfalls with respect to the Series 2004-2 Securities.

“Termination Payment Date” shall mean the earlier of the first Distribution Date
following the liquidation or sale of the Receivables as a result of an Insolvency Event and the
occurrence of the Scheduled Series 2004-2 Termination Date.

“Transfer” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11 of this Series Supplement.

“Transfer and Administration Agreement” shall mean the agreement among the Transferor,
Metris, as administrator, and the Excess Collateral Holder, dated as of November 5, 2004 as amended
or modified from time to time, relating to the transfer of the Excess Collateral.

“Transferor Finance Charge Collections” shall mean on any Business Day the product of
(a) the Finance Charge Collections for such Business Day, (b) the Transferor Percentage and (c) the
Series 2004-2 Percentage.

“Transferor Retained Securities” shall mean investor securities of any Series which
the Transferor is required to retain pursuant to the terms of any Supplement and with respect to
Series 2004-2, the portion of the Excess Collateral represented by the Owner Certificate in the
Metris Secured Note Trust 2004-2 for so long as the Owner Certificate is retained by the
Transferor.

“Transferor Retained Finance Charge Collections” shall mean with respect to each
Business Day other than a Default Recognition Date, the amount specified in subsection 4.9(a)(vi)
of the Agreement, which amount shall be deposited in an account maintained with a Qualified
Institution and shall be invested in Cash Equivalents maturing no later than the next succeeding
Default Recognition Date.

“Transferor Retained Securities Amount” shall mean the dollar value of the portion of
the Excess Collateral represented by the Owner Certificate in the Metris Secured Note Trust 2004-2
for so long as the Owner Certificate is retained by the Transferor.

“Weighted Average Invested Amount” shall mean with respect to any Monthly Period the
weighted average Adjusted Invested Amount based on the Adjusted Invested Amount outstanding on each
Business Day after giving effect to all transactions on such Business Day from but excluding the
Default Recognition Date related to the preceding Monthly Period to and including the Default
Recognition Date with respect to such Monthly Period.

“Weighted Average Principal Receivables” shall mean with respect to any Monthly Period
the weighted average sum of the total amount of Principal Receivables and the amount on deposit in
the Excess Funding Account on each Business Day after giving effect to all transactions on such
Business Day from but excluding the Default Recognition Date related to the preceding Monthly
Period to and including the Default Recognition Date with respect to such Monthly Period.

Section 3. Reassignment Terms. The Series 2004-2 Securities shall be subject to
termination by the Transferor (so long as the Transferor is the Servicer or an affiliate of the
Servicer) at its option, in accordance with the terms specified in subsection 12.2(a) of the
Agreement, on any Distribution Date on or after the Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount
would be reduced to an amount less than or equal to 10% of the highest Invested Amount during the
Revolving Period. The deposit required in connection with any such termination and final
distribution shall be equal to the unpaid Adjusted Invested Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest
on the Series 2004-2 Securities through the day prior to the Distribution Date on which the final
distribution occurs, in each case after giving effect to any payments on such date.

Section 3A. Conveyance of Interest in Interest Rate Cap; Cap Proceeds Account.

(a) The Transferor hereby covenants and agrees that, on or prior to the issuance of the Series
2004-2 Securities, it shall obtain and at all times prior to and including the close of business on
the October 2006 Distribution Date maintain one or more Interest Rate Caps whose notional amounts
singly or taken as a group equal or exceed an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Class A
Outstanding Principal Amount, the Class M Outstanding Principal Amount and the Class B Outstanding
Principal Amount and (ii) an amount equal to the product of (a) the Excess Collateral Initial
Amount less any Excess Collateral Principal distributed to the Excess Collateral Holder and (b) the
Excess Collateral Notional Percentage. On each Distribution Date starting with the October 2006
Distribution Date, the notional amounts of the Interest Rate Caps will reduce monthly in an amount
equal to the quotient of (i) the initial notional amount divided by (ii) 49. The
Transferor hereby assigns, sets-over, conveys, pledges and grants a security interest and lien
(free and clear of all other Liens) to the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2004-2
Securityholders, in and on all of the Transferor’s right, title and interest, whether now existing
or hereafter arising in and to the Cap Agreements and the Interest Rate Caps arising thereunder,
together with the Cap Proceeds Account and all other proceeds thereof, as collateral security for
the benefit of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders. The Transferor hereby further agrees to execute
all such instruments, documents and financing statements and take all such further action requested
by the Trustee to evidence and perfect the assignment of the Cap Agreements, the Interest Rate Caps
and the Cap Proceeds Account pursuant to this Section 3A. The Transferor agrees that each Interest
Rate Cap shall provide for payments to the Trustee and that the Trustee’s interest in respect of
such payments shall be deposited into the Cap Proceeds Account.

(b) The Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders, shall establish and
maintain with a Qualified Institution, which may be the financial institution serving as Trustee,
in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Securityholders, a certain segregated trust account
(the “Cap Proceeds Account”). All amounts paid pursuant to the Interest Rate Caps or any
Qualified Substitute Arrangement on any Business Day (a “Cap Settlement Date”) shall be
deposited in the Cap Proceeds Account. Any amounts paid pursuant to the Interest Rate Caps or any
Qualified Substitute Arrangement on the Transfer Date in any Monthly Period shall be treated for
all purposes herein, including application in accordance with subsection 4.9(a) of the Agreement,
as if they had been received on the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period. Funds in
the Cap Proceeds Account shall be invested at the direction of the Servicer, in Cash Equivalents
with maturities not later than the next succeeding Business Day. Any earnings on such invested
funds shall be deposited and held in the Cap Proceeds Account and applied in the same manner and
priority as payments pursuant to the Interest Rate Caps.

(c) In the event that the Cap Provider defaults in its obligation to make a payment to the
Trustee under one or more Cap Agreements on any Cap Settlement Date, the Trustee shall make a
demand on such Cap Provider, or any guarantor, if applicable, demanding payment by 12:30 p.m., New
York time, on such date. The Trustee shall give notice to the Securityholders upon the continuing
failure by any Cap Provider to perform its obligation during the two Business Days following a
demand made by the Trustee on such Cap Provider, and shall take such action with respect to such
continuing failure directed to be taken by the Securityholders.

(d) In the event that the Cap Provider is downgraded below the rating required by a Rating
Agency, then within 30 days after receiving notice of such decline in the creditworthiness of the
Cap Provider as determined by the Rating Agencies, either (x) the Cap Provider, with the prior
written confirmation of the Rating Agencies that such arrangement will not result in the reduction
or withdrawal of the rating of the Class A Securities, the Class M Securities, the Class B
Securities or the securities secured by the Excess Collateral, will enter into an arrangement the
purpose of which shall be to assure performance by the Cap Provider of its obligations under the
Interest Rate Caps; or (y) the Transferor shall at its option either (i) with the prior written
confirmation of the Rating Agencies that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal
of the rating of the Class A Securities, the Class M Securities, the Class B Securities or the
securities secured by the Excess Collateral, cause the Cap Provider to pledge securities in the
manner provided by applicable law which shall be held by the Trustee or its agent free and clear of
the Lien of any third party, in a manner conferring on the Trustee a perfected first Lien in such
securities securing the Cap Provider’s performance of its obligations under the applicable Interest
Rate Cap, or (ii) provided that a Replacement Interest Rate Cap or Qualified Substitute Arrangement
meeting the requirements of Section 3A(e) has been obtained, direct the Trustee (A) to provide
written notice to the Cap Provider of its intention to terminate the applicable Interest Rate Cap
within such 30-day period and (B) to terminate the applicable Interest Rate Cap within such 30-day
period, to request the payment to it of all amounts due to the Trust under the applicable Interest
Rate Cap through the termination date and to deposit any such amounts so received, on the day of
receipt, to the Cap Proceeds Account for the benefit of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders, or (iii)
establish any other arrangement (including an arrangement or arrangements in addition to or in
substitution for any prior arrangement made in accordance with the provisions of this Section
3A(d)) satisfactory to the Rating Agencies such that the Rating Agencies will not reduce or
withdraw the rating of the Class A Securities, the Class M Securities, the Class B Securities or
the securities secured by the Excess Collateral (a “Qualified Substitute Arrangement”);
provided, however, that in the event at any time any alternative arrangement
established pursuant to clause (x) or (y)(i) or (y)(iii) above shall cease to be satisfactory to
the Rating Agencies then the provisions of this Section 3A(d) shall again be applied and in
connection therewith the 30-day period referred to above shall commence on the date the Transferor
receives notice of such cessation or termination, as the case may be.

(e) Unless an alternative arrangement pursuant to clause (x) or (y)(i) of Section 3A(d) is
being established, the Transferor shall use its best efforts to obtain a Replacement Interest Rate
Cap or Qualified Substitute Arrangement meeting the requirements of this Section 3A(e) during the
30-day period referred to in Section 3A(d). The Trustee shall not terminate the Interest Rate Cap
unless, prior to the expiration of the 30-day period referred to in said Section 3A(d), the
Transferor delivers to the Trustee (i) a Replacement Interest Rate Cap or Qualified Substitute
Arrangement, (ii) to the extent applicable, an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization,
execution and delivery and validity and enforceability of such Replacement Interest Rate Cap or
Qualified Substitute Arrangement, as the case may be, and (iii) a letter from each of the Rating
Agencies confirming that the termination of the Interest Rate Cap and its replacement with such
Replacement Interest Rate Cap or Qualified Substitute Arrangement will not adversely affect its
rating of the Class A Securities, the Class M Securities, the Class B Securities or the securities
secured by the Excess Collateral.

(f) The Servicer or the Transferor shall notify the Trustee and the Rating Agencies within
five Business Days after obtaining actual knowledge that the senior unsecured debt rating of the
Cap Provider has been withdrawn or reduced by either of the Rating Agencies.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Transferor may at any time obtain a Replacement
Interest Rate Cap, provided that the Transferor delivers to the Trustee (i) an Opinion of Counsel
as to the due authorization, execution and delivery and validity and enforceability of such
Replacement Interest Rate Cap and (ii) a letter from each of the Rating Agencies confirming that
the termination of the then current Interest Rate Cap and its replacement with such Replacement
Interest Rate Cap will not adversely affect its rating of the Class A Securities, the Class M
Securities, the Class B Securities or the securities secured by the Excess Collateral.

(h) The Trustee, on behalf of the Securityholders, upon notification from the Transferor,
shall sell all or a portion of the Interest Rate Caps subject to the following conditions having
been met:

(x) the Aggregate Interest Rate Caps Notional Amount after giving effect to such sale
shall equal or exceed an amount equal to the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the date of such
sale after giving effect to all payments and allocations made pursuant to this Agreement;

(y) such sale will not result in a downgrading or withdrawal of the then current rating
on the Class A Securities, the Class M Securities, the Class B Securities or the securities
secured by the Excess Collateral by the Rating Agencies; and

(z) the minimum notional amount denomination of any Interest Rate Cap to be sold is
$1,000,000.

The Transferor shall have the duty of obtaining a fair market value price for the sale of the
Trust’s rights under any Interest Rate Cap, notifying the Trustee of prospective purchasers and
bids, and selecting the purchaser of such Interest Rate Cap. The Trustee upon receipt of the
purchase price in the Collection Account shall execute all documentation necessary to effect the
transfer of the Trust’s rights under the Interest Rate Cap and to release the Lien of the Trustee
on the Interest Rate Cap and proceeds thereof.

Funds deposited in the Collection Account in respect of the sale of all or a portion of an
Interest Rate Cap shall be applied as Principal Collections allocable to Series 2004-2 and shall be
applied on the next Distribution Date in accordance with subsections 4.7(a), (b), (c) and (d) and
4.9(b) and (c) of the Agreement.

Section 4. Delivery and Payment for the Class A Securities, the Class M Securities and the
Class B Securities. The Transferor shall execute and deliver the Class A Securities, the Class
M Securities and the Class B Securities to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with
Section 6.1 of the Agreement. The Trustee shall deliver the Class A Securities, the Class M
Securities and the Class B Securities to or upon the order of the Transferor when authenticated in
accordance with Section 6.2 of the Agreement.

Section 5. Form of Delivery of the Class A Securities, the Class M Securities and the
Class B Securities; Denominations.

(a) The Class A Securities, the Class M Securities and the Class B Securities, shall be
delivered as Book-Entry Securities as provided in Sections 6.1 and 6.10 of the Agreement.
The Class A Securities, the Class M Securities and the Class B Securities shall be issued in
minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

(b) The Depositary for the Class A Securities, the Class M Securities and the Class B
Securities shall be DTC and the Class A Securities, the Class M Securities and the Class B
Securities shall be initially registered in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee, and will
initially be held by the Trustee as custodian for DTC.

Section 6. Article IV of Agreement. Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 of the Agreement shall
read in their entirety as provided in the Agreement. Article IV of the Agreement (except for
Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 thereof) shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be applicable
only to the Series 2004-2 Securities:

ARTICLE IV

RIGHTS OF SECURITYHOLDERS AND

ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

4.4 Rights of Securityholders. The Series 2004-2 Securities shall represent undivided
interests in the Trust, including the right to receive, to the extent necessary to make the
required payments with respect to such Series 2004-2 Securities at the times and in the amounts
specified in this Agreement, (a) the Floating Percentage and the Fixed/Floating Percentage (as
applicable from time to time) of Collections (including Finance Charge Collections) available in
the Collection Account, (b) funds allocable to the Series 2004-2 Securities on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account and (c) funds on deposit in the Interest Funding Account, the Principal
Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Accumulation Period Reserve Account, the Distribution
Account, the Cap Proceeds Account, the Payment Reserve Account, the Funding Period Reserve Account
and the Pre-Funding Account (for such Series, the “Series 2004-2 Securityholders’
Interest”). The Class M Securities, the Class B Securities and the Excess Collateral shall be
subordinated to the Class A Securities; the Class B Securities and the Excess Collateral shall be
subordinated to the Class M Securities; and the Excess Collateral shall be subordinated to the
Class B Securities. The Class M Securities, the Class B Securities and the Excess Collateral will
not have the right to receive payments of principal until the Class A Invested Amount has been paid
in full. The Class B Securities and the Excess Collateral will not have the right to receive
payments of principal until the Class M Invested Amount has been paid in full. The Excess
Collateral will not have the right to receive payments of principal until the Class B Invested
Amount has been paid in full.

Section 4.5. Collections and Allocation; Payments on Exchangeable Transferor Security.

(a) Collections and Allocations. The Servicer will apply or will instruct the Trustee
to apply all funds on deposit in the Collection Account and the Excess Funding Account allocable to
the Series 2004-2 Securities, and all funds on deposit in the Interest Funding Account, the
Principal Account, the Cap Proceeds Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Accumulation Period
Reserve Account, the Distribution Account, the Payment Reserve Account, the Funding Period Reserve
Account and the Pre-Funding Account, as described in this Article IV. On each Business Day, (i)
the amount of Finance Charge Collections available in the Collection Account allocable to the
Series 2004-2 Securities shall be determined by multiplying the aggregate amount of such Finance
Charge Collections by (x) prior to the Pay Out Commencement Date, the Floating Percentage and (y)
on and after the Pay Out Commencement Date, the Fixed/Floating Percentage, (ii) the amount of
Principal Collections available in the Collection Account allocable to the Series 2004-2 Securities
shall be determined by multiplying the aggregate amount of such Principal Collections by (x) during
the Revolving Period, the Floating Percentage and (y) during the Amortization Period, the
Fixed/Floating Percentage, and (iii) the Receivables in Defaulted Accounts allocable to the Series
2004-2 Securities shall be determined by multiplying the Default Amount by the Floating Percentage.

(b) Payments to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Security. On each Business
Day, the Servicer shall allocate and pay Collections in accordance with the Daily Report with
respect to such Business Day to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Security in accordance
with subsection 4.3(b) of the Agreement; provided, however, that such amounts shall
be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof to the extent specified therein.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provisions of this Series Supplement, amounts
payable to the Transferor shall instead be deposited in the Excess Funding Account to the extent
necessary to prevent the Transferor Interest from being less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

Section 4.6 Determination of Interest for the Series 2004-2 Securities.

(a) The amount of monthly interest (the “Class A Monthly Interest”) which shall accrue
for the benefit of the Class A Securities with respect to any Interest Accrual Period shall be an
amount equal to the product of (i) the Class A Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related
Interest Accrual Period, (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the
related Interest Accrual Period and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the Class A
Outstanding Principal Amount as of the close of business on the first day of such Interest Accrual
Period.

On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall determine an
amount (the “Class A Interest Shortfall”) equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the Class A
Monthly Interest for the Interest Accrual Period applicable to the Distribution Date over
(y) the amount available to be paid to the Class A Securityholders in respect of interest on such
Distribution Date. If there is a Class A Interest Shortfall with respect to any Distribution Date,
an additional amount (“Class A Additional Interest”) shall be payable as provided herein
with respect to the Class A Securities on each Distribution Date following such Distribution Date
on which there was a Class A Interest Shortfall, to and including the Distribution Date on which
such Class A Interest Shortfall is paid to Class A Securityholders, equal to the product of (i) the
Class A Interest Rate, (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the
related Interest Accrual Period and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) such Class A Interest
Shortfall remaining unpaid. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class A Additional
Interest shall be payable or distributed to Class A Securityholders only to the extent permitted by
applicable law.

(b) The amount of monthly interest (the “Class M Monthly Interest”) which shall accrue
for the benefit of the Class M Securities with respect to any Interest Accrual Period shall be an
amount equal to the product of (i) the Class M Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related
Interest Accrual Period, (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the
related Interest Accrual Period and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the Class M
Outstanding Principal Amount as of the close of business on the first day of such Interest Accrual
Period.

On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall determine an
amount (the “Class M Interest Shortfall”) equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate
Class M Monthly Interest for the Interest Accrual Period applicable to the Distribution Date
over (y) the amount available to be paid to the Class M Securityholders in respect of
interest on such Distribution Date. If there is a Class M Interest Shortfall with respect to any
Distribution Date, an additional amount (“Class M Additional Interest”) shall be payable as
provided herein with respect to the Class M Securities on each Distribution Date following such
Distribution Date, to and including the Distribution Date on which such Class M Interest Shortfall
is paid to Class M Securityholders, equal to the product of (i) the Class M Interest Rate, (ii) a
fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Accrual Period
and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) such Class M Interest Shortfall remaining unpaid.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class M Additional Interest shall be payable or
distributed to Class M Securityholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) The amount of monthly interest (the “Class B Monthly Interest”) which shall accrue
for the benefit of the Class B Securities with respect to any Interest Accrual Period shall be an
amount equal to the product of (i) the Class B Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related
Interest Accrual Period, (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the
related Interest Accrual Period and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the Class B
Outstanding Principal Amount as of the close of business on the first day of such Interest Accrual
Period.

On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall determine an
amount (the “Class B Interest Shortfall”) equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate
Class B Monthly Interest for the Interest Accrual Period applicable to the Distribution Date
over (y) the amount available to be paid to the Class B Securityholders in respect of
interest on such Distribution Date. If there is a Class B Interest Shortfall with respect to any
Distribution Date, an additional amount (“Class B Additional Interest”) shall be payable as
provided herein with respect to the Class B Securities on each Distribution Date following such
Distribution Date, to and including the Distribution Date on which such Class B Interest Shortfall
is paid to Class B Securityholders, equal to the product of (i) the Class B Interest Rate, (ii) a
fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Accrual Period
and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) such Class B Interest Shortfall remaining unpaid.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class B Additional Interest shall be payable or
distributed to Class B Securityholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(d) The amount of monthly interest (the “Excess Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest”)
which shall accrue for the benefit of the Excess Collateral with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Excess Collateral Minimum Rate in effect
with respect to the related Interest Accrual Period, (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the
actual number of days in the related Interest Accrual Period and the denominator of which is 360
and (iii) the Excess Collateral Outstanding Principal Amount as of the close of business on the
first day of such Interest Accrual Period.

Section 4.7 Determination of Principal Amounts. (a) The amount of principal (the
“Class A Principal”) distributable from the Distribution Account or available for deposit
into the Principal Funding Account with respect to the Class A Securities for each Distribution
Date, beginning with the Distribution Date in the month following the month in which the
Accumulation Period or, if earlier, the Early Amortization Period, begins, shall be equal to the
least of (i) the Available Series 2004-2 Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal Account
with respect to the related Transfer Date, (ii) for each Distribution Date with respect to the
Accumulation Period, prior to the payment in full of the Class A Invested Amount and on or prior to
the Expected Final Payment Date, the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount for such Transfer Date
and (iii) the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount on the related Transfer Date.

(b) The amount of principal (the “Class M Principal”) distributable from the
Distribution Account or available for deposit into the Principal Funding Account with respect to
the Class M Securities for each Distribution Date, beginning with (x) during the Accumulation
Period, the Distribution Date in the month following the month in which the Accumulation Period
begins and (y) during the Early Amortization Period, the Distribution Date on which the Class A
Invested Amount is paid in full, shall be equal to the least of (i) the Available Series 2004-2
Principal Collections remaining on deposit in the Principal Account with respect to the related
Transfer Date after application thereof to Class A Principal, if any, (ii) for each Distribution
Date with respect to the Accumulation Period, prior to the payment in full of the Class M Invested
Amount and on or prior to the Expected Final Payment Date, the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount
for such Transfer Date and (iii) the Class M Adjusted Invested Amount on such Transfer Date.

(c) The amount of principal (the “Class B Principal”) distributable from the
Distribution Account or available for deposit into the Principal Funding Account with respect to
the Class B Securities for each Distribution Date, beginning with (x) during the Accumulation
Period, the Distribution Date in the month following the month in which the Accumulation Period
begins and (y) during the Early Amortization Period, the Distribution Date on which the Class M
Invested Amount is paid in full, shall be equal to the least of (i) the Available Series 2004-2
Principal Collections remaining on deposit in the Principal Account with respect to the related
Transfer Date after application thereof to Class A Principal and Class M Principal, if any, (ii)
for each Distribution Date with respect to the Accumulation Period, prior to the payment in full of
the Class B Invested Amount and on or prior to the Expected Final Payment Date, the applicable
Controlled Deposit Amount for such Transfer Date and (iii) the Class B Adjusted Invested Amount on
such Transfer Date.

(d) The amount of principal (the “Excess Collateral Principal”) distributable from the
Distribution Account or available for deposit into the Principal Funding Account with respect to
the Excess Collateral for each Transfer Date, beginning with (x) during the Accumulation Period,
the Distribution Date in the month following the month in which the Accumulation Period begins and
(y) during the Early Amortization Period, the Transfer Date immediately preceding the Distribution
Date on which the Class B Invested Amount will be paid in full, prior to payment in full of the
Excess Collateral Amount, shall be equal to the least of (i) the Available Series 2004-2 Principal
Collections remaining on deposit in the Principal Account with respect to the related Transfer Date
after application thereof to Class A Principal, Class M Principal and Class B Principal, if any,
(ii) for each Distribution Date with respect to the Accumulation Period, prior to the payment in
full of the portion of the Excess Collateral Amount not retained by the Transferor and on or prior
to the Expected Final Payment Date, the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount for such Transfer Date
and (iii) the Excess Collateral Adjusted Invested Amount on such Transfer Date.

Section 4.8 Shared Principal Collections. Shared Principal Collections allocated to
Available Series 2004-2 Principal Collections for the Series 2004-2 Securities and to be applied to
Class A Principal, Class M Principal, Class B Principal and Excess Collateral Principal pursuant to
subsection 4.9(c)(i)(z) of the Agreement for any Business Day with respect to the Amortization
Period shall mean an amount equal to the product of (x) Shared Principal Collections for all Series
for such Business Day and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Principal Shortfall for the
Series 2004-2 Securities for such Business Day and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount
of Principal Shortfalls for all Series for such Business Day. For any Business Day with respect to
the Revolving Period, Shared Principal Collections allocated to Available Series 2004-2 Principal
Collections for the Series 2004-2 Securities shall be zero.

Section 4.9 Application of Funds. (a) On each Business Day, the Servicer shall
deliver to the Trustee a Daily Report in which it shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw, and the
Trustee, acting in accordance with such instructions, shall withdraw from the Collection Account
and the Cap Proceeds Account, to the extent of the sum of (w) prior to the Pay Out Commencement
Date, the Floating Percentage of the sum of Finance Charge Collections and the amount of Adjustment
Payments made by the Transferor with respect to Adjustment Payments required to be made but not
made in a prior Monthly Period, available in the Collection Account or, on and after the Pay Out
Commencement Date, the Fixed/Floating Percentage of the sum of Finance Charge Collections and the
amount of Adjustment Payments made by the Transferor with respect to Adjustment Payments required
to be made but not made in a prior Monthly Period, available in the Collection Account, (x)
Investment Earnings, (y) amounts on deposit in the Payment Reserve Account, if any, if and to the
extent the Transferor designates that such amounts are to be so applied, and (z) the Cap Receipt
Amount, if any, for such Business Day (collectively, the “Available Series 2004-2 Finance
Charge Collections”), the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Collection Account pursuant
to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through 4.9(a)(xiii) of the Agreement.

(i) Class A Monthly Interest. On each Business Day during a Monthly Period,
the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw first
from the Cap Proceeds Account to the extent of the Cap Receipt Amount and then from the
Collection Account and then from the Payment Reserve Account, and deposit into the Interest
Funding Account for distribution on the next Distribution Date to the Class A
Securityholders, to the extent of the Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections for
such Business Day, an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Available Series 2004-2 Finance
Charge Collections and (y) the excess of (1) the sum of Class A Monthly Interest for the
Interest Accrual Period beginning in such Monthly Period and Carryover Class A Interest
over (2) any amounts with respect thereto previously deposited into the Interest
Funding Account on any prior Business Day during such Monthly Period. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein, the portion of Carryover Class A Interest that constitutes
Class A Additional Interest shall be payable or distributable to Class A Securityholders
only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(ii) Class M Monthly Interest. On each Business Day during a Monthly Period,
the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw first
from the Cap Proceeds Account to the extent of the Cap Receipt Amount and then from the
Collection Account and then from the Payment Reserve Account, and deposit into the Interest
Funding Account for distribution on the next Distribution Date to the Class M
Securityholders, to the extent of any Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections
remaining after giving effect to the withdrawal pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(i) of the
Agreement, an amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Available Series 2004-2
Finance Charge Collections and (y) the excess of (1) the sum of Class M Monthly Interest for
the Interest Accrual Period beginning in such Monthly Period and Carryover Class M Interest
over (2) any amounts with respect thereto previously deposited into the Interest
Funding Account on any prior Business Day during such Monthly Period. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein, the portion of Carryover Class M Interest that constitutes
Class M Additional Interest shall be payable or distributable to Class M Securityholders
only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(iii) Class B Monthly Interest. On each Business Day during a Monthly Period,
the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw first
from the Cap Proceeds Account to the extent of the Cap Receipt Amount and then from the
Collection Account and then from the Payment Reserve Account, and deposit into the Interest
Funding Account for distribution on the next Distribution Date to the Class B
Securityholders, to the extent of any Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections
remaining after giving effect to the withdrawal pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(i) and (ii) of
the Agreement, an amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Available Series
2004-2 Finance Charge Collections and (y) the excess of (1) the sum of Class B Monthly
Interest for the Interest Accrual Period beginning in such Monthly Period and Carryover
Class B Interest over (2) any amounts with respect thereto previously deposited into
the Interest Funding Account on any prior Business Day during such Monthly Period.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the portion of Carryover Class B Interest
that constitutes Class B Additional Interest shall be payable or distributable to Class B
Securityholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(iv) Excess Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest. On each Business Day during a
Monthly Period, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall
withdraw first from the Cap Proceeds Account to the extent of the Cap Receipt Amount and
then from the Collection Account and then from the Payment Reserve Account, and distribute
to the Excess Collateral Holder, on such Business Day, to the extent of any Available Series
2004-2 Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant
to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (iii) of the Agreement, an amount equal to the lesser of
(x) any such remaining Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections and (y) the excess
of (1) the sum of Excess Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest for the Interest Accrual Period
beginning in such Monthly Period and Carryover Excess Collateral Minimum Interest
over (2) any amounts with respect thereto previously distributed to the Excess
Collateral Holder on any prior Business Day during such Monthly Period.

(v) Investor Servicing Fee. On each Business Day, the Trustee, acting in
accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw first from the Cap Proceeds
Account to the extent of the Cap Receipt Amount and then from the Collection Account and
then from the Payment Reserve Account, and distribute to the Servicer, to the extent of any
Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving effect to the
withdrawals pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(i) through (iv) of the Agreement, an amount equal
to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections
and (y) the excess of (i) the Servicing Fee for such Monthly Period plus any unpaid
Servicing Fees from prior Monthly Periods over (ii) any amounts with respect thereto
previously distributed to the Servicer during such Monthly Period.

(vi) Series Default Amount. On each Business Day, first if such day is
the Default Recognition Date for the related Monthly Period, the Transferor will apply (as
described below) an amount equal to the amount paid to the Transferor pursuant to subsection
3.2(a)(vii) of the Transfer and Administration Agreement on each Business Day in the current
Monthly Period other than a Default Recognition Date to be treated as “Transferor
Retained Finance Charge Collections” and second the Trustee, acting in
accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw first from the Cap Proceeds
Account to the extent of the Cap Receipt Amount and then from the Collection Account and
then from the Payment Reserve Account, to the extent of any Available Series 2004-2 Finance
Charge Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant to subsections
4.9(a)(i) through (v) of the Agreement, in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such
remaining Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections and, if such day is the related
Default Recognition Date for such Monthly Period, an amount equal to the aggregate
Transferor Retained Finance Charge Collections for each prior day during the related Monthly
Period and (y) the sum of (1) the aggregate Series Default Amount for such Business Day
plus (2) the unpaid Series Default Amount for each previous Business Day during such
Monthly Period, such amount to be (A) treated as Shared Principal Collections during the
Revolving Period, and (B) treated as Available Series 2004-2 Principal Collections during
the Amortization Period.

(vii) Adjustment Payment Shortfalls. On each Business Day, the Trustee, acting
in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw first from the Cap
Proceeds Account to the extent of the Cap Receipt Amount and then from the Collection
Account and then from the Payment Reserve Account, to the extent of any Available Series
2004-2 Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant
to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (vi) of the Agreement, an amount equal to the lesser of (x)
any such remaining Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections and (y) an amount
equal to the Series 2004-2 Percentage of any Adjustment Payment which the Transferor is
required but fails to make pursuant to subsection 3.8(a) of the Agreement, such amount, (i)
during the Revolving Period, to be treated as Shared Principal Collections, and (ii) during
the Amortization Period, to be treated as Available Series 2004-2 Principal Collections.

(viii) Reimbursement of Class A Charge-Offs. On each Business Day, the
Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw first from
the Cap Proceeds Account to the extent of the Cap Receipt Amount and then from the
Collection Account and then from the Payment Reserve Account, to the extent of any Available
Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals
pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (vii) of the Agreement, an amount equal to the
lesser of (x) any such remaining Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections and (y)
the unreimbursed Class A Charge-Offs, if any, will be applied to reimburse Class A
Charge-Offs, such amount during the Revolving Period, to be treated as Shared Principal
Collections, and during the Amortization Period, to be treated as Available Series 2004-2
Principal Collections.

(ix) Reimbursement of Class M Charge-Offs. On each Business Day, the Trustee,
acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw first from the Cap
Proceeds Account to the extent of the Cap Receipt Amount and then from the Collection
Account and then from the Payment Reserve Account, to the extent of any Available Series
2004-2 Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant
to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (viii) of the Agreement, an amount equal to the lesser of
(x) any such remaining Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections and (y) the
unreimbursed amount by which the Class M Invested Amount has been reduced on prior Business
Days pursuant to clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of Class M Invested Amount, if any,
such amount, (i) during the Revolving Period, to be treated as Shared Principal Collections,
and (ii) during the Amortization Period, to be treated as Available Series 2004-2 Principal
Collections.

(x) Reimbursement of Class B Charge-Offs. On each Business Day, the Trustee,
acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw first from the Cap
Proceeds Account to the extent of the Cap Receipt Amount and then from the Collection
Account and then from the Payment Reserve Account, to the extent of any Available Series
2004-2 Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant
to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (ix) of the Agreement, an amount equal to the lesser of (x)
any such remaining Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections and (y) the
unreimbursed amount by which the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced on prior Business
Days pursuant to clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of Class B Invested Amount, if any,
such amount, (i) during the Revolving Period, to be treated as Shared Principal Collections,
and (ii) during the Amortization Period, to be treated as Available Series 2004-2 Principal
Collections.

(xi) Reimbursement of Excess Collateral Charge-Offs. On each Business Day, the
Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw first from
the Cap Proceeds Account to the extent of the Cap Receipt Amount and then from the
Collection Account and then from the Payment Reserve Account, to the extent of any Available
Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals
pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (x) of the Agreement, an amount equal to the
lesser of (x) any such remaining Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections and (y)
the unreimbursed amount by which the Excess Collateral Amount has been reduced on prior
Business Days pursuant to clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of Excess Collateral Amount,
if any, such amount, (i) during the Revolving Period, to be treated as Shared Principal
Collections, and (ii) during the Amortization Period, to be treated as Available Series
2004-2 Principal Collections.

(xii) Accumulation Period Reserve Account. On each Business Day on and after
the Reserve Account Funding Date, but prior to the date on which the Accumulation Period
Reserve Account terminates pursuant to subsection 4.21(d) of the Agreement, the Trustee,
acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw first from the Cap
Proceeds Account to the extent of the Cap Receipt Amount and then from the Collection
Account and then from the Payment Reserve Account, and distribute to the Servicer, to the
extent of any Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving
effect to the withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (xi) of the Agreement,
an amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Available Series 2004-2 Finance
Charge Collections and (y) the excess, if any, of the Required Reserve Account Amount
over the Available Reserve Account Amount and the Servicer shall deposit such
amount, if any, in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account.

(xiii) Payments to Excess Collateral Holder. Any amounts remaining in the Cap
Proceeds Account, Collection Account and the Payment Reserve Account, to the extent of any
Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving effect to the
withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (xii) of the Agreement, shall be
distributed to the Excess Collateral Holder.

On each Business Day during a Monthly Period, any amount distributed to the Trustee pursuant to
subsection 3.2(a)(v) of the Transfer and Administration Agreement to be deposited in the Payment
Reserve Account shall be deposited in the Payment Reserve Account.

On each Business Day during a Monthly Period, any amount distributed to the Trustee pursuant to
subsection 3.2(a)(vi) of the Transfer and Administration Agreement shall be treated as Excess
Finance Charge Collections, and the Servicer shall direct the Trustee in writing on each Business
Day to first make such amounts available to pay Securityholders of other Series to the extent of
shortfalls, if any, in amounts payable to such Securityholders from Finance Charge Collections
allocated to such other Series, then to pay any unpaid commercially reasonable costs and expenses
of a Successor Servicer, if any.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on any Default Recognition Date the sum of the amount of
Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections (including, all amounts on deposit in the
Payment Reserve Account remaining after application pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(v)) and
Transferor Retained Finance Charge Collections is less than the Series Default Amount for such
Default Recognition Date, the Servicer shall apply (i) amounts deposited in the Accumulation Period
Reserve Account pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(xii) of the Agreement during the then current Monthly
Period and (ii) any amount distributed to the Trustee pursuant to subsection 3.2(a) of the Transfer
and Administration Agreement for application in accordance with the instructions of the Servicer in
respect of such shortfall, in accordance with subsection 4.9(a)(vi) of the Agreement to the extent
of such shortfall.

(b) For each Business Day with respect to the Revolving Period, the funds on deposit in the
Collection Account to the extent of the product of (i) the Floating Percentage and (ii) Principal
Collections with respect to such Business Day (less the amount of Redirected Principal Collections
on such Business Day) will be treated as Shared Principal Collections and applied, pursuant to the
written direction of the Servicer in the Daily Report for such Business Day, as provided in Section
4.3(d) of the Agreement.

(c) For each Business Day on and after the Amortization Period Commencement Date, the amount
of funds on deposit in the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account or the Pre-Funding
Account and other accounts as described below will be distributed, pursuant to the written
direction of the Servicer in the Daily Report for such Business Day in the following priority:

(i) an amount (not in excess of the Adjusted Invested Amount) equal to the sum of (v)
the product of the Fixed/Floating Percentage and Principal Collections in the Collection
Account at the end of the preceding Business Day (less the amount thereof applied as
Redirected Principal Collections on such Business Day), (w) any amount on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account allocated to the Series 2004-2 Securities on such Business Day
pursuant to subsection 4.9(d) of the Agreement, (x) amounts to be paid pursuant to
subsections 4.9(a)(vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x) and (xi) of the Agreement from Available
Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections and from amounts available pursuant to subsections
4.10(a) and (b), 4.17, 4.20(b) and 4.21(b), (c) and (d) of the Agreement on such Business
Day, (y) on and after the Pay Out Commencement Date, any amount on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account on such Business Day (less investment earnings thereon) and (z) the
amount of Shared Principal Collections allocated to the Series 2004-2 Securities in
accordance with Section 4.8 of the Agreement on such Business Day, will be deposited into
the Principal Account; provided, however, that with respect to any Monthly Period during the
Accumulation Period, the aggregate amount required to be deposited in the Principal Account
pursuant to this subsection 4.9(c)(i) shall not exceed the sum of the Controlled Deposit
Amount.

(ii) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of the amounts described in
clauses (i)(v) through (y) above over (B) the sum of the Class A Principal, the Class M
Principal, the Class B Principal and the Excess Collateral Principal will be treated as
Shared Principal Collections and applied as provided in subsection 4.3(d) of the Agreement.

(d) On the first Business Day of the Amortization Period funds on deposit in the Excess
Funding Account will be deposited in the Principal Account to the extent of the lesser of (x) the
Invested Amount and (y) the product of (i) the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at
the beginning of the Amortization Period and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to
the Invested Amount and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of the invested amounts of all
Series in amortization periods on such day.

Section 4.10 Coverage of Required Amount for the Series 2004-2 Securities.

(a) To the extent that any amounts are on deposit in the Excess Funding Account on any
Business Day, the Servicer shall apply, in the manner specified for application of Available Series
2004-2 Finance Charge Collections in subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (xiii) of the Agreement,
Transferor Finance Charge Collections in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of (a)
the Base Rate, (b) the amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account and (c) the number of days
elapsed since the previous Business Day divided by the actual number of days in such year
over (y) the aggregate amount of all earnings since the previous Business Day available
from the Cash Equivalents in which funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account are invested (the
“Negative Carry Amount”).

(b) To the extent that on any Business Day payments are being made pursuant to any of
subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (xii) of the Agreement, respectively, and the full amount to be paid
pursuant to any such subsection receiving payments on such Business Day is not paid in full on such
Business Day, the Servicer shall apply, in the manner specified for application of Available Series
2004-2 Finance Charge Collections in subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (xii) of the Agreement, all or a
portion of the Excess Finance Charge Collections from other Series with respect to such Business
Day allocable to the Series 2004-2 Securities in an amount equal to the excess of the full amount
to be allocated or paid pursuant to the applicable subsection over the amount applied with respect
thereto from Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections and Transferor Finance Charge
Collections on such Business Day (the “Required Amount”).

Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated to the Series 2004-2 Securities for any Business
Day shall mean an amount equal to the product of (x) Excess Finance Charge Collections available
from all other Series for such Business Day and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Required Amount for such Business Day and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of
shortfalls in required amounts or other amounts to be paid from Finance Charge Collections for all
Series for such Business Day.

Section 4.11 Payment of Interest on Class A Securities, Class M Securities, Class B
Securities and Excess Collateral. On each Transfer Date, the Trustee, acting in accordance
with instructions from the Servicer set forth in the Daily Report for such day, shall withdraw the
amount on deposit in the Interest Funding Account with respect to the preceding Monthly Period
allocable to the Class A Securities, the Class M Securities, the Class B Securities and the Excess
Collateral and deposit such amount in the Distribution Account. On each Distribution Date, the
Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Agreement to (w) the Class A
Securityholders from the Distribution Account such amount deposited into the Distribution Account
on the related Transfer Date allocable thereto pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(i) of the Agreement,
(x) the Class M Securityholders from the Distribution Account the amount deposited into the
Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date allocable thereto pursuant to subsection
4.9(a)(ii) of the Agreement, (y) the Class B Securityholders from the Distribution Account the
amount deposited into the Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date allocable thereto
pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(iii) of the Agreement and (z) the Excess Collateral Holder from the
Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date allocable thereto pursuant to subsection
4.9(a)(iv) of the Agreement.

Section 4.12 Payment of Security Principal. (a) During the Accumulation Period, the
Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer set forth in the Daily Report for
such day, shall deposit into the Principal Funding Account, to the extent of funds available, an
amount equal to the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount, Class M Adjusted Invested Amount, Class B
Adjusted Invested Amount and the portion of the Excess Collateral Amount not retained by the
Transferor. On the Expected Final Payment Date with respect to the Accumulation Period, following
any deposit to the Distribution Account pursuant to subsection 4.12(g) of the Agreement, the Paying
Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Agreement to the Class A Securityholders,
Class M Securityholders, Class B Securityholders and Excess Collateral Holder from the Distribution
Account in the manner described in subsection 4.12(g) below.

(b) During the Early Amortization Period, on the Transfer Date preceding each Distribution
Date with respect to the Amortization Period, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions
from the Servicer set forth in the Daily Report for such day, shall withdraw from the Principal
Account and deposit into the Distribution Account with respect to the Early Amortization Period, to
the extent of funds available, an amount equal to the Class A Principal for such Distribution Date.
On each Distribution Date with respect to the Early Amortization Period until the Class A Invested
Amount is paid in full, the Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Agreement
to the Class A Securityholders from the Distribution Account such amounts deposited with respect to
Class A Principal into the Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date.

(c) During the Early Amortization Period, on each Transfer Date commencing with the Transfer
Date immediately preceding the Distribution Date on which the Class A Invested Amount will be paid
in full, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer set forth in the
Daily Report for such day, shall withdraw from the Principal Account and deposit in the
Distribution Account, to the extent of funds available, an amount equal to the Class M Principal
for the related Distribution Date. On and after the Class A Invested Amount has been paid in full,
and on each Distribution Date thereafter until the Class M Invested Amount is paid in full, the
Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Agreement to the Class M
Securityholders from the Distribution Account such amounts deposited with respect to Class M
Principal into the Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date.

(d) During the Early Amortization Period, on each Transfer Date commencing with the Transfer
Date immediately preceding the Distribution Date on which the Class M Invested Amount will be paid
in full, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer set forth in the
Daily Report for such day, shall withdraw from the Principal Account and deposit in the
Distribution Account, to the extent of funds available, an amount equal to the Class B Principal
for the related Distribution Date. On and after the Class M Invested Amount has been paid in full,
and on each Distribution Date thereafter until the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full, the
Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Agreement to the Class B
Securityholders from the Distribution Account such amounts deposited with respect to Class B
Principal into the Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date.

(e) On the Transfer Date immediately preceding the Distribution Date on which the Class B
Invested Amount will be paid in full and on each Transfer Date thereafter, the Trustee, acting in
accordance with instructions from the Servicer set forth in the Daily Report for such day, shall
withdraw from the Principal Account and deposit in the Distribution Account, to the extent of funds
available, an amount equal to the Excess Collateral Amount for such Transfer Date. On and after
the Transfer Date immediately preceding the Distribution Date on which the Class B Invested Amount
will be paid in full, and on each Distribution Date thereafter until the Excess Collateral Amount
is paid in full, the Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Agreement to the
Excess Collateral Holder from the Distribution Account such amounts deposited with respect to
Excess Collateral Amount into the Distribution Account on such Transfer Date.

(f) Any amounts remaining in the Principal Account and allocable to the Series 2004-2
Securities, after the Excess Collateral Amount has been paid in full, will be treated as Shared
Principal Collections and applied in accordance with Section 4.3(d) of the Agreement.

(g) On the earlier to occur of (i) the first Transfer Date with respect to the Early
Amortization Period and (ii) the Transfer Date immediately preceding the Expected Final Payment
Date, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw from
the Principal Funding Account and deposit in the Distribution Account the amount on deposit in the
Principal Funding Account for distribution (i) to the Class A Securityholders up to an amount equal
to the Class A Invested Amount, (ii) after the Class A Invested Amount has been paid in full, then
to the Class M Securityholders up to an amount equal to the Class M Invested Amount, (iii) after
the Class M Invested Amount has been paid in full, then to the Class B Securityholders up to an
amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount and (iv) after the Class B Invested Amount has been
paid in full, then to the Excess Collateral Holder up to an amount equal to the Excess Collateral
Amount.

Section 4.13 Series Charge-Offs. (a) If, on any Determination Date, the aggregate
Series Default Amount and the Series 2004-2 Percentage of unpaid Adjustment Payments, if any, for
each Business Day in the preceding Monthly Period exceeded the Available Series 2004-2 Finance
Charge Collections applied to the payment thereof pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(vi) and (vii) of
the Agreement (including, without limitation, the amount of Principal Funding Account Investment
Proceeds applied with respect thereto pursuant to subsection 4.20(b) and the amount of Pre-Funding
Account investment proceeds applied with respect thereto pursuant to subsection 4.14(c)), the
amount of Transferor Finance Charge Collections and Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated
thereto pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Agreement, the amount of Redirected Principal Collections
applied with respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.17 of the Agreement, amounts withdrawn from the
Funding Period Reserve Account pursuant to subsection 4.15(b) and amounts withdrawn from the
Accumulation Period Reserve Account pursuant to subsection 4.21(b), (c) and (d) and applied with
respect to the Series Default Amount and the Series 2004-2 Percentage of unpaid Adjustment Payments
with respect to such Monthly Period, the Excess Collateral Amount will be reduced by the amount by
which the remaining aggregate Series Default Amount and Series 2004-2 Percentage of unpaid
Adjustment Payments exceed the amount applied with respect thereto during such preceding Monthly
Period (an “Excess Collateral Charge-Off”).

(b) In the event that any such reduction of the Excess Collateral Amount would cause the
Excess Collateral Amount to be a negative number, the Excess Collateral Amount will be reduced to
zero, and the Class B Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which the Excess Collateral
Amount would have been reduced below zero, but not more than the remaining aggregate Series 2004-2
Default Amount and Series 2004-2 Percentage of unpaid Adjustment Payments for such Monthly Period
(a “Class B Charge-Off”).

(c) In the event that any such reduction of the Class B Invested Amount would cause the Class
B Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class B Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and
the Class M Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount
would have been reduced below zero, but not more than the remaining aggregate Series 2004-2 Default
Amount and Series 2004-2 Percentage of unpaid Adjustment Payments for such Monthly Period (a
“Class M Charge-Off”).

(d) In the event that any such reduction of the Class M Invested Amount would cause the Class
M Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class M Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and
the Class A Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which the Class M Invested Amount
would have been reduced below zero, but not more than the remaining aggregate Series 2004-2 Default
Amount and Series 2004-2 Percentage of unpaid Adjustment Payments for such Monthly Period (a
“Class A Charge-Off”).

Section 4.14. Pre-Funding Account. (a) Establishment of the Pre-Funding
Account. The Transferor hereby directs the Servicer, for the benefit of the Series 2004-2
Securityholders, to establish and maintain or cause to be established and maintained in the name of
the Trustee, on behalf of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders, with a Qualified Institution (which
initially shall be U.S. Bank National Association) a segregated trust account (the “Pre-Funding
Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held
for the benefit of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders. The Transferor does hereby transfer, assign,
set over and otherwise convey to the Trust for the benefit of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders,
without recourse, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Pre-Funding Account,
any Cash Equivalents on deposit therein and any proceeds of the foregoing, including the investment
earnings. The Pre-Funding Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for
the benefit of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders. If, at any time, the institution holding the
Pre-Funding Account ceases to be a Qualified Institution, the Transferor shall direct the Servicer
to establish within 10 Business Days a new Pre-Funding Account meeting the conditions specified
above with a Qualified Institution, transfer any cash and/or any investments to such new
Pre-Funding Account and from the date such new Pre-Funding Account is established, it shall be the
“Pre-Funding Account.” In addition, after five days notice to the Trustee, the Transferor may
direct the Servicer to establish a new Pre-Funding Account meeting the conditions specified above
with a different Qualified Institution, transfer any cash and/or investments to such new
Pre-Funding Account and from the date such new Pre-Funding Account is established, it shall be, for
the Series 2004-2 Securities, the “Pre-Funding Account.” Pursuant to the authority granted to the
Servicer in subsection 3.1(b) of the Agreement, the Servicer shall have the power, revocable by the
Trustee, to make withdrawals and payments or to instruct the Trustee to make withdrawals and
payments from the Pre-Funding Account for the purposes of carrying out the Servicer’s or Trustee’s
duties hereunder.

(b) Administration of Pre-Funding Account. The Transferor shall on the Closing Date
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account the Initial Pre-Funded Amount. On the Business Day preceding
each Transfer Date, the Servicer shall withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account and deposit in the
Collection Account all interest and other investment income on the Pre-Funded Amount. Interest
(including reinvested interest) and other investment income on funds on deposit in the Pre-Funded
Account shall not be considered part of the Pre-Funded Amount for purposes of this Agreement.
Funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account shall be withdrawn by the Servicer and paid to the
Transferor to the extent of any increases in the Invested Amount pursuant to Section 4.16 of the
Agreement. If the Pay Out Commencement Date occurs during the Funding Period, the remaining
Pre-Funded Amount will be applied in accordance with subsection 4.9(c) of the Agreement to make
principal payments with respect to the Series 2004-2 Securities. The Servicer shall withdraw the
remaining Pre-Funded Amount, if any, on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account not later than the fifth
Business Day of the December 2004 Monthly Period and deposit such amount into the Principal Account
for payment to Series 2004-2 Securityholders pro rata based on the Class A Outstanding Principal
Amount, the Class M Outstanding Principal Amount, the Class B Outstanding Principal Amount and the
Excess Collateral Outstanding Principal Amount on such date.

(c) Investment of Funds in Pre-Funding Account. Funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account shall be invested in Cash Equivalents by the Trustee (or, at the direction of the Trustee,
by the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee) at the direction of the Servicer. Funds on deposit in
the Pre-Funding Account on any Distribution Date, after giving effect to any withdrawals from the
Pre-Funding Account, shall be invested in Cash Equivalents that will mature so that such funds will
be available for withdrawal on or prior to the following Transfer Date. The proceeds of any such
investments shall be invested in Cash Equivalents that will mature so that such funds will be
available for withdrawal on or prior to the following Transfer Date and, on such Transfer Date,
such proceeds shall be deposited in the Collection Account and treated as Investment Earnings for
application as Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections available to be applied pursuant
to subsection 4.9(a) on the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

Section 4.15. Funding Period Reserve Account. (a) Establishment of the Funding
Period Reserve Account. The Transferor hereby directs the Servicer, for the benefit of the
Series 2004-2 Securityholders, to establish and maintain or cause to be established and maintained
in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders, with a Qualified
Institution (which initially shall be U.S. Bank National Association) a segregated trust account
(the “Funding Period Reserve Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the
funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders. The
Transferor does hereby transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Trust for the benefit
of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders, without recourse, all of its right, title and interest in, to
and under the Funding Period Reserve Account, any Cash Equivalent on deposit therein and any
proceeds of the foregoing, including the investment earnings. The Funding Period Reserve Account
shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2004-2
Securityholders. If, at any time, the institution holding the Funding Period Reserve Account
ceases to be a Qualified Institution, the Transferor shall direct the Servicer to establish within
10 Business Days a new Funding Period Reserve Account meeting the conditions specified above with
a Qualified Institution, transfer any cash and/or any investments to such new Funding Period
Reserve Account and from the date such new Funding Period Reserve Account is established, it shall
be the “Funding Period Reserve Account.” In addition, after five days notice to the Trustee, the
Transferor may direct the Servicer to establish a new Funding Period Reserve Account meeting the
conditions specified above with a different Qualified Institution, transfer any cash and/or
investments to such new Funding Period Reserve Account and from the date such new Funding Period
Reserve Account is established, it shall be, for the Series 2004-2 Securities, the “Funding Period
Reserve Account.” Pursuant to the authority granted to the Servicer in subsection 3.1(b) of the
Agreement, the Servicer shall have the power, revocable by the Trustee, to make withdrawals and
payments or to instruct the Trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the Funding Period
Reserve Account for the purposes of carrying out the Servicer’s or Trustee’s duties hereunder.

(b) Administration of Funding Period Reserve Account. The Transferor shall on the
Closing Date deposit in the Funding Period Reserve Account an amount which is equal to the product
of (i) 2.00%, (ii) the Pre-Funded Amount on the Closing Date and (iii) a fraction the numerator of
which is the actual number of days from and including the Closing Date through but excluding the
first day of the December 2004 Monthly Period and the denominator of which is 360. Funds on
deposit in the Funding Period Reserve Account (after giving effect to any withdrawals from the
Funding Period Reserve Account) shall be invested by the Trustee at the direction of the Servicer
in Cash Equivalents maturing no later than the following Transfer Date. The interest and other
investment income (net of investment expenses and losses) earned on such investments will be
deposited in the Collection Account and treated as Investment Earnings for application as Available
Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections available to be applied pursuant to subsection 4.9(a) on
the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

(c) Withdrawals From Funding Period Reserve Account. On or before each Transfer Date
with respect to the Funding Period, the Trustee at the direction of the Servicer shall withdraw
from the Funding Period Reserve Account, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit
in the Funding Period Reserve Account and (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the product of (x) a
fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Accrual Period
and the denominator of which is 360, (y) the weighted average of the Class A Interest Rate, the
Class M Interest Rate, the Class B Interest Rate and the Excess Collateral Minimum Rate, in each
case as in effect for the related Interest Accrual Period (weighted based on the Class A Invested
Amount, the Class M Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount,
respectively, as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and (z) the sum of the Pre-Funded
Amount at the close of business on each day during the preceding Monthly Period divided by the
actual number of days in such Monthly Period over (ii) the investment income (net of
investment losses and expenses) earned on amounts in the Pre-Funding Account since the Closing Date
(in the case of the first Transfer Date) or the preceding Transfer Date (in the case of each
subsequent Transfer Date), and the amount of such withdrawal shall be applied as if such amount
were Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections available to be applied pursuant to
subsection 4.9(a) on the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

(d) The Funding Period Reserve Account shall be terminated following the earlier to occur of
(a) the completion of the Funding Period and (b) the termination of the Trust pursuant to the
Agreement. Upon the termination of the Funding Period Reserve Account, all amounts on deposit
therein (after giving effect to any withdrawal from the Funding Period Reserve Account on such date
as described above) shall be applied as if they were Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge
Collections available to be applied pursuant to subsection 4.9(a) on the last Business Day of the
preceding Monthly Period.

Section 4.16. Increases in Invested Amount. The Transferor may at any time during the
Funding Period determine to increase the Invested Amount up to the Full Invested Amount to the
extent there are sufficient Principal Receivables in the Trust to permit such increase in the
Invested Amount without causing a Pay Out Event to occur with respect to any outstanding Series.
Upon determining to increase the Invested Amount pursuant to this Section 4.16, the Transferor
shall deliver to the Servicer, the Trustee and each Rating Agency an Officers’ Certificate
specifying the amount of the increase in the Invested Amount the Transferor has determined to make
and certifying that no Pay Out Event with respect to any outstanding Series will occur as a result
of or in connection with such increase in the Invested Amount. Upon receipt of such Officer’s
Certificate by the Trustee, the Class A Invested Amount, the Class M Invested Amount, the Class B
Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount shall be increased by the amount specified in such
Officers’ Certificate, whereupon the Servicer shall withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account in the
manner specified in Section 4.14(b) and pay to the Transferor an amount equal to the sum of the
amount of such increase in the Class A Invested Amount, the Class M Invested Amount, the Class B
Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount.

Upon the withdrawal of the remaining Pre-Funded Amount, if any, on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account not later than the fifth Business Day of the December 2004 Monthly Period and the deposit
of such amount in the Excess Funding Account, the Class A Invested Amount shall be increased by an
amount equal to the Class A Percentage of such amount, the Class M Invested Amount shall be
increased by an amount equal to the Class M Percentage of such amount, the Class B Invested Amount
shall be increased by an amount equal to the Class B Percentage of such amount and the Excess
Collateral Amount shall be increased by an amount equal to the Excess Collateral Percentage of such
amount.

Section 4.17 Redirected Principal Collections for the Series 2004-2 Securities.

(a) On each Business Day, the Servicer will determine an amount equal to the least of
(i) the Excess Collateral Amount, (ii) the product of (x)(I) during the Revolving Period,
the Excess Collateral Floating Percentage or (II) during an Amortization Period, the Excess
Collateral Fixed/Floating Percentage and (y) the amount of Principal Collections for such
Business Day and (iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Required Amount for
such Business Day, (b) the Class M Required Amount for such Business Day and (c) the Class B
Required Amount for such Business Day (such amount called “Redirected Excess Collateral
Principal Collections”) and shall apply Principal Collections in an amount equal to such
amount first to the components of the Class A Required Amount and then to the components of
the Class M Required Amount and then to the components of the Class B Required Amount in the
same priority as amounts are applied to such components from Available Series 2004-2 Finance
Charge Collections pursuant to subsection 4.9(a) of the Agreement.

(b) On each Business Day, the Servicer will determine an amount equal to the least of
(i) the Class B Invested Amount, (ii) the product of (x)(I) during the Revolving Period, the
Class B Floating Percentage or (II) during an Amortization Period, the Class B
Fixed/Floating Percentage and (y) the amount of Principal Collections with respect to such
Business Day and (iii) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Class A Required Amount
and the Class M Required Amount for such Business Day over the amount of Redirected Excess
Collateral Principal Collections applied with respect thereto for such Business Day (such
amount called “Redirected Class B Principal Collections”) and shall apply Principal
Collections in an amount equal to such amount to the components of the Class A Required
Amount and then to the components of the Class M Required Amount as amounts are applied to
such components from Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections pursuant to
subsection 4.9(a) of the Agreement.

(c) On each Business Day, the Servicer will determine an amount equal to the least of
(i) the Class M Invested Amount, (ii) the product of (x)(I) during the Revolving Period, the
Class M Floating Percentage or (II) during an Amortization Period, the Class M
Fixed/Floating Percentage and (y) the amount of Principal Collections with respect to such
Business Day and (iii) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Class A Required Amount
for such Business Day over the amount of Redirected Excess Collateral Principal Collections
and Redirected Class B Principal Collections applied with respect thereto for such Business
Day (such amount called “Redirected Class M Principal Collections”) and shall apply
Principal Collections in an amount equal to such amount to the components of the Class A
Required Amount as amounts are applied to such components from Available Series 2004-2
Finance Charge Collections pursuant to subsection 4.9(a) of the Agreement.

Section 4.18 Determination of LIBOR. (a) “LIBOR” shall mean, as of any LIBOR
Determination Date, the offered rate for deposits in United States dollars for one month
(commencing on the first day of the relevant Interest Accrual Period) which appears on Telerate
Page 3750 as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Interest Accrual
Period. If such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, the rate for such LIBOR Determination
Date will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in the United States dollars
are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR
Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to one month
(commencing on the first day of the relevant Interest Accrual Period). The Trustee will request
the principal London office of each such bank to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two
such quotations are provided, the rate for such LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic
mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided as requested, the rate for such
LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by four major banks in New
York City, selected by the Trustee, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the LIBOR
Determination Date for loans in United States dollars to leading European banks for a period equal
to one month (commencing on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period).

(b) On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Trustee shall send to the Servicer by facsimile
notification of LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date.

Section 4.19 Payment Reserve Account. (a) The Servicer shall establish and maintain
or cause to be established and maintained with a Qualified Institution, which may be the Trustee,
in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Securityholders, the “Payment Reserve
Account,” which shall be a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of such
Qualified Institution, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein
are held for the benefit of the Securityholders. The Trustee shall possess all right, title and
interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Payment Reserve Account and in all
proceeds thereof. The Payment Reserve Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the
Trustee for the benefit of the Securityholders. If, at any time, the institution holding the
Payment Reserve Account ceases to be a Qualified Institution, the Trustee shall within 10 Business
Days establish a new Payment Reserve Account meeting the conditions specified above with a
Qualified Institution, and shall transfer any cash or any investments to such new Payment Reserve
Account. From the date such new Payment Reserve Account is established, it shall be the
“Payment Reserve Account.”

(b) The Transferor, at its discretion, may on any Business Day withdraw all or a part of any
amounts then on deposit in the Payment Reserve Account and apply such funds as Available Series
2004-2 Finance Charge Collections in accordance with subsection 4.9(a) of the Agreement.

(c) Funds on deposit in the Payment Reserve Account shall be invested in Cash Equivalents by
the Trustee (or, at the direction of the Trustee, by the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee) at the
direction of the Servicer. Funds on deposit in the Payment Reserve Account on any Business Day,
after giving effect to any withdrawals from the Payment Reserve Account, shall be invested in Cash
Equivalents that will mature so that such funds will be available for withdrawal on or prior to the
following Business Day. The proceeds of any such investments shall be invested in Cash Equivalents
that will mature so that such funds will be available for withdrawal on or prior to the following
Business Day. On each Business Day following a deposit of funds to the Payment Reserve Account,
the aggregate proceeds of any such investment shall be deposited in the Collection Account and
treated as Investment Earnings for application as Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge
Collections.

Section 4.20 Principal Funding Account. (a) The Servicer shall establish and maintain
or cause to be established and maintained with a Qualified Institution, which may be the Trustee,
in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Securityholders, the “Principal Funding
Account,” which shall be a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of such
Qualified Institution, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein
are held for the benefit of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders. The Trustee shall possess all
right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Principal Funding
Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Principal Funding Account shall be under the sole
dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders. If, at
any time, the institution holding the Principal Funding Account ceases to be a Qualified
Institution, the Trustee shall within 10 Business Days establish a new Principal Funding Account
meeting the conditions specified above with a Qualified Institution, and shall transfer any cash or
any investments to such new Principal Funding Account. From the date such new Principal Funding
Account is established, it shall be the “Principal Funding Account.” The Trustee, at the
written direction of the Servicer, shall (i) make withdrawals from the Principal Funding Account
from time to time, in the amounts and for the purposes set forth in this Series Supplement, and
(ii) on each Transfer Date (from and after the commencement of the Accumulation Period) prior to
termination of the Principal Funding Account make a deposit into the Principal Funding Account in
the amount specified in, and otherwise in accordance with, subsection 4.12(a) of the Agreement.

(b) Funds on deposit in the Principal Funding Account shall be invested by the Trustee at the
direction of the Servicer in Cash Equivalents maturing no later than the following Transfer Date.
On the Transfer Date occurring in the month following the commencement of the Accumulation Period
and on each Transfer Date thereafter with respect to the Accumulation Period, the Trustee, at the
Servicer’s written direction, shall transfer from the Principal Funding Account to the Collection
Account the Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds on deposit in the Principal Funding
Account, but not in excess of the Covered Amount, and shall apply such amount as if such amounts
were Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections available to be applied pursuant to
subsection 4.9(a) on the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period. Principal Funding
Account Investment Proceeds (including reinvested interest) shall not be considered part of the
amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding Account for purposes of this Series Supplement.

Section 4.21 Accumulation Period Reserve Account. (a) The Servicer shall establish
and maintain or cause to be established and maintained with a Qualified Institution, which may be
the Trustee, in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Securityholders, the “Accumulation
Period Reserve Account,” which shall be a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
department of such Qualified Institution, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds
deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders. The Trustee shall
possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Accumulation
Period Reserve Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Accumulation Period Reserve Account shall
be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2004-2
Securityholders. If, at any time, the institution holding the Accumulation Period Reserve Account
ceases to be a Qualified Institution, the Trustee shall within 10 Business Days establish a new
Accumulation Period Reserve Account meeting the conditions specified above with a Qualified
Institution, and shall transfer any cash or any investments to such new Accumulation Period Reserve
Account. From the date such new Accumulation Period Reserve Account is established, it shall be
the “Accumulation Period Reserve Account.” The Trustee, at the written direction of the
Servicer, shall (i) make withdrawals from the Accumulation Period Reserve Account from time to
time, in the amounts and for the purposes set forth in this Series Supplement, and (ii) on each
Transfer Date (from and after the Reserve Account Funding Date) prior to termination of the
Accumulation Period Reserve Account make a deposit into the Accumulation Period Reserve Account in
the amount specified in, and otherwise in accordance with, subsection 4.9(a)(xii) of the Agreement.

(b) Funds on deposit in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account shall be invested by the
Trustee at the direction of the Servicer in Cash Equivalents maturing no later than the following
Transfer Date. The interest and other investment income (net of investment expenses and losses)
earned on such investments will be retained in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account (to the
extent the amount on deposit therein is less than the Required Reserve Account Amount) or deposited
in the Collection Account and treated as Investment Earnings for application as Available Series
2004-2 Finance Charge Collections available to be applied pursuant to subsection 4.9(a) on the last
Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

(c) On or before each Transfer Date with respect to the Accumulation Period and on the first
Transfer Date with respect to the Early Amortization Period, the Trustee at the direction of the
Servicer shall withdraw from the Accumulation Period Reserve Account, up to the Available Reserve
Account Amount, an amount equal to the excess of the Covered Amount for the related Interest
Accrual Period over the Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds with respect to such Transfer
Date, and the amount of such withdrawal shall be applied as if such amount were Available Series
2004-2 Finance Charge Collections available to be applied pursuant to subsection 4.9(a) on the last
Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

(d) The Accumulation Period Reserve Account shall be terminated following the earliest to
occur of (a) the termination of the Trust pursuant to the Agreement, (b) the date on which the
Invested Amount is paid in full, (c) if the Accumulation Period has not commenced, the occurrence
of a Pay Out Event with respect to the Series 2004-2 Securities and (d) if the Accumulation Period
has commenced, the earlier of the first Transfer Date with respect to the Early Amortization Period
and the Expected Final Payment Date. Upon the termination of the Accumulation Period Reserve
Account, all amounts on deposit therein (after giving effect to any withdrawal from the
Accumulation Period Reserve Account on such date as described above) shall be applied as if they
were Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections available to be applied pursuant to
subsection 4.9(a) on the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

Section 4.22 Postponement of Accumulation Period. The Accumulation Period is
scheduled to commence at the close of business on the last day of the September 2005 Monthly
Period; provided, however, that, if the Accumulation Period Length (determined as described below)
is less than 12 months, the date on which the Accumulation Period actually commences may, at the
option of the Transferor, upon written notice to the Trustee, be delayed to the first Business Day
of the month that is the number of months prior to the Expected Final Payment Date at least equal
to the Accumulation Period Length and, as a result, the number of Monthly Periods in the
Accumulation Period will at least equal the Accumulation Period Length. On each Determination Date
beginning on the June 2005 Determination Date and ending when the Accumulation Period begins, the
Servicer will determine the “Accumulation Period Length” which will equal the number of
months such that the sum of the Accumulation Period Factors for each Monthly Period during such
period will be equal to or greater than the Required Accumulation Factor Number; provided,
however, that the Accumulation Period Length will not be less than one month.

Section 4.23 Defeasance. On the date that the following conditions shall have been
satisfied: (i) the Transferor shall have deposited (x) in the Principal Funding Account, an amount
such that the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account following such deposit is equal to
the Class A Outstanding Principal Amount, the Class M Outstanding Principal Amount, the Class B
Outstanding Principal Amount and Excess Collateral Outstanding Principal Amount minus any Retained
Transferor Securities Amount and (y) in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account, an amount equal to
or greater than the accrued and unpaid interest on the Investor Securities through the day
preceding the date on which the Defeasance occurs; (ii) the Transferor shall have delivered to the
Trustee (a) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such deposit will not result in the Trust
being required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company
Act of 1940, as amended, (b) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that following such deposit none
of the Trust, the Accumulation Period Reserve Account or the Principal Funding Account will be
deemed to be an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation, (c) a
certificate of an officer of the Transferor stating that the Transferor reasonably believes that
such deposit will not cause a Pay Out Event or any event that, with the giving of notice or the
lapse of time, or both, would constitute a Pay Out Event, to occur; and (iii) a Ratings Event will
not occur, the Series 2004-2 Securities will no longer be entitled to the security interest of the
Trust in the Receivables and, except those set forth in clause (i) above, other Trust assets (a
“Defeasance”) and the percentages applicable to the allocation to the Series 2004-2
Securityholders of Principal Collections, Finance Charge Collections and Defaulted Receivables will
be reduced to zero.

Section 7. Article V of the Agreement. Article V of the Agreement shall read in its
entirety as follows and shall be applicable only to the Series 2004-2 Securities:

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO INVESTOR SECURITYHOLDERS

Section 5.1 Distributions. (a) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall
distribute (in accordance with the Settlement Statement delivered by the Servicer to the Trustee
and the Paying Agent pursuant to subsection 3.4(c)) to each Class A Securityholder of record on the
preceding Record Date (other than as provided in subsection 2.4(e) or in Section 12.3 respecting a
final distribution) such Securityholder’s pro rata share (based on the aggregate
Undivided Interests represented by each Class A Security held by such Securityholder) of amounts on
deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to each Class A Securityholder pursuant to
Sections 4.11 and 4.12 of the Agreement by check mailed to each Class A Securityholder at such
Securityholder’s address as it appears on the Security Register or, in the case of Class A
Securityholders holding Class A Securities evidencing not less than 80% of the Class A Invested
Amount, by wire transfer, at the expense of such Class A Securityholder, to an account or accounts
designated by such Class A Securityholder by written notice given to the Paying Agent not less than
five days prior to the related Distribution Date; provided, however, that the final
payment in retirement of the Class A Securities will be made only upon presentation and surrender
of the Class A Securities at the office or offices specified in the notice of such final
distribution delivered by the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3 of the Agreement.

(b) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in accordance with the
Settlement Statement delivered by the Servicer to the Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to
subsection 3.4(c) of the Agreement) to each Class M Securityholder of record other than the
Transferor on the preceding Record Date (other than as provided in subsection 2.4(e) of the
Agreement or in Section 12.3 of the Agreement respecting a final distribution) such
Securityholder’s pro rata share (based on the aggregate Undivided Interests represented by Class M
Securities held by such Securityholder) of amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account as are
payable to each Class M Securityholder pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12 of the Agreement by check
mailed to each Class M Securityholder at such Securityholder’s address as it appears on the
Security Register or, in the case of Class M Securityholders holding Class M Securities evidencing
Undivided Interest aggregating not less than 80% of the Invested Amount, by wire transfer, at the
expense of such Class M Securityholder, to an account or accounts designated by such Class M
Securityholder by written notice given to the Paying Agent not less than five days prior to the
related Distribution Date; provided, however, that the final payment in retirement
of the Class M Securities will be made only upon presentation and surrender of the Class M
Securities at the office or offices specified in the notice of such final distribution delivered by
the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3 of the Agreement.

(c) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in accordance with the
Settlement Statement delivered by the Servicer to the Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to
subsection 3.4(c) of the Agreement) to each Class B Securityholder of record other than the
Transferor on the preceding Record Date (other than as provided in subsection 2.4(e) of the
Agreement or in Section 12.3 of the Agreement respecting a final distribution) such
Securityholder’s pro rata share (based on the aggregate Undivided Interests represented by Class B
Securities held by such Securityholder) of amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account as are
payable to each Class B Securityholder pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12 of the Agreement by check
mailed to each Class B Securityholder at such Securityholder’s address as it appears on the
Security Register or, in the case of Class B Securityholders holding Class B Securities evidencing
Undivided Interest aggregating not less than 80% of the Invested Amount, by wire transfer, at the
expense of such Class B Securityholder, to an account or accounts designated by such Class B
Securityholder by written notice given to the Paying Agent not less than five days prior to the
related Distribution Date; provided, however, that the final payment in retirement
of the Class B Securities will be made only upon presentation and surrender of the Class B
Securities at the office or offices specified in the notice of such final distribution delivered by
the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3 of the Agreement.

(d) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in accordance with the
Settlement Statement delivered by the Servicer to the Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to
subsection 3.4(c) of the Agreement) to the Excess Collateral Holder of record on the preceding
Record Date (other than as provided in subsection 2.4(e) of the Agreement or in Section 12.3 of the
Agreement respecting a final distribution) such Securityholder’s pro rata share (based on the
aggregate Undivided Interests represented by the Excess Collateral held by such Excess Collateral
Holder) of amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to such Excess Collateral
Holder pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12 of the Agreement by check mailed to the Excess Collateral
Holder at such Excess Collateral Holder’s address as it appears on the Security Register or, in the
case of Excess Collateral Holders holding Excess Collateral evidencing Undivided Interest
aggregating not less than 80% of the Invested Amount, by wire transfer, at the expense of such
Excess Collateral Holder, to an account or accounts designated by such Excess Collateral Holder by
written notice given to the Paying Agent not less than five days prior to the related Distribution
Date; provided, however, that the final payment in retirement of the Excess
Collateral will be made only upon presentation and surrender of evidence of the Excess Collateral
Holder’s Interest at the office or offices specified in the notice of such final distribution
delivered by the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3 of the Agreement

Section 5.2 Securityholders’ Statement. (a) On the twentieth day of each calendar
month (or if such day is not a Business Day the next succeeding Business Day), the Paying Agent
shall forward to each Securityholder and the Rating Agencies a statement substantially in the form
of Exhibit B prepared by the Servicer and delivered to the Trustee and the Paying Agent on the
preceding Determination Date setting forth the following information (which, in the case of (i),
(ii) and (iii) below, shall be stated on the basis of an original principal amount of $1,000 per
Security and, in the case of (ix) and (x), shall be stated on an aggregate basis and on the basis
of an original principal amount of $1,000 per Security):

(i) the total amount distributed;

(ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to Class A Principal, Class M Principal,
Class B Principal and Excess Collateral Principal;

(iii) the amount of such distribution allocable to Class A Monthly Interest and
Carryover Class A Monthly Interest, Class M Monthly Interest and Carryover Class M Monthly
Interest, Class B Monthly Interest and Carryover Class B Monthly Interest, and Excess
Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest and Carryover Excess Collateral Minimum Interest;

(iv) the amount of Principal Collections received in the Collection Account during the
preceding Monthly Period and allocated in respect of the Class A Securities, the Class M
Securities, the Class B Securities and the Excess Collateral, respectively;

(v) the amount of Finance Charge Collections processed during the preceding Monthly
Period and allocated in respect of the Class A Securities, the Class M Securities, the Class
B Securities and the Excess Collateral, respectively, and the amount of Principal Funding
Account Investment Proceeds and investment earnings on amounts on deposit in the
Accumulation Period Reserve Account and the Pre-Funding Account;

(vi) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables, the Invested Amount, the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class M Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Excess
Collateral Amount, the Floating Percentage and, during the Amortization Period, the
Fixed/Floating Percentage, as of the end of the day on the last day of the related Monthly
Period;

(vii) the aggregate outstanding balance of Receivables which are current, 30-59, 60-89,
and 90 days and over delinquent as of the end of the day on the last day of the related
Monthly Period;

(viii) the aggregate Series Default Amount for the preceding Monthly Period;

(ix) the aggregate amount of Class A Charge-Offs, Class M Charge-Offs, Class B
Charge-Offs and Excess Collateral Charge-Offs for the preceding Monthly Period;

(x) the amount of the Servicing Fee for the preceding Monthly Period;

(xi) the amount of unreimbursed Redirected Class M Principal Collections, Redirected
Class B Principal Collections and Redirected Excess Collateral Principal Collections for the
related Monthly Period;

(xii) the aggregate amount of funds in the Excess Funding Account and the Pre-Funding
Account as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the Distribution
Date;

(xiii) the number of new Accounts the Receivables in which have been added to the Trust
during the related Monthly Period;

	 	 	 
	(xiv)

(xvi)

(xvii)

(xviii)

	 	the Portfolio Yield for the related Monthly Period;

the Base Rate for the related Monthly Period;

the Principal Funding Account Balance on the related Transfer Date;

the Accumulation Shortfall;

(xix) the scheduled date for the commencement of the Accumulation Period and the
Accumulation Period Length;

(xx) the amount of Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds deposited in the
Collection Account on the related Transfer Date, the Required Reserve Account Amount and the
Available Reserve Account Amount as of the related Transfer Date, and the Covered Amount for
the related Interest Accrual Period; and

(xxi) the Aggregate Interest Rate Caps Notional Amount and the amount deposited in the
Cap Proceeds Account during the related Monthly Period.

(b) Annual Securityholders’ Tax Statement. On or before January 31 of each calendar
year, beginning with calendar year 2005, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Person who at
any time during the preceding calendar year was a Series 2004-2 Securityholder, a statement
prepared by the Servicer containing the information required to be contained in the regular report
to Series 2004-2 Securityholders, as set forth in subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, aggregated
for such calendar year or the applicable portion thereof during which such Person was a Series
2004-2 Securityholder, together with, on or before January 31 of each year, beginning in 2005, such
other customary information (consistent with the treatment of the Series 2004-2 Securities as debt)
as the Trustee or the Servicer deems necessary or desirable to enable the Series 2004-2
Securityholders to prepare their tax returns. Such obligations of the Servicer shall be deemed to
have been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided by
the Trustee pursuant to any requirements of the Internal Revenue Code as from time to time in
effect.

Section 8. Series 2004-2 Pay Out Events. If any one of the following events shall
occur with respect to the Series 2004-2 Securities:

(a) failure on the part of the Transferor (i) to make any payment or deposit required
to be made by the Transferor by the terms of the Agreement or this Series Supplement, on or
before the date occurring five Business Days after the date such payment or deposit is
required to be made herein, (ii) to perform in all material respects the Transferor’s
covenant not to sell, pledge, assign, or transfer to any person, or grant any unpermitted
lien on, any Receivable; or (iii) duly to observe or perform in any material respect any
covenants or agreements of the Transferor set forth in the Agreement or this Series
Supplement, which failure has a material adverse effect on the Series 2004-2 Securityholders
and which continues unremedied for a period of sixty days after the date on which written
notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the
Transferor by the Trustee, or to the Transferor and the Trustee by the Holders of Series
2004-2 Securities evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50 percent of the
Invested Amount and continues to affect materially and adversely the interests of the Series
2004-2 Securityholders for such period;

(b) any representation or warranty made by the Transferor in the Agreement or this
Series Supplement, (i) shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made,
which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after the
date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have
been given to the Transferor by the Trustee, or to the Transferor and the Trustee by the
Holders of Series 2004-2 Securities evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50%
of the Invested Amount of this Series 2004-2, and (ii) as a result of which the interests of
the Series 2004-2 Securityholders are materially and adversely affected and continue to be
materially and adversely affected for such period; provided, however, that a
Series 2004-2 Pay Out Event pursuant to this subsection 8(b) shall not be deemed to have
occurred hereunder if the Transferor has accepted reassignment of the related Receivable, or
all of such Receivables, if applicable, during such period (or such longer period as the
Trustee may specify) in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement;

(c) the average of the Portfolio Yields for any three consecutive Monthly Periods is
reduced to a rate which is less than the average Base Rates for such three consecutive
Monthly Periods;

(d) (i) the Transferor Interest shall be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest,
(ii) (A) the sum of the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account plus the Series 2004-2
Percentage of the sum of the total amount of Principal Receivables plus amounts on deposit
in the Excess Funding Account shall be less than (B) the sum of the Class A Outstanding
Principal Amount, the Class M Outstanding Principal Amount, the Class B Outstanding
Principal Amount and the Excess Collateral Outstanding Principal Amount, (iii) the total
amount of Principal Receivables and the amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account,
the Pre-Funding Account, the Principal Account and the Principal Funding Account shall be
less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables or (iv) the Retained Percentage shall
be equal to or less than 2%, in each case as of any Determination Date;

(e) any Servicer Default shall occur which would have a material adverse effect on the
Series 2004-2 Securityholders; or

(f) failure of any Cap Provider to make any payment under an Interest Rate Cap within
30 days of the date such payment was due;

then, in the case of any event described in subparagraph (a), (b) or (e), after the applicable
grace period, if any, set forth in such subparagraphs, the Holders of Series 2004-2 Securities
evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Invested Amount of this Series
2004-2, by notice then given in writing to the Trustee, the Transferor and the Servicer may declare
that a pay out event (a “Series 2004-2 Pay Out Event”) has occurred as of the date of such
notice, and in the case of any event described in subparagraphs (c), (d) or (f), a Series 2004-2
Pay Out Event shall occur without any notice or other action on the part of the Trustee or the
Series 2004-2 Securityholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.

Section 9. Series 2004-2 Termination. The right of the Series 2004-2 Securityholders
to receive payments from the Trust will terminate on the first Business Day following the Series
2004-2 Termination Date unless such Series is an Affected Series as specified in Section 12.1(c) of
the Agreement and the sale contemplated therein has not occurred by such date, in which event the
Series 2004-2 Securityholders shall remain entitled to receive proceeds of such sale when such sale
occurs.

Section 10. Legends; Transfer and Exchange; Restrictions on Transfer of Class A
Securities, Class M Securities and Class B Securities. (a) Each Class A Security, Class M
Security and Class B Security that is a Global Security deposited with DTC, or a custodian on
behalf of DTC, shall bear the following legend, substantially in the following form:

UNLESS THIS SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY
TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE TRUSTEE OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION
OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE
& CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY
PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY
OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN.

(a) Each Class A Security, Class M Security and Class B Security will bear an additional
legend substantially in the following form:

EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC. AND
THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION
3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS
SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1)
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION
4975 OF THE CODE, (III) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA, SUBJECT
TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW WHICH IS, TO A MATERIAL EXTENT, SIMILAR TO THE PROVISIONS
OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (IV) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS
INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS (AS DEFINED IN 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101 OR OTHERWISE UNDER ERISA) BY
REASON OF A PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY OR (V) A PERSON INVESTING PLAN ASSETS OF ANY
SUCH PLAN (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, FOR PURPOSES OF CLAUSE (IV) AND THIS CLAUSE (V), AS
APPLICABLE, AN INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT, BUT EXCLUDING ANY ENTITY REGISTERED UNDER
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

Section 11. Transfers of the Excess Collateral.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, unless otherwise consented to by
the Transferor, no portion of the Excess Collateral or any interest therein may be sold,
conveyed, assigned, hypothecated, pledged, participated, exchanged or otherwise transferred
(each, a “Transfer”) except in accordance with this Section 11 and only to a
Permitted Assignee. Any attempted or purported transfer, assignment, exchange, conveyance,
pledge, hypothecation or grant other than to a Permitted Assignee shall be void. To the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law, unless otherwise consented to by the Transferor,
no portion of the Excess Collateral or any interest therein may be Transferred to any Person
(each such Person acquiring the Excess Collateral or any interest therein, an
“Assignee”) unless such Assignee shall have executed and delivered to the Transferor
on or before the effective date of any Transfer a letter substantially in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit C (an “Investment Letter”), executed by such Assignee,
with respect to the related Transfer to such Assignee of all or a portion of the Excess
Collateral.

(b) Each Assignee will certify that the Excess Collateral or the interest therein
purchased by such Assignee will be acquired for investment only and not with a view to any
public distribution thereof, and that such Assignee will not offer to sell or otherwise
dispose of the Excess Collateral or any interest therein so acquired by it in violation of
any of the registration requirements of the Securities Act, or any applicable state or other
securities laws. Each Assignee will acknowledge and agree that (i) it has no right to
require the Transferor to register under the Securities Act or any other securities law the
Excess Collateral or the interest therein to be acquired by the Assignee and (ii) the sale
of the Excess Collateral is not being made by means of the Prospectus. Each Assignee will
agree with the Transferor that: (a) such Assignee will deliver to the Transferor on or
before the effective date of any Transfer an Investment Letter, executed by such Assignee
with respect to the purchase by such Assignee of all or a portion of the Excess Collateral
and (b) all of the statements made by such Assignee in its Investment Letter shall be true
and correct as of the date made.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no portion of the Excess
Collateral or any interest therein may be Transferred to, and each Assignee will certify
that it is not, (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA),
including governmental plans and church plans, (b) any “plan” (as defined in Section
4975(e)(1) of the Code) including individual retirement accounts and Keogh plans, or (c) any
other entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” (within the meaning of Department
of Labor Regulation Section 2510.3-101, 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101 or otherwise under ERISA) by
reason of a plan’s investment in the entity, including, without limitation, an insurance
company general account.

(d) This Section 11 shall not apply to the transfer and pledge of the Excess
Collateral on the Closing Date by the Transferor pursuant to the Transfer and Administration
Agreement or by the Metris Secured Note Trust 2004-2 to the Indenture Trustee (as defined in
the Transfer and Administration Agreement) pursuant to the Indenture (as defined in the
Transfer and Administration Agreement).

(e) The Excess Collateral shall be delivered in uncertificated form.

Section 12. Ratification of Agreement. As supplemented by this Series Supplement, the
Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Agreement as so supplemented by this
Series Supplement shall be read, taken, and construed as one and the same instrument. The
Transferor hereby confirms the conveyance of the Trust Property to the Trustee for the benefit of
the Series 2004-2 Securityholders.

Section 13. [Reserved].

Section 14. Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such
counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 15. GOVERNING LAW. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW
PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS. The undersigned hereby declare that it is their intention that this
Series Supplement shall be regarded as made under the laws of the State of Delaware and that the
laws of said State shall be applied in interpreting its provisions in all cases where legal
interpretation shall be required. Each of the parties hereto agrees (a) that this Series
Supplement involves at least $100,000.00 and (b) that this Series Supplement has been entered into
by the parties hereto in express reliance upon 6 Del. C. § 2708. Each of the parties
hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees (a) to be subject to the jurisdiction of the
courts of the State of Delaware and of the federal courts sitting in the State of Delaware, and
(b)(1) to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of
Delaware, to appoint and maintain an agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for
acceptance of legal process, and (2) that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,
service of process may also be made on such party by prepaid certified mail with a proof of mailing
receipt validated by the United States Postal Service constituting evidence of valid service, and
that service made pursuant to (b)(1) or (2) above shall, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, have the same legal force and effect as if served upon such party personally within
the State of Delaware. For purposes of implementing the parties’ agreement to appoint and maintain
an agent for service of process in the State of Delaware, each such party that has not as of the
date hereof already fully appointed such an agent does hereby appoint RL&F Service Corp., One
Rodney Square, Tenth Floor, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, as such agent.

Section 16. Instructions in Writing. All instructions or other communications given
by the Servicer or any other person to the Trustee pursuant to this Series Supplement shall be in
writing, and, with respect to the Servicer, may be included in a Daily Report or Settlement
Statement.

Section 17. [Reserved].

Section 18. Paired Series. Subject to obtaining confirmation by each Rating Agency of
the then existing ratings of each class of Securities which is then rated, and prior to the
commencement of the Early Amortization Period, the Series 2004-2 Securities may be paired with one
or more other Series (each a “Paired Series”). Each Paired Series either will be
pre-funded with an initial deposit to a pre-funding account in an amount up to the initial
principal balance of such Paired Series and primarily from the proceeds of the sale of such Paired
Series or will have a variable principal amount. Any such pre-funding account will be held for the
benefit of such Paired Series and not for the benefit of the Securityholders. As principal is
deposited in the Principal Account or the Principal Funding Account or is paid with respect to the
Series 2004-2 Securities, either (i) in the case of a pre-funded Paired Series, an equal amount of
funds on deposit in any pre-funding account for such pre-funded Paired Series will be released
(which funds will be distributed to the Transferor) or (ii) in the case of a Paired Series having a
variable principal amount, an interest in such variable Paired Series in an equal or lesser amount
may be sold by the Trust (and the proceeds thereof will be distributed to the Transferor) and, in
either case, the invested amount in the Trust of such Paired Series will increase by up to a
corresponding amount. Upon payment in full of the Series 2004-2 Securities, assuming that there
have been no unreimbursed charge-offs with respect to any related Paired Series, the aggregate
invested amount of such related Paired Series will have been increased by an amount up to an
aggregate amount equal to the Invested Amount paid to the Securityholders since the issuance of
such Paired Series. The issuance of a Paired Series will be subject to the conditions described in
subsection 6.9(b) of the Agreement.

Section 19. Third Party Beneficiaries. The Agreement as supplemented by this Series
Supplement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, the
Securityholders and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Section 20. Tax Treatment. In addition to the tax treatment described in Section 3.7
of the Agreement and notwithstanding Section 11.11 of the Agreement, each of the Transferor, the
Servicer, and the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Security agree, covenant and warrant that
at all times (i) it will treat and take no action inconsistent with the treatment of the Transferor
(or its sole member or owner, if the Transferor is treated as a disregarded entity for relevant tax
purposes) as the direct beneficial owner of the Receivables and the other assets of the Trust for
purposes of federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise taxes and any other tax imposed
on or measured by income, and (ii) it will cause any Affiliate with whom each such Person joins in
the filing of any tax return, or with whom it is liable for any tax, to so treat, and not to fail
to so treat, the Transferor (or its sole member or owner, as applicable) for such purposes. Each
Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Security, by acceptance of its Security, agrees to be bound
by the provisions of this Section 20.

Section 21. Investments. The Trustee shall hold each Cash Equivalent that constitutes
investment property through a securities intermediary, which securities intermediary shall agree
with the Trustee that (i) such investment property at all times shall be credited to a securities
account of the Trustee, (ii) all property credited to such securities account shall be treated as a
financial asset, (iii) such securities intermediary shall treat the Trustee as entitled to exercise
the rights that comprise each financial asset credited to such securities account, (iv) such
securities intermediary shall comply with entitlement orders originated by the Trustee without the
further consent of any other person or entity, (v) such securities intermediary shall not agree
with any person or entity other than the Trustee to comply with entitlement orders originated by
any person or entity other than the Trustee, (vi) such securities account and all property credited
thereto shall not be subject to any lien, security interest, right of set-off, or encumbrance in
favor of such securities intermediary or anyone claiming through such securities intermediary
(other than the Trustee), and (vii) such agreement between such securities intermediary and the
Trustee shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. The Trustee shall maintain
possession of each other Cash Equivalent in the State of Minnesota, separate and apart from all
other property held by the Trustee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Series Supplement,
the Trustee shall not hold any Cash Equivalent through an agent except as expressly permitted by
this Section 21. Each term used in this Section 21 and defined in the New York Uniform Commercial
Code shall have the meaning set forth in the New York Uniform Commercial Code.

Section 22. Additional Representations and Warranties of the Transferor. The
Transferor, hereby makes the following representations and warranties. Such representations and
warranties shall survive until the termination of this Series Supplement. Such representations and
warranties speak of the date that the Collateral (as defined below) is transferred to the Trustee
but shall not be waived by any of the parties to this Series Supplement unless each Rating Agency
shall have notified the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that such waiver will
not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Series or Class to which
it is a Rating Agency.

(a) The Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the
applicable UCC) in the Cap Agreement, the Interest Rate Caps and the Cap Proceeds Account described
in Section 3A of this Series Supplement (collectively, the “Interest Rate Cap Agreement”)
in favor of the Trustee, which security interest is prior to all other Liens, and is enforceable as
such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Transferor.

(b) The Interest Rate Cap Agreement constitutes either an “account,” a “general intangible,”
or an “instrument,” each within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

(c) At the time of the transfer and assignment of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement to the
Trustee pursuant to the Agreement, the Transferor owned and had good and marketable title to the
Interest Rate Cap Agreement free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person (other
than a Permitted Lien).

(d) The Transferor has caused, within ten days of the execution of this Series Supplement, the
filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate
jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Interest Rate
Cap Agreement granted to the Trustee pursuant to the Agreement.

(e) Other than the security interest granted to the Trustee pursuant to the Agreement, the
Transferor has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed
the Interest Rate Cap Agreement. The Transferor has not authorized the filing of and is not aware
of any financing statements against the Transferor that include a description of collateral
covering the Interest Rate Cap Agreement other than any financing statement relating to the
security interest granted to the Trustee pursuant to the Agreement or any financing statement that
has been terminated. The Transferor is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against the
Transferor.

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee have caused this
Series 2004-2 Supplement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year
first above written.

METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.

Transferor

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	By:	 	_______________________________

	 
	 	Name:                       
	 	Scott R. Fjellman

	 
	 	Title:                      
	 	Senior Vice President and Treasurer

DIRECT MERCHANTS CREDIT CARD BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Servicer

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	By:	 	__________________________________

	 
	 	Name:                        
	 	Scott R. Fjellman

	 
	 	Title:                       
	 	Senior Vice President,

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	Treasurer and Cashier

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Trustee

	 	 	 	 	 
	By:
	 	 	—	 
	   Name:

	   Title:

3

Exhibit A-1

FORM OF CLASS A INVESTOR SECURITY

UNLESS THIS SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE TRUSTEE OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH
OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE
& CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO. HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC. AND THE
TRUSTEE THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE
EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE
PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE
CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) A
GOVERNMENTAL PLAN, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA, SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW
WHICH IS, TO A MATERIAL EXTENT, SIMILAR TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975
OF THE CODE, (IV) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS (AS DEFINED IN 29 C.F.R.
SECTION 2510.3-101 OR OTHERWISE UNDER ERISA) BY REASON OF A PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY OR (V)
A PERSON INVESTING PLAN ASSETS OF ANY SUCH PLAN (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, FOR PURPOSES OF
CLAUSE (IV) AND THIS CLAUSE (V), AS APPLICABLE, AN INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT, BUT EXCLUDING
ANY ENTITY REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

4

	 	 	 	 	 
	No.
	 	$	 	 
	   CUSIP NO.  [___________]

METRIS MASTER TRUST

FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED

SECURITY, SERIES 2004-2, CLASS A

Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists of receivables
generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business from a portfolio of revolving
consumer credit card accounts transferred or to be transferred by Metris Receivables, Inc. (the
“Transferor”) and other assets and interests constituting the Trust under the Agreement
described below.

(Not an interest in or a recourse obligation of Metris Receivables, Inc., Direct Merchants
Credit Card Bank, National Association or any affiliate of either of them.)

This certifies that   (the “Securityholder”) is the
registered owner of a fractional undivided interest in the Metris Master Trust (the “Trust”) issued
pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of January
22, 2002 (the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”; such term to include any amendment,
supplement or other modification thereto) by and among the Transferor, Direct Merchants Credit Card
Bank, National Association, as Servicer (the “Servicer”), and U.S. Bank National
Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), and the Series 2004-2 Supplement, dated as of
November 5, 2004 (the “Series 2004-2 Supplement”), among the Transferor, the Servicer and
the Trustee. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as supplemented by the Series 2004-2 Supplement,
is herein referred to as the “Agreement”). The corpus of the Trust consists of all of the
Transferor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Trust Property (as defined in the
Agreement).

This Security does not purport to summarize the Agreement and reference is made to that
Agreement for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds,
and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Trustee. To the extent
not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the
Agreement. This Security is one of a series of Securities entitled “Metris Master Trust Floating
Rate Asset Backed Securities, Series 2004-2, Class A” (the “Class A Securities”), each of
which represents a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, and is issued under and is subject
to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as amended from time
to time, the Securityholder by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which the
Securityholder is bound.

The Transferor has structured the Agreement, the Class A Securities, the Metris Master Trust
Floating Rate Asset Backed Securities, Series 2004-2, Class M (the “Class M Securities”),
the Metris Master Trust Floating Rate Asset Backed Securities, Series 2004-2, Class B (the
“Class B Securities” and collectively with the Class A Securities and the Class M
Securities, the “Offered Securities”) with the intention that the Offered Securities will
qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness, and both the Transferor and each holder of a
Class A Security (a “Class A Securityholder”) or any interest therein by acceptance of its
Securities or any interest therein, agrees to treat the Class A Securities for purposes of federal,
state and local income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as
indebtedness.

No principal will be payable to the Class A Securityholders until the earlier of the Expected
Final Payment Date and, upon the occurrence of a Pay Out Event, the Distribution Date following the
Monthly Period in which the Pay Out Event occurs. No principal will be payable to the Class M
Securityholders and Class B Securityholders until all principal payments have been made to the
Class A Securityholders.

Interest on the Class A Securities will be payable on December 20, 2004 and on the 20th day of
each month thereafter or, if such day is not a business day, on the next succeeding business day
(each, a “Distribution Date”), in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class A
Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Accrual Period, (ii) a fraction the
numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Accrual Period and the
denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the Class A Outstanding Principal Amount as of the close of
business on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period.

Interest payments on the Class A Securities on each Distribution Date will be funded from
Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly Period and
from certain other funds allocated as set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to the
respective classes of the Series 2004-2 Securities and deposited on each business day during such
Monthly Period in the Interest Funding Account.

“Class A Invested Amount” shall mean, when used with respect to any Business Day, the
greater of (x) zero and (y) an amount equal to (a) the Class A Initial Invested Amount less the
Class A Percentage of the Initial Pre-Funded Amount plus the Class A Percentage of the amount of
any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the Funding Period in connection with the
addition of receivables to the Trust or (ii) at the end of the Funding Period for deposit into the
Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments (excluding
principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class A Securityholders through and
including such Business Day, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class A Charge-Offs for all
prior Distribution Dates, plus (d) the sum of the aggregate amount reimbursed with respect
to reductions of the Class A Invested Amount through and including such Business Day pursuant to
subsection 4.9(a)(viii) of the Agreement plus, with respect to such subsection, amounts applied
thereto pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b), 4.17(a), (b) and (c), 4.20(b) and 4.21(b), (c) and
(d) of the Agreement, for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing
clause (c).

Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are limited to the unpaid Class A Invested
Amount of the Class A Securities, which may be less than the unpaid balance of the Class A
Securities pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. All principal on the Class A Securities is due
and payable no later than the October 2010 Distribution Date (or if such day is not a Business Day,
the next succeeding Business Day) (the “Scheduled Series 2004-2 Termination Date”). After
the earlier to occur of (i) the Scheduled Series 2004-2 Termination Date and (ii) the day after the
Distribution Date on which the Series 2004-2 Securities are paid in full (the “Series 2004-2
Termination Date”) neither the Trust nor the Transferor will have any further obligation to
distribute principal or interest on the Class A Securities. In the event that the Class A Invested
Amount is greater than zero on the Series 2004-2 Termination Date, the Trustee will sell or cause
to be sold, to the extent necessary, an amount of interests in the Receivables or certain of the
Receivables up to 110% of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class M Invested Amount, the Class B
Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount at the close of business on such date (but not
more than the total amount of Receivables allocable to the Investor Securities), and shall pay the
proceeds to the Class A Securityholders pro rata in final payment of the Class A
Securities, then to the Class M Securityholders pro rata in final payment of the
Class M Securities, then to the Class B Securityholders pro rata in final payment
of the Class B Securities and then to the Excess Collateral Holder pro rata in
final payment of the Excess Collateral.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the
Trustee, by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the
Agreement, or be valid for any purpose.

This Security shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of
Delaware, without reference to its conflict of law provisions.

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this Security to be duly executed.

METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.

By:

Name:

Title:

Dated: November 5, 2004

6

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class A Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

7

EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF CLASS M INVESTOR SECURITY

UNLESS THIS SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE TRUSTEE OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH
OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE
& CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO. HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC. AND THE
TRUSTEE THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE
EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE
PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE
CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) A
GOVERNMENTAL PLAN, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA, SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW
WHICH IS, TO A MATERIAL EXTENT, SIMILAR TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975
OF THE CODE, (IV) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS (AS DEFINED IN 29 C.F.R.
SECTION 2510.3-101 OR OTHERWISE UNDER ERISA) BY REASON OF A PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY OR (V)
A PERSON INVESTING PLAN ASSETS OF ANY SUCH PLAN (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, FOR PURPOSES OF
CLAUSE (IV) AND THIS CLAUSE (V), AS APPLICABLE, AN INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT, BUT EXCLUDING
ANY ENTITY REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

8

No. $

CUSIP NO. [   ]

METRIS MASTER TRUST

FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED

SECURITY, SERIES 2004-2, CLASS M

Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists of receivables
generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business from a portfolio of revolving
consumer credit card accounts transferred or to be transferred by Metris Receivables, Inc. (the
“Transferor”) and other assets and interests constituting the Trust under the Agreement
described below.

(Not an interest in or a recourse obligation of Metris Receivables, Inc., Direct Merchants
Credit Card Bank, National Association or any affiliate of either of them.)

This certifies that   (the
“Securityholder”) is the registered owner of a fractional undivided interest in the Metris
Master Trust (the “Trust”) issued pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2002 (the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”;
such term to include any amendment, supplement or other modification thereto) by and among the
Transferor, Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association, as Servicer (the
“Servicer”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), and
the Series 2004-2 Supplement, dated as of November 5, 2004 (the “Series 2004-2
Supplement”), among the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee. The Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, as supplemented by the Series 2004-2 Supplement, is herein referred to as the
“Agreement.” The corpus of the Trust consists of all of the Transferor’s right, title and
interest in, to and under the Trust Property (as defined in the Agreement).

This Security does not purport to summarize the Agreement and reference is made to that
Agreement for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds,
and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Trustee. To the extent
not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the
Agreement. This Securities is one of a series of Securities entitled “Metris Master Trust Floating
Rate Asset Backed Securities, Series 2004-2, Class M” (the “Class M Securities”), each of
which represents a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, and is issued under and is subject
to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as amended from time
to time, the Securityholder by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which the
Securityholder is bound.

The Transferor has structured the Agreement, the Class M Securities, the Metris Master Trust
Floating Rate Asset Backed Securities, Series 2004-2, Class A (the “Class A Securities”),
the Metris Master Trust Floating Rate Asset Backed Securities, Series 2004-2, Class B (the
“Class B Securities” and collectively with the Class A Securities and Class M Securities,
the “Offered Securities”) with the intention that the Offered Securities will qualify under
applicable tax law as indebtedness, and both the Transferor and each holder of a Class M Security
(a “Class M Securityholder”) or any interest therein by acceptance of its Securities or any
interest therein, agrees to treat the Class M Securities for purposes of federal, state and local
income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness.

No principal will be payable to the Class M Securityholders until the earlier of the Expected
Final Payment Date and, upon the occurrence of a Pay Out Event, the Distribution Date following the
Monthly Period in which the Pay Out Event occurs but in no event earlier than the Distribution Date
either on or following the Distribution Date on which Class A Invested Amount has been paid in
full. No principal will be payable to the Class M Securityholders and Class B Securityholders
until all principal payments have first been made to the Class A Securityholders.

Interest on the Class M Securities will be payable on December 20, 2004 and on the 20th day of
each month thereafter or, if such day is not a business day, on the next succeeding business day
(each, a “Distribution Date”), in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class M
Interest Rate, (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related
Interest Accrual Period and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the Class M Outstanding
Principal Amount as of the close of business on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period.

Interest payments on the Class M Securities on each Distribution Date will be funded from
Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly Period and
from certain other funds allocated as set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to the
respective classes of the Series 2004-2 Securities and deposited on each business day during such
Monthly Period in the Interest Funding Account.

“Class M Invested Amount” shall mean, when used with respect to any Business Day, the
greater of (x) zero and (y) an amount equal to (a) the Class M Initial Invested Amount less the
Class M Percentage of the Initial Pre-Funded Amount plus the Class M Percentage of the amount of
any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the Funding Period in connection with the
addition of receivables to the Trust or (ii) at the end of the Funding Period for deposit into the
Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments (excluding
principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class M Securityholders through and
including such Business Day, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class M Charge-Offs for all
prior Distribution Dates, minus (d) the aggregate amount of Redirected Class M Principal
Collections for which the Class B Invested Amount and Excess Collateral Amount has not been reduced
for all prior Distribution Dates plus (e) the sum of the aggregate amount reimbursed with
respect to reductions of the Class M Invested Amount through and including such Business Day
pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(ix) of the Agreement plus, with respect to such subsection, amounts
applied thereto pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b), 4.17(a) and (b), 4.20(b) and 4.21(b), (c)
and (d) of the Agreement, for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing
clauses (c) and (d).

Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are limited to the unpaid Class M Invested
Amount of the Class M Securities, which may be less than the unpaid balance of the Class M
Securities pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. All principal on the Class M Securities is due
and payable no later than the October 2010 Distribution Date (or if such day is not a Business Day,
the next succeeding Business Day) (the “Scheduled Series 2004-2 Termination Date”). After
the earlier to occur of (i) the Scheduled Series 2004-2 Termination Date or (ii) the day after the
Distribution Date on which the Series 2004-2 Securities are paid in full (the “Series 2004-2
Termination Date”) neither the Trust nor the Transferor will have any further obligation to
distribute principal or interest on the Class M Securities. In the event that the Class M Invested
Amount is greater than zero on the Series Termination Date, the Trustee will sell or cause to be
sold, to the extent necessary, an amount of interests in the Receivables or certain of the
Receivables up to 110% of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class M Invested Amount, the Class B
Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount at the close of business on such date (but not
more than the total amount of Receivables allocable to the Investor Securities), and shall pay the
proceeds to the Class A Securityholders pro rata in final payment of the Class A
Securities, then to the Class M Securityholders pro rata in final payment of the
Class M Securities, then to the Class B Securityholders pro rata in final payment
of the Class B Securities and then to the Excess Collateral Holder pro rata in
final payment of the Excess Collateral.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the
Trustee, by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the
Agreement, or be valid for any purpose.

This Security shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of
Delaware, without reference to its conflict of law provisions.

9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this Security to be duly executed.

METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.

By:

Name:

Title:

Dated: November 5, 2004

10

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class M Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

11

EXHIBIT A-3

FORM OF CLASS B INVESTOR SECURITY

UNLESS THIS SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE TRUSTEE OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH
OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE
& CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO. HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC. AND THE
TRUSTEE THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE
EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE
PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE
CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) A
GOVERNMENTAL PLAN, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA, SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW
WHICH IS, TO A MATERIAL EXTENT, SIMILAR TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975
OF THE CODE, (IV) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS (AS DEFINED IN 29 C.F.R.
SECTION 2510.3-101 OR OTHERWISE UNDER ERISA) BY REASON OF A PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY OR (V)
A PERSON INVESTING PLAN ASSETS OF ANY SUCH PLAN (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, FOR PURPOSES OF
CLAUSE (IV) AND THIS CLAUSE (V), AS APPLICABLE, AN INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT, BUT EXCLUDING
ANY ENTITY REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

12

No. $

CUSIP NO. [   ]

METRIS MASTER TRUST

FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED

SECURITY, SERIES 2004-2, CLASS B

Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists of receivables
generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business from a portfolio of revolving
consumer credit card accounts transferred or to be transferred by Metris Receivables, Inc. (the
“Transferor”) and other assets and interests constituting the Trust under the Agreement
described below.

(Not an interest in or a recourse obligation of Metris Receivables, Inc., Direct Merchants
Credit Card Bank, National Association or any affiliate of either of them.)

This certifies that   (the
“Securityholder”) is the registered owner of a fractional undivided interest in the Metris
Master Trust (the “Trust”) issued pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2002 (the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”;
such term to include any amendment, supplement or other modification thereto) by and among the
Transferor, Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association, as Servicer (the
“Servicer”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), and
the Series 2004-2 Supplement, dated as of November 5, 2004 (the “Series 2004-2
Supplement”), among the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee. The Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, as supplemented by the Series 2004-2 Supplement, is herein referred to as the
“Agreement.” The corpus of the Trust consists of all of the Transferor’s right, title and
interest in, to and under the Trust Property (as defined in the Agreement).

This Security does not purport to summarize the Agreement and reference is made to that
Agreement for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds,
and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Trustee. To the extent
not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the
Agreement. This Securities is one of a series of Securities entitled “Metris Master Trust Floating
Rate Asset Backed Securities, Series 2004-2, Class B” (the “Class B Securities”), each of
which represents a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, and is issued under and is subject
to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as amended from time
to time, the Securityholder by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which the
Securityholder is bound.

The Transferor has structured the Agreement, the Class B Securities, the Metris Master Trust
Floating Rate Asset Backed Securities, Series 2004-2, Class A (the “Class A Securities”)
the Metris Master Trust Floating Rate Asset Backed Securities, Series 2004-2, Class B (the
“Class B Securities” and collectively with the Class A Securities and Class M Securities,
the “Offered Securities”) with the intention that the Offered Securities will qualify under
applicable tax law as indebtedness, and both the Transferor and each holder of a Class B Security
(a “Class B Securityholder”) or any interest therein by acceptance of its Securities or any
interest therein, agrees to treat the Class B Securities for purposes of federal, state and local
income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness.

No principal will be payable to the Class B Securityholders until the earlier of the Expected
Final Payment Date and, upon the occurrence of a Pay Out Event, the Distribution Date following the
Monthly Period in which the Pay Out Event occurs but in no event earlier than the Distribution Date
either on or following the Distribution Date on which Class A Invested Amount has been paid in
full. No principal will be payable to the Class M Securityholders and Class B Securityholders
until all principal payments have first been made to the Class A Securityholders.

Interest on the Class B Securities will be payable on December 20, 2004 and on the 20th day of
each month thereafter or, if such day is not a business day, on the next succeeding business day
(each, a “Distribution Date”), in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class B
Interest Rate, (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related
Interest Accrual Period and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the Class B Outstanding
Principal Amount as of the close of business on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period.

Interest payments on the Class B Securities on each Distribution Date will be funded from
Available Series 2004-2 Finance Charge Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly Period and
from certain other funds allocated as set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to the
respective classes of the Series 2004-2 Securities and deposited on each business day during such
Monthly Period in the Interest Funding Account.

“Class B Invested Amount” shall mean, when used with respect to any Business Day, the
greater of (x) zero and (y) an amount equal to (a) the Class B Initial Invested Amount less the
Class B Percentage of the Initial Pre-Funded Amount plus the Class B Percentage of the amount of
any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the Funding Period in connection with the
addition of receivables to the Trust or (ii) at the end of the Funding Period for deposit into the
Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments (excluding
principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class B Securityholders through and
including such Business Day, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class B Charge-Offs for all
prior Distribution Dates, minus (d) the aggregate amount of Redirected Class B Principal
Collections for which the Excess Collateral Amount has not been reduced for all prior Distribution
Dates plus (e) the sum of the aggregate amount reimbursed with respect to reductions of the
Class B Invested Amount through and including such Business Day pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(x) of
the Agreement plus, with respect to such subsection, amounts applied thereto pursuant to
subsections 4.10(a) and (b), 4.17(a) and (b), 4.20(b) and 4.21(b), (c) and (d) of the Agreement,
for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c) and (d).

Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are limited to the unpaid Class B Invested
Amount of the Class B Securities, which may be less than the unpaid balance of the Class B
Securities pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. All principal on the Class B Securities is due
and payable no later than the October 2010 Distribution Date (or if such day is not a Business Day,
the next succeeding Business Day) (the “Scheduled Series 2004-2 Termination Date”). After
the earlier to occur of (i) the Scheduled Series 2004-2 Termination Date or (ii) the day after the
Distribution Date on which the Series 2004-2 Securities are paid in full (the “Series 2004-2
Termination Date”) neither the Trust nor the Transferor will have any further obligation to
distribute principal or interest on the Class B Securities. In the event that the Class B Invested
Amount is greater than zero on the Series Termination Date, the Trustee will sell or cause to be
sold, to the extent necessary, an amount of interests in the Receivables or certain of the
Receivables up to 110% of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class M Invested Amount, the Class B
Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount at the close of business on such date (but not
more than the total amount of Receivables allocable to the Investor Securities), and shall pay the
proceeds to the Class A Securityholders pro rata in final payment of the Class A
Securities, then to the Class M Securityholders pro rata in final payment of the
Class M Securities, then to the Class B Securityholders pro rata in final payment
of the Class B Securities and then to the Excess Collateral Holder pro rata in
final payment of the Excess Collateral.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the
Trustee, by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the
Agreement, or be valid for any purpose.

This Security shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of
Delaware, without reference to its conflict of law provisions.

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this Security to be duly executed.

METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.

By:

Name:

Title:

Dated: November 5, 2004

14

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class B Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

15

EXHIBIT B

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.2

	 	Metris Receivables, Inc. Metris Master

Trust

Securityholders’ Statement Series 2004-2
	 	Class A
	 	Class M
	 	Class B
	 	Monthly Report

Month-Year

Total
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(i)

	 	Outstanding Principal Amount
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(ii)

	 	Security Principal Distributed
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(iii)

	 	Security Interest Distributed
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(iv)

	 	Principal Collections
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(v)

	 	Finance Charge Collections
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Recoveries
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Initial Interest Funding Account Deposit
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Interest Earned on Accounts
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Total Finance Charge Collections
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Total Collections

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(vi)

	 	Aggregate Amount of Principal

Receivables
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Invested Amount (End of Month)
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Floating Allocation Percentage
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Invested Amount (Beginning of Month)
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Average Daily Invested Amount
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(vii)

	 	Receivable Delinquencies (As a % of

Total Receivables)
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Current
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	30 Days to 59 Days (1 to 29 Days

Contractually Delinquent)
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	60 Days to 89 Days (30 to 59 Days

Contractually Delinquent)
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	90 Days and Over (60+ Days

Contractually Delinquent)
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Total Receivables

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(viii)

	 	Aggregate Investor Default Amount
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	As a % of Average Daily Invested Amount

(Annualized based on 365 days/year)
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(ix)

	 	Charge-Offs
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(x)

	 	Servicing Fee
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(xi)

	 	Unreimbursed Redirected Principal

Collections
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(xii)

	 	Excess Funding Account Balance
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(xiii)

	 	New Accounts Added
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(xiv)

	 	Average Gross Portfolio Yield
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Average Net Portfolio Yield
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(xv)

	 	Minimum Base Rate
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Excess Spread
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(xvi)

	 	Principal Funding Account Balance
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(xvii)

	 	Accumulation Shortfall
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(xviii)

	 	Scheduled date for the commencement of

the Accumulation Period
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Accumulation Period Length
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(xix)

	 	Principal Funding Account Investment

Proceeds Deposit
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Required Reserve Account Amount
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Available Reserve Account Amount
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Covered Amount
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(xx)

	 	Aggregate Interest Rate Caps Notional

Amount
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	Deposit to the Caps Proceeds Account
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(xxi)

	 	Pre-Funded Amount

Net investment earnings for Pre-Funding

Account
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(xxii)

	 	Deposit to Funding Period Reserve

Account

Net investment earnings for Funding

Period Reserve Account
	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

16

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER

[DATE]

	 	 	 
	Re

	 	Metris Master Trust;

Purchases of Series 2004-2 Excess Collateral

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter (the “Investment Letter”) is delivered by the undersigned (the “Purchaser”)
pursuant to Section 11 of the Series 2004-2 Supplement dated as of November 5, 2004 (the “Series
Supplement”) to the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of January
22, 2002 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Agreement”), each among U.S. Bank
National Association, as Trustee, Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association, as
Servicer, and Metris Receivables, Inc., as Transferor. Capitalized terms used herein without
definition shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement. The Purchaser represents to and
agrees with the Transferor as follows:

(a) The Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be
capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Excess Collateral and is able
to bear the economic risk of such investment.

(b) The Purchaser is an “accredited investor,” as defined in Rule 501, promulgated by the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the “Securities Act”), or is a sophisticated institutional investor. The Purchaser understands
that the offering and sale of the Excess Collateral has not been and will not be registered under
the Securities Act and has not and will not be registered or qualified under any applicable “Blue
Sky” law, and that the offering and sale of the Excess Collateral has not been reviewed by, passed
on or submitted to any federal or state agency or commission, securities exchange or other
regulatory body.

(c) The Purchaser is acquiring an interest in the Excess Collateral without a view to any
distribution, resale or other transfer thereof except, with respect to any Excess Collateral or any
interest or participation therein, as contemplated in the following sentence. The Purchaser will
not resell or otherwise transfer any interest or participation in the Excess Collateral, except in
accordance with Section 11 of the Series Supplement and (i) in a transaction exempt from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state
securities or “blue sky” laws; (ii) to the Transferor or any affiliate of the Transferor; or (iii)
to a person who the Purchaser reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer (within the
meaning thereof in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) that is aware that the resale or other
transfer is being made in reliance upon Rule 144A. In connection therewith, the Purchaser hereby
agrees that it will not resell or otherwise transfer the Excess Collateral or any interest therein
unless the purchaser thereof provides to the addressee hereof a letter substantially in the form
hereof.

(d) No portion of the Excess Collateral or any interest therein may be Transferred, and each
Assignee will certify that it is not, (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of
ERISA), including governmental plans and church plans, (b) any “plan” (as defined in Section
4975(e)(1) of the Code) including individual retirement accounts and Keogh plans, or (c) any other
entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” (within the meaning of Department of Labor
Regulation Section 2510.3-101, 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101 or otherwise under ERISA) by reason of a
plan’s investment in the entity, including, without limitation, an insurance company general
account.

(e) This Investment Letter has been duly executed and delivered and constitutes the legal,
valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with
its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or similar laws or equitable principles affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights
generally and general principles of equity.

Very truly yours,

[NAME OF PURCHASER]

By:

Name:

Title:

AGREED TO AS OF THE DATE

FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN:

METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.

By:

Name:

Title:

17EX-10.37

EXHIBIT 10.37

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 1, 2004

Between

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

as the Lender

and

REMX, INC.,

REMEDYTEMP, INC.,

REMEDY TEMPORARY SERVICES, INC.,

and

REMEDY INTELLIGENT STAFFING, INC.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	as the BorrowersARTICLE 1LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT
	 	 	1	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	1.1
	 	Total Facility                                                 
	 	 	1	 	 	 	 	 
	1.2
	 	Revolving Loans                                                
	 	 	2	 	 	 	 	 
	1.3
	 	Intentionally Deleted                                          
	 	 	3	 	 	 	 	 
	1.4
	 	Letters of Credit                                              
	 	 	3	 	 	 	 	 
	1.5
	 	Bank Products                                                  
	 	 	6	 	 	 	 	 
	1.6
	 	Increase in Maximum Revolver Amount                            
	 	 	7	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 2
	 	INTEREST AND FEES	 	 	7	 	 	 	 	 
	2.1
	 	Interest                                                       
	 	 	7	 	 	 	 	 
	2.2
	 	Continuation and Conversion Elections                          
	 	 	8	 	 	 	 	 
	2.3
	 	Maximum Interest Rate                                          
	 	 	9	 	 	 	 	 
	2.4
	 	Closing Fee                                                    
	 	 	9	 	 	 	 	 
	2.5
	 	Unused Line Fee                                                
	 	 	9	 	 	 	 	 
	2.6
	 	Letter of Credit Fee                                           
	 	 	10	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 3
	 	PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS	 	 	10	 	 	 	 	 
	3.1
	 	Revolving Loans                                                
	 	 	10	 	 	 	 	 
	3.2
	 	Termination of Facility                                        
	 	 	10	 	 	 	 	 
	3.3
	 	Intentionally Deleted                                          
	 	 	10	 	 	 	 	 
	3.4
	 	Intentionally Deleted                                          
	 	 	10	 	 	 	 	 
	3.5
	 	LIBOR Rate Loan Prepayments                                    
	 	 	10	 	 	 	 	 
	3.6
	 	Payments by the Borrowers                                      
	 	 	10	 	 	 	 	 
	3.7
	 	Payments as Revolving Loans                                    
	 	 	11	 	 	 	 	 
	3.8
	 	Apportionment, Application and Reversal of Payments            
	 	 	11	 	 	 	 	 
	3.9
	 	Indemnity for Returned Payments                                
	 	 	11	 	 	 	 	 
	3.10
	 	Lender’s Books and Records; Monthly Statements                 
	 	 	12	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 4
	 	TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY	 	 	12	 	 	 	 	 
	4.1
	 	Taxes                                                          
	 	 	12	 	 	 	 	 
	4.2
	 	Illegality                                                     
	 	 	13	 	 	 	 	 
	4.3
	 	Increased Costs and Reduction of Return                        
	 	 	13	 	 	 	 	 
	4.4
	 	Funding Losses                                                 
	 	 	14	 	 	 	 	 
	4.5
	 	Inability to Determine Rates                                   
	 	 	14	 	 	 	 	 
	4.6
	 	Certificates of Lender                                         
	 	 	15	 	 	 	 	 
	4.7
	 	Survival                                                       
	 	 	15	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 5
	 	BOOKS AND RECORDS; FINANCIAL INFORMATION; NOTICES	 	 	15	 	 	 	 	 
	5.1
	 	Books and Records                                              
	 	 	15	 	 	 	 	 
	5.2
	 	Financial Information                                          
	 	 	15	 	 	 	 	 
	5.3
	 	Notices to the Lender                                          
	 	 	18	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 6
	 	GENERAL WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS	 	 	20	 	 	 	 	 

	 	6.1	 	Authorization, Validity, and Enforceability of this Agreement and the
Loan Documents 20	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	6.2
	 	Validity and Priority of Security Interest                             
	 	 	20	 
	6.3
	 	Organization and Qualification                                         
	 	 	21	 
	6.4
	 	Corporate Name; Prior Transactions                                     
	 	 	21	 
	6.5
	 	Subsidiaries and Affiliates                                            
	 	 	21	 
	6.6
	 	Financial Statements and Projections                                   
	 	 	21	 
	6.7
	 	Capitalization                                                         
	 	 	22	 
	6.8
	 	Solvency                                                               
	 	 	22	 
	6.9
	 	Debt                                                                   
	 	 	22	 
	6.10
	 	Distributions                                                          
	 	 	22	 
	6.11
	 	Real Estate; Leases                                                    
	 	 	22	 
	6.12
	 	Proprietary Rights                                                     
	 	 	22	 
	6.13
	 	Litigation                                                             
	 	 	23	 
	6.14
	 	Labor Disputes                                                         
	 	 	23	 
	6.15
	 	Environmental Laws                                                     
	 	 	23	 
	6.16
	 	No Violation of Law                                                    
	 	 	23	 
	6.17
	 	No Default                                                             
	 	 	23	 
	6.18
	 	ERISA Compliance                                                       
	 	 	24	 
	6.19
	 	Taxes                                                                  
	 	 	24	 
	6.20
	 	Regulated Entities                                                     
	 	 	24	 
	6.21
	 	Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations                                    
	 	 	25	 
	6.22
	 	No Material Adverse Change                                             
	 	 	25	 
	6.23
	 	Full Disclosure                                                        
	 	 	25	 
	6.24
	 	Material Agreements                                                    
	 	 	25	 
	6.25
	 	Bank Accounts                                                          
	 	 	25	 
	6.26
	 	Governmental or Other Authorization                                    
	 	 	25	 
	ARTICLE 7
	 	AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS	 	 	25	 
	7.1
	 	Taxes and Other Obligations                                            
	 	 	25	 
	7.2
	 	Legal Existence and Good Standing                                      
	 	 	26	 
	7.3
	 	Compliance with Law and Agreements; Maintenance of Licenses            
	 	 	26	 
	7.4
	 	Maintenance of Property; Inspection of Property                        
	 	 	26	 
	7.5
	 	Insurance                                                              
	 	 	27	 
	7.6
	 	Insurance and Condemnation Proceeds                                    
	 	 	27	 
	7.7
	 	Environmental Laws                                                     
	 	 	28	 
	7.8
	 	Compliance with ERISA                                                  
	 	 	28	 
	7.9
	 	Mergers, Consolidations or Sales                                       
	 	 	28	 
	7.10
	 	Distributions; Restricted Investments                                  
	 	 	28	 
	7.11
	 	Guaranties                                                             
	 	 	29	 
	7.12
	 	Debt                                                                   
	 	 	29	 
	7.13
	 	Prepayment                                                             
	 	 	30	 
	7.14
	 	Transactions with Affiliates                                           
	 	 	30	 
	7.15
	 	Investment Banking and Finder’s Fees                                   
	 	 	30	 
	7.16
	 	Business Conducted                                                     
	 	 	30	 
	7.17
	 	Liens                                                                  
	 	 	30	 
	7.18
	 	Sale and Leaseback Transactions                                        
	 	 	31	 
	7.19
	 	Subsidiaries                                                           
	 	 	31	 
	7.20
	 	Fiscal Year                                                            
	 	 	31	 
	7.21
	 	Capital Expenditures                                                   
	 	 	31	 
	7.22
	 	Intentionally Deleted                                                  
	 	 	31	 
	7.23
	 	EBITDA                                                                 
	 	 	31	 
	7.24
	 	Intentionally Deleted                                                  
	 	 	32	 
	7.25
	 	Interest Coverage Ratio                                                
	 	 	32	 
	7.26
	 	Use of Proceeds                                                        
	 	 	32	 
	7.27
	 	Further Assurances                                                     
	 	 	32	 
	ARTICLE 8
	 	CONDITIONS OF LENDING	 	 	32	 
	8.1
	 	Conditions Precedent to Making of Loans on the Closing Date            
	 	 	32	 
	8.2
	 	Conditions Precedent to Each Loan                                      
	 	 	34	 
	ARTICLE 9
	 	DEFAULT; REMEDIES	 	 	34	 
	9.1
	 	Events of Default                                                      
	 	 	34	 
	9.2
	 	Remedies                                                               
	 	 	37	 
	ARTICLE 10
	 	TERM AND TERMINATION	 	 	38	 
	10.1
	 	Term and Termination                                                   
	 	 	38	 
	ARTICLE 11
	 	AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS; PARTICIPATIONS	 	 	38	 
	11.1
	 	Amendments and Waivers                                                 
	 	 	38	 
	11.2
	 	Participations                                                         
	 	 	39	 
	ARTICLE 12
	 	MISCELLANEOUS	 	 	39	 
	12.1
	 	No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies                                        
	 	 	39	 
	12.2
	 	Severability                                                           
	 	 	39	 
	12.3
	 	Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process                     
	 	 	40	 
	12.4
	 	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL                                                   
	 	 	41	 
	12.5
	 	Survival of Representations and Warranties                             
	 	 	42	 
	12.6
	 	Other Security and Guaranties                                          
	 	 	42	 
	12.7
	 	Fees and Expenses                                                      
	 	 	42	 
	12.8
	 	Notices                                                                
	 	 	43	 
	12.9
	 	Waiver of Notices                                                      
	 	 	44	 
	12.10
	 	Binding Effect                                                         
	 	 	44	 
	12.11
	 	Indemnity of the Lender by the Borrowers                               
	 	 	44	 
	12.12
	 	Limitation of Liability                                                
	 	 	45	 
	12.13
	 	Final Agreement                                                        
	 	 	45	 
	12.14
	 	Counterparts                                                           
	 	 	45	 
	12.15
	 	Captions                                                               
	 	 	45	 
	12.16
	 	Right of Setoff                                                        
	 	 	46	 
	12.17
	 	Confidentiality                                                        
	 	 	46	 
	12.18
	 	Conflicts with Other Loan Documents                                    
	 	 	47	 
	12.19
	 	Designation of Parent as Agent of Borrowers                            
	 	 	47	 
	ARTICLE 13
	 	JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF BORROWERS	 	 	47	 
	13.1
	 	Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers                               
	 	 	47	 
	13.2
	 	Contribution and Indemnification among the Borrowers                   
	 	 	48	 
	13.3
	 	Waiver                                                                 
	 	 	49	 
	13.4
	 	Independent Investigation                                              
	 	 	51	 
	13.5
	 	Stay of Acceleration                                                   
	 	 	51	 
	13.6
	 	Subrogation                                                            
	 	 	51	 
	13.7
	 	Cumulative Remedies                                                    
	 	 	52	 
	13.8
	 	Additional Waivers                                                     
	 	 	52	 
	13.9
	 	Survival                                                               
	 	 	52	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	ANNEXES, EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ANNEX A

EXHIBIT B

EXHIBIT C

EXHIBIT D

EXHIBIT E

	 	-

-

-

-

-
	 	DEFINED TERMS

FORM OF BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

FORM OF NOTICE OF CONTINUATION/CONVERSION

SCHEDULE 1.2 – LENDER’S COMMITMENTS (ANNEX A – DEFINED TERMS)

SCHEDULE 6.3 – ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATIONS

SCHEDULE 6.5 – SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES

SCHEDULE 6.7 — CAPITALIZATION

SCHEDULE 6.9 – DEBT

SCHEDULE 6.11 – REAL ESTATE; LEASES

SCHEDULE 6.12 – PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

SCHEDULE 6.18 – ERISA COMPLIANCE

SCHEDULE 6.24 – MATERIAL AGREEMENTS

SCHEDULE 6.25 – BANK ACCOUNTS

1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 1, 2004, (this “Agreement”)
between BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., with an office at 55 South Lake Avenue, Suite 900, Pasadena,
California 91101 (the “Lender”), and REMEDYTEMP, INC., a California corporation (“Parent”), REMX,
INC., a California corporation (“REMX”), REMEDY TEMPORARY SERVICES, INC., a California corporation
(“Remedy Services”), and REMEDY INTELLIGENT STAFFING, INC., a California corporation (“Remedy
Staffing”), with offices at 101 Enterprise, Aliso Viejo, California 92656 (Parent, REMX, Remedy
Services and Remedy Staffing shall be referred to herein, collectively, as the “Borrowers”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Parent and Lender are parties to that certain Business Loan Agreement, dated as of
February 4, 2004 (as amended, the “Existing Credit Agreement”), pursuant to which the Lender agreed
to provide Parent with a revolving credit facility.

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the parties amend and restate the Existing Credit
Agreement so that, among other things, the Lender can make available to the Borrowers a revolving
line of credit for loans and letters of credit in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 (as such
amount may be increased from time to time pursuant to Section 1.6), and which extensions of
credit the Borrowers will use for the purposes permitted hereunder;

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have
the meanings ascribed thereto in Annex A which is attached hereto and incorporated herein;
the rules of construction contained therein shall govern the interpretation of this Agreement, and
all Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference;

WHEREAS, the Lender is willing to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement and has
agreed to make available to the Borrowers a revolving credit facility upon the terms and conditions
set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in this
Agreement, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,
the Lender and the Borrowers hereby agree that the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and
restated in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1

LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

1.1 Total Facility. Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the
Lender agrees to make available a total credit facility of up to $50,000,000 (as such amount may be
increased from time to time pursuant to Section 1.6) (the “Total Facility”) to the
Borrowers from time to time during the term of this Agreement. The Total Facility shall be
composed of a revolving line of credit consisting of Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit
described herein.

1.2 Revolving Loans.

(a) Amounts. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in
Article 8, the Lender agrees, upon the Borrowers’ request from time to time on any Business
Day during the period from the Closing Date to the Termination Date, to make revolving loans (the
“Revolving Loans”) to the Borrowers in amounts not to exceed Availability. The Lender, however, in
its discretion, may elect to make Revolving Loans or issue or arrange to have issued Letters of
Credit in excess of the Borrowing Base on one or more occasions, but if it does so, the Lender
shall not be deemed thereby to have changed the limits of the Borrowing Base or to be obligated to
exceed such limits on any other occasion. If any Borrowing would exceed Availability, the Lender
may refuse to make or may otherwise restrict the making of Revolving Loans as the Lender determines
until such excess has been eliminated.

(b) Procedure for Borrowing.

(i) Each Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrowers’ irrevocable written notice delivered to
the Lender in the form of a notice of borrowing (“Notice of Borrowing”), which must be received by
the Lender prior to (i) 12:00 noon (Los Angeles time) three Business Days prior to the requested
Funding Date, in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans and (ii) 11:00 a.m. (Los Angeles time) on the
requested Funding Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans, specifying:

A. the amount of the Borrowing, which in the case of a LIBOR Rate Loan must equal or exceed
$1,000,000 (and increments of $100,000 in excess of such amount);

B. the requested Funding Date, which must be a Business Day;

C. whether the Revolving Loans requested are to be Base Rate Revolving Loans or LIBOR
Revolving Loans (and if not specified, it shall be deemed a request for a Base Rate Revolving
Loan); and

D. the duration of the Interest Period for LIBOR Revolving Loans (and if not specified, it
shall be deemed a request for an Interest Period of one month);

provided, however, that with respect to the Borrowing to be made on the Closing
Date, such Borrowings will consist of Base Rate Revolving Loans only.

(ii) In lieu of delivering a Notice of Borrowing, the Borrowers may give the Lender telephonic
notice of such request for advances to the Designated Account on or before the deadline set forth
above. The Lender at all times shall be entitled to rely on such telephonic notice in making such
Revolving Loans, regardless of whether any written confirmation is received.

(iii) The Borrowers shall have no right to request a LIBOR Rate Loan while a Default or Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(c) Reliance upon Authority. Prior to the Closing Date, the Borrowers shall deliver
to the Lender, a notice setting forth the account of the Borrowers (“Designated Account”) to which
the Lender is authorized to transfer the proceeds of the Revolving Loans requested hereunder. The
Borrowers may designate a replacement account from time to time by written notice. All such
Designated Accounts must be reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. The Lender is entitled to rely
conclusively on any person’s request for Revolving Loans on behalf of the Borrowers, so long as the
proceeds thereof are to be transferred to the Designated Account. The Lender has no duty to verify
the identity of any individual representing himself or herself as a person authorized by the
Borrowers to make such requests on its behalf.

(d) No Liability. The Lender shall not incur any liability to the Borrowers as a
result of acting upon any notice referred to in Sections 1.2(b) and (c), which the
Lender believes in good faith to have been given by an officer or other person duly authorized by
the Borrowers to request Revolving Loans on its behalf. The crediting of Revolving Loans to the
Designated Account conclusively establishes the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Revolving
Loans as provided herein.

(e) Notice Irrevocable. Any Notice of Borrowing (or telephonic notice in lieu
thereof) made pursuant to Section 1.2(b) shall be irrevocable. The Borrowers shall be
bound to borrow the funds requested therein in accordance therewith.

(f) Making of Revolving Loans. Promptly after receipt of a Notice of Borrowing or
telephonic notice in lieu thereof, the Lender shall make the proceeds of such Revolving Loans
available to the Borrowers on the applicable Funding Date by transferring same day funds to the
account designated by the Borrowers; provided, however, that the amount of
Revolving Loans so made on any date shall not exceed the Availability on such date.

1.3 Intentionally Deleted.

1.4 Letters of Credit.

(a) Agreement to Issue or Cause To Issue. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, the Lender agrees (i) to cause the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue for the account of
the Borrowers one or more standby letters of credit (“Letter of Credit”) and/or (ii) to provide
credit support or other enhancement to a Letter of Credit Issuer acceptable to Lender, which issues
a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrowers (any such credit support or enhancement being
herein referred to as a “Credit Support”) from time to time during the term of this Agreement.

(b) Amounts; Outside Expiration Date. The Lender shall not have any obligation to
issue or cause to be issued any Letter of Credit or to provide Credit Support for any Letter of
Credit at any time if: (i) the maximum face amount of the requested Letter of Credit is greater
than the Unused Letter of Credit Subfacility at such time; (ii) the maximum undrawn amount of the
requested Letter of Credit and all customary commissions, fees, and charges due from the Borrowers
in connection with the opening thereof would exceed Availability at such time; or (iii) such Letter
of Credit has an expiration date more than 12 months from the date of issuance for standby letters
of credit, it being understood that a Letter of Credit may have an expiration date after the Stated
Termination Date provided that the Borrowers’ comply with the provisions of Section 1.4(g)
hereof.

(c) Other Conditions. In addition to conditions precedent contained in Article
8, the obligation of the Lender to issue or to cause to be issued any Letter of Credit or to
provide Credit Support for any Letter of Credit is subject to the following conditions precedent
having been satisfied in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Lender:

(i) The Borrowers shall have delivered to the Letter of Credit Issuer, at such times and in
such manner as such Letter of Credit Issuer may prescribe, an application in form and substance
satisfactory to such Letter of Credit Issuer and reasonably satisfactory to the Lender for the
issuance of the Letter of Credit and such other documents as may be required pursuant to the terms
thereof, and the form, terms and purpose of the proposed Letter of Credit shall be reasonably
satisfactory to the Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuer; and

(ii) As of the date of issuance, no order of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority
shall purport by its terms to enjoin or restrain money center banks generally from issuing letters
of credit of the type and in the amount of the proposed Letter of Credit, and no law, rule or
regulation applicable to money center banks generally and no request or directive (whether or not
having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over money center banks
generally shall prohibit, or request that the proposed Letter of Credit Issuer refrain from, the
issuance of letters of credit generally or the issuance of such Letters of Credit.

(d) Issuance of Letters of Credit.

(i) Request for Issuance. Borrowers must notify the Lender of a requested Letter of
Credit at least 3 Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date. Such notice shall be
irrevocable and must specify the original face amount of the Letter of Credit requested, the
Business Day of issuance of such requested Letter of Credit, whether such Letter of Credit may be
drawn in a single or in partial draws, the Business Day on which the requested Letter of Credit is
to expire, the purpose for which such Letter of Credit is to be issued, and the beneficiary of the
requested Letter of Credit. The Borrowers shall attach to such notice the proposed form of the
Letter of Credit.

(ii) Responsibilities of the Lender; Issuance. As of the Business Day immediately
preceding the requested issuance date of the Letter of Credit, the Lender shall determine the
amount of the applicable Unused Letter of Credit Subfacility and Availability. If (i) the face
amount of the requested Letter of Credit is less than the Unused Letter of Credit Subfacility and
(ii) the amount of such requested Letter of Credit and all customary commissions, fees, and charges
due from the Borrowers in connection with the opening thereof would not exceed Availability, the
Lender shall cause the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue the requested Letter of Credit on the
requested issuance date so long as the other conditions hereof are met.

(iii) No Extensions or Amendment. The Lender shall not be obligated to cause the
Letter of Credit Issuer to extend or amend any Letter of Credit issued pursuant hereto unless the
requirements of this Section 1.4 are met as though a new Letter of Credit were being
requested and issued.

(e) Payments Pursuant to Letters of Credit. The Borrowers agree to reimburse
immediately the Letter of Credit Issuer for any draw under any Letter of Credit and the Lender upon
any payment pursuant to any Credit Support, and to pay the Letter of Credit Issuer the amount of
all other charges and fees payable to the Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with any Letter of
Credit immediately when due, irrespective of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which the
Borrowers may have at any time against the Letter of Credit Issuer or any other Person. Each
drawing under any Letter of Credit shall constitute a request by the Borrowers to the Lender for a
Borrowing of a Base Rate Revolving Loan in the amount of such drawing. The Funding Date with
respect to such borrowing shall be the date of such drawing.

(f) Indemnification; Exoneration; Power of Attorney.

(i) Indemnification. In addition to amounts payable as elsewhere provided in this
Section 1.4, the Borrowers agree to protect, indemnify, pay and save the Lender harmless
from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and
expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which the Lender (other than in its capacity as
Letter of Credit Issuer) may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of the
issuance of any Letter of Credit or the provision of any Credit Support or enhancement in
connection therewith. The Borrowers’ obligations under this Section shall survive payment of all
other Obligations.

(ii) Assumption of Risk by the Borrowers. As between the Borrowers and the Lender
(excluding the Lender in its capacity as Letter of Credit Issuer), the Borrowers assume all risks
of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of any of the Letters of Credit by, the respective
beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing,
the Lender shall not be responsible for: (A) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy,
genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any Person in connection with the
application for and issuance of and presentation of drafts with respect to any of the Letters of
Credit, even if it should prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate,
fraudulent or forged; (B) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning
or purporting to transfer or assign any Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or
proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason;
(C) the failure of the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit to comply duly with conditions required
in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit; (D) errors, omissions, interruptions, or delays in
transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or
not they be in cipher; (E) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (F) any loss or delay in
the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any Letter
of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (G) the misapplication by the beneficiary of any Letter of
Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; (H) any consequences arising
from causes beyond the control of the Lender, including any act or omission, whether rightful or
wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto Governmental Authority or (I) the Letter of
Credit Issuer’s honor of a draw for which the draw or any certificate fails to comply in any
respect with the terms of the Letter of Credit. None of the foregoing shall affect, impair or
prevent the vesting of any rights or powers of the Lender under this Section 1.4(f).

(iii) Exoneration. Without limiting the foregoing, no action or omission whatsoever
by the Lender (excluding the Lender in its capacity as a Letter of Credit Issuer) shall, in the
absence of willful misconduct or gross negligence, result in any liability of the Lender to the
Borrowers, or relieve the Borrowers of any of its obligations hereunder to any such Person.

(iv) Rights Against Letter of Credit Issuer. Nothing contained in this Agreement is
intended to limit the Borrowers’ rights, if any, with respect to the Letter of Credit Issuer which
shall be governed by the letter of credit application and related documents executed by and between
the Borrowers and the Letter of Credit Issuer.

(v) Account Party. The Borrowers hereby authorize and direct any Letter of Credit
Issuer to name the Borrowers as the “Account Party” therein and to deliver to the Lender all
instruments, documents and other writings and property received by the Letter of Credit Issuer
pursuant to the Letter of Credit, and to accept and rely upon the Lender’s instructions and
agreements with respect to all matters arising in connection with the Letter of Credit or the
application therefor.

(g) Supporting Letter of Credit; Cash Collateral. If, notwithstanding the provisions
of Section 1.4(b) and Section 10.1, any Letter of Credit or Credit Support is
outstanding upon the termination of this Agreement, then upon such termination the Borrowers shall
deposit with the Lender, with respect to each Letter of Credit or Credit Support then outstanding,
cash (“Cash Collateral”) or a standby letter of credit (a “Supporting Letter of Credit”) in form
and substance satisfactory to the Lender, issued by an issuer satisfactory to the Lender, in each
case, in an amount equal to the greatest amount for which such Letter of Credit or such Credit
Support may be drawn plus any fees and expenses associated with such Letter of Credit or such
Credit Support, under which Supporting Letter of Credit the Lender is entitled to draw amounts
necessary to reimburse the Lender for payments to be made by the Lender under such Letter of Credit
or Credit Support and any fees and expenses associated with such Letter of Credit or Credit
Support. Such Supporting Letter of Credit and/or Cash Collateral shall be held by the Lender as
security for, and to provide for the payment of, the aggregate undrawn amount of such Letters of
Credit or such Credit Support remaining outstanding.

(h) Existing Letters of Credit. The Lender and the Borrowers acknowledge that the
letters of credit identified on Schedule 6.9 as being issued by Bank (the “Existing L/Cs”)
have been issued by Bank under that certain Business Loan Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2004,
by and between Bank of America, N.A. and Parent and remain outstanding. The Existing L/Cs shall
constitute Letters of Credit hereunder.

1.5 Bank Products. The Borrowers may request and the Lender may, in its sole and
absolute discretion, arrange for the Borrowers to obtain Bank Products from the Bank or the Bank’s
Affiliates although the Borrower is not required to do so; provided that Borrowers shall
hold all primary depository accounts at Bank. If Bank Products are provided by an Affiliate of
Bank, Borrowers agree to indemnify and hold the Lender and the Bank harmless from any and all costs
and obligations now or hereafter incurred by the Bank or the Lender which arise from any indemnity
given by the Lender to its Affiliates related to such Bank Products; provided,
however, nothing contained herein is intended to limit the Borrowers’ rights, with respect
to the Bank or its Affiliates, if any, which arise as a result of the execution of documents by and
between the Borrowers and the Bank which relate to Bank Products. The agreement contained in this
Section shall survive termination of this Agreement. The Borrowers acknowledge and agree that the
obtaining of Bank Products from the Bank or the Bank’s Affiliates (a) is in the sole and absolute
discretion of the Bank or the Bank’s Affiliates, and (b) is subject to all rules and regulations of
the Bank or the Bank’s Affiliates.

1.6 Increase in Maximum Revolver Amount. Subsequent to the Closing Date, the
Borrowers may, at their option and at any time, request in writing that the Maximum Revolver Amount
(including the amounts set forth in the Letter of Credit Subfacility and the Unused Letter of
Credit Subfacility) be increased by an amount up to and not to exceed an additional $10,000,000.
Any such increase shall be subject to the satisfaction, in the Lender’s reasonable discretion, of
the following conditions: (i) that no Default or Event of Default exist at the time of the request
or will arise as a result of the increase; and (ii) payment of a closing fee to the Lender in an
amount equal to 0.25% of the amount by which the Maximum Revolver Amount is increased pursuant to
this Section. Such requests for increases to the Maximum Revolver Amount shall be in minimum
increments of $5,000,000 each.

ARTICLE 2

INTEREST AND FEES

2.1 Interest.

(a) Interest Rates. All outstanding Obligations shall bear interest on the unpaid
principal amount thereof (including, to the extent permitted by law, on interest thereon not paid
when due) from the date made until paid in full in cash at a rate determined by reference to the
Base Rate or the LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margins as set forth below, but not to exceed the
Maximum Rate. If at any time Loans are outstanding with respect to which the Borrowers have not
delivered to the Lender a notice specifying the basis for determining the interest rate applicable
thereto in accordance herewith, those Loans shall bear interest at a rate determined by reference
to the Base Rate until notice to the contrary has been given to the Lender in accordance with this
Agreement and such notice has become effective. Except as otherwise provided herein, the
outstanding Obligations shall bear interest as follows:

(i) For all Base Rate Revolving Loans and other Obligations (other than LIBOR Rate Loans) at a
fluctuating per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin;

(ii) For all LIBOR Revolving Loans at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate plus the
Applicable Margin.

Each change in the Base Rate shall be reflected in the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans
as of the effective date of such change. All interest charges shall be computed on the basis of a
year of 360 days and actual days elapsed (which results in more interest being paid than if
computed on the basis of a 365-day year). The Borrowers shall pay to the Lender interest accrued
on all Base Rate Loans in arrears on the first day of each month hereafter and on the Termination
Date. The Borrowers shall pay to the Lender interest on all LIBOR Rate Loans in arrears on each
LIBOR Interest Payment Date.

(b) Default Rate. If any Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the
Lender in its discretion so elects, then, while any such Default or Event of Default is continuing,
all of the Obligations shall bear interest at the Default Rate applicable thereto.

2.2 Continuation and Conversion Elections.

(a) The Borrowers may:

(i) elect, as of any Business Day, in the case of Base Rate Loans to convert any Base Rate
Loans (or any part thereof in an amount not less than $1,000,000 or that is in an integral multiple
of $100,000 in excess thereof) into LIBOR Rate Loans; or

(ii) elect, as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period, to continue any LIBOR Rate
Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such day (or any part thereof in an amount not less than
$1,000,000, or that is in an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof);

provided, that, if at any time the aggregate amount of LIBOR Rate Loans in respect
of any Borrowing is reduced, by payment, prepayment, or conversion of part thereof to be less than
$1,000,000, such LIBOR Rate Loans shall automatically convert into Base Rate Loans;
provided, further that if the notice shall fail to specify the duration of the
Interest Period, such Interest Period shall be one month.

(b) The Borrowers shall deliver a notice of continuation/conversion (“Notice of
Continuation/Conversion”) to the Lender not later than 12:00 noon (Los Angeles time) at least 3
Business Days in advance of the Continuation/Conversion Date, if the Loans are to be converted into
or continued as LIBOR Rate Loans and specifying:

(i) the proposed Continuation/Conversion Date;

(ii) the aggregate amount of Loans to be converted or renewed;

(iii) the type of Loans resulting from the proposed conversion or continuation; and

(iv) the duration of the requested Interest Period; provided, however, the
Borrowers may not select an Interest Period that ends after the Stated Termination Date.

(c) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to LIBOR Rate Loans, the
Borrowers have failed to select timely a new Interest Period to be applicable to LIBOR Rate Loans
or if any Default or Event of Default then exists, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have elected to
convert such LIBOR Rate Loans into Base Rate Loans effective as of the expiration date of such
Interest Period.

(d) There may not be more than six different LIBOR Rate Loans in effect hereunder at any time.

2.3 Maximum Interest Rate. In no event shall any interest rate provided for hereunder
exceed the maximum rate legally chargeable by the Lender under applicable law with respect to loans
of the type provided for hereunder (the “Maximum Rate”). If, in any month, any interest rate,
absent such limitation, would have exceeded the Maximum Rate, then the interest rate for that month
shall be the Maximum Rate, and, if in future months, that interest rate would otherwise be less
than the Maximum Rate, then that interest rate shall remain at the Maximum Rate until such time as
the amount of interest paid hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been paid if
the same had not been limited by the Maximum Rate. In the event that, upon payment in full of the
Obligations, the total amount of interest paid or accrued under the terms of this Agreement is less
than the total amount of interest which would, but for this Section 2.3, have been paid or
accrued if the interest rate otherwise set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect,
then the Borrowers shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, pay the Lender an amount equal
to the excess of (a) the lesser of (i) the amount of interest which would have been charged if the
Maximum Rate had, at all times, been in effect or (ii) the amount of interest which would have
accrued had the interest rate otherwise set forth in this Agreement, at all times, been in effect
over (b) the amount of interest actually paid or accrued under this Agreement. If a court of
competent jurisdiction determines that the Lender has received interest and other charges hereunder
in excess of the Maximum Rate, such excess shall be deemed received on account of, and shall
automatically be applied to reduce, the Obligations other than interest, in the inverse order of
maturity, and if there are no Obligations outstanding, the Lender shall refund to the Borrowers
such excess.

2.4 Closing Fee. The Borrowers agree to pay the Lender on the Closing Date a closing
fee (the “Closing Fee”) in the amount of $125,000.

2.5 Unused Line Fee. On the first day of each month and on the Termination Date the
Borrowers agree to pay to the Lender an unused line fee (the “Unused Line Fee”) equal to 0.25% per
annum times the amount by which the Maximum Revolver Amount exceeded the sum of the average daily
outstanding amount of Revolving Loans and the average daily undrawn face amount of outstanding
Letters of Credit, during the immediately preceding month or shorter period if calculated for the
first month hereafter or on the Termination Date. The Unused Line Fee shall be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. All principal payments received by
the Lender shall be deemed to be credited to the Borrowers’ Loan Account immediately upon receipt
for purposes of calculating the Unused Line Fee pursuant to this Section 2.5.

2.6 Letter of Credit Fee. The Borrowers agree to pay to the Lender for each Letter of
Credit, a fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) equal to 1.50% per annum (or 0.75% per annum if such
Letter of Credit is cash collateralized or supported by a Supporting Letter of Credit issued in
accordance with Section 1.4 hereof) of the undrawn face amount of each Letter of Credit,
and to the Letter of Credit Issuer, all customary out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred
by the Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with the application for, processing of, issuance of,
or amendment to any Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit Fee shall be payable monthly in arrears
on the first day of each month following any month in which a Letter of Credit is outstanding and
on the Termination Date. The Letter of Credit Fee shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
for the actual number of days elapsed.

ARTICLE 3

PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS

3.1 Revolving Loans. The Borrowers shall repay the outstanding principal balance of
the Revolving Loans, plus all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, on the Termination Date. The
Borrowers may prepay Revolving Loans at any time, and reborrow subject to the terms of this
Agreement. In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon demand the
Borrowers shall pay to the Lender the amount, without duplication, by which the Aggregate Revolver
Outstandings (excluding Pending Revolving Loans) exceeds the lesser of the Borrowing Base or the
Maximum Revolver Amount.

3.2 Termination of Facility. The Borrowers may terminate this Agreement upon at
least 10 Business Days’ notice to the Lender, upon (a) the payment in full of all outstanding
Revolving Loans, together with accrued interest thereon, and the cancellation and return of all
outstanding Letters of Credit or the provision of a Supporting Letter of Credit or Cash Collateral
in accordance with Section 1.4 hereof, (b) the payment in full in cash of all reimbursable expenses
and other Obligations, and (c) with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loans prepaid, payment of the amounts
due under Section 4.4, if any.

3.3 Intentionally Deleted.

3.4 Intentionally Deleted.

3.5 LIBOR Rate Loan Prepayments. In connection with any prepayment, if any LIBOR Rate
Loans are prepaid prior to the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the
Borrowers shall pay to the Lender the amounts described in Section 4.4.

3.6 Payments by the Borrowers.

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without set-off, recoupment or
counterclaim. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers shall
be made to the Lender, at the account designated by the Lender and shall be made in Dollars and in
immediately available funds, no later than 12:00 noon (Los Angeles time) on the date specified
herein. Any payment received by the Lender after such time shall be deemed (for purposes of
calculating interest only) to have been received on the following Business Day and any applicable
interest shall continue to accrue.

(b) Subject to the provisions set forth in the definition of “Interest Period”, whenever any
payment is due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be due on the following
Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of
interest or fees, as the case may be.

3.7 Payments as Revolving Loans. At the election of the Lender, (a) all payments of
principal, interest, reimbursement obligations in connection with Letters of Credit and Credit
Support for Letters of Credit and fees, and (b) all payments of reimbursable expenses and other
sums payable hereunder, may be paid from the proceeds of Revolving Loans made hereunder. The
Borrowers hereby irrevocably authorize the Lender to charge the Loan Account for the purpose of
paying all amounts from time to time due hereunder and agree that all such amounts charged shall
constitute Revolving Loans.

3.8 Apportionment, Application and Reversal of Payments. Principal and interest
payments and payments of the fees shall be payable solely to the Lender (except for fees payable to
the Letter of Credit Issuer if different than the Lender). All payments shall be remitted to the
Lender and all such payments not relating to principal or interest of specific Loans, or not
constituting payment of specific fees, and all proceeds of Accounts or other Collateral received by
the Lender, shall be applied, ratably, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, first,
to pay any fees, indemnities or expense reimbursements then due to the Lender from the Borrowers;
second, to pay interest due in respect of all Loans; third, to pay or prepay
principal of the Revolving Loans and unpaid reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of
Credit; fourth, to pay an amount to Lender equal to all outstanding Letter of Credit
Obligations to be held as cash collateral for such Obligations; and fifth, to the payment
of any other Obligation including any amounts relating to Bank Products due to the Lender by the
Borrowers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, unless so
directed by the Borrowers, or unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lender
shall not apply any payments which it receives to any LIBOR Rate Loan, except (a) on the expiration
date of the Interest Period applicable to any such LIBOR Rate Loan, or (b) in the event, and only
to the extent, that there are no outstanding Base Rate Loans and, in any event, the Borrowers shall
pay LIBOR breakage losses in accordance with Section 4.4. The Lender shall have the
continuing and exclusive right to apply and reverse and reapply any and all such proceeds and
payments to any portion of the Obligations.

3.9 Indemnity for Returned Payments. If after receipt of any payment which is
applied to the payment of all or any part of the Obligations, the Lender, the Bank or any Affiliate
of the Bank is for any reason compelled to surrender such payment or proceeds to any Person because
such payment or application of proceeds is invalidated, declared fraudulent, set aside, determined
to be void or voidable as a preference, impermissible setoff, or a diversion of trust funds, or for
any other reason, then the Obligations or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived
and continued and this Agreement shall continue in full force as if such payment or proceeds had
not been received by the Lender and the Borrowers shall be liable to pay to the Lender, and hereby
does indemnify the Lender and hold the Lender harmless for the amount of such payment or proceeds
surrendered. The provisions of this Section 3.9 shall be and remain effective
notwithstanding any contrary action which may have been taken by the Lender in reliance upon such
payment or application of proceeds, and any such contrary action so taken shall be without
prejudice to the Lender’s rights under this Agreement and shall be deemed to have been conditioned
upon such payment or application of proceeds having become final and irrevocable. The provisions
of this Section 3.9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3.10 Lender’s Books and Records; Monthly Statements. The Lender shall record the
principal amount of the Loans owing to the Lender, the undrawn face amount of all outstanding
Letters of Credit and the aggregate amount of unpaid reimbursement obligations outstanding with
respect to the Letters of Credit from time to time on its books. In addition, the Lender may note
the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal of the Loans in its books and
records. Failure by the Lender to make such notation shall not affect the obligations of the
Borrowers with respect to the Loans or the Letters of Credit. The Borrowers agree that the
Lender’s books and records showing the Obligations and the transactions pursuant to this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents shall be admissible in any action or proceeding arising therefrom, and
shall constitute rebuttably presumptive proof thereof, irrespective of whether any Obligation is
also evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument. The Lender will provide to the Borrowers
a monthly statement of Loans, payments, and other transactions pursuant to this Agreement. Such
statement shall be deemed correct, accurate, and binding on the Borrowers and an account stated
(except for reversals and reapplications of payments made as provided in Section 3.8 and
corrections of errors discovered by the Lender), unless the Borrowers notify the Lender in writing
to the contrary within 30 days after such statement is rendered or in the event of manifest error.
In the event a timely written notice of objections is given by the Borrowers, only the items to
which exception is expressly made will be considered to be disputed by the Borrowers.

ARTICLE 4

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

4.1 Taxes.

(a) Any and all payments by the Borrowers to the Lender under this Agreement and any other
Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes.
In addition, the Borrowers shall pay all Other Taxes.

(b) The Borrowers agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Lender for the full amount of Taxes
or Other Taxes (including any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable
under this Section) paid by the Lender and any liability (including penalties, interest, additions
to tax and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other
Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. Payment under this indemnification shall be made within
30 days after the date the Lender makes written demand therefor.

(c) If the Borrowers shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any Taxes or Other Taxes
from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to the Lender, then:

(i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required
deductions and withholdings (including deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums
payable under this Section) the Lender, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received
had no such deductions or withholdings been made;

(ii) the Borrowers shall make such deductions and withholdings;

(iii) the Borrowers shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing
authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law; and

(iv) the Borrowers shall also pay to the Lender, at the time interest is paid, all additional
amounts which the Lender specifies as necessary to preserve the after-tax yield the Lender would
have received if such Taxes or Other Taxes had not been imposed.

(d) At the Lender’s request, within 30 days after the date of any payment by the Borrowers of
Taxes or Other Taxes, the Borrowers shall furnish the Lender the original or a certified copy of a
receipt evidencing payment thereof, or other evidence of payment satisfactory to the Lender.

(e) If the Borrowers are required to pay additional amounts to the Lender pursuant to
subsection (c) of this Section, then the Lender shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal
and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its lending office so as to eliminate
any such additional payment by the Borrowers which may thereafter accrue, if such change in the
judgment of the Lender is not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lender.

4.2 Illegality.

(a) If the Lender determines that the introduction of any Requirement of Law, or any change in
any Requirement of Law, or in the interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law, has
made it unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority has asserted that it is
unlawful, for the Lender or its applicable lending office to make LIBOR Rate Loans, then, on notice
thereof by the Lender to the Borrowers any obligation of the Lender to make LIBOR Rate Loans shall
be suspended until the Lender notifies the Borrowers that the circumstances giving rise to such
determination no longer exist.

(b) If the Lender determines that it is unlawful to maintain any LIBOR Rate Loan, the
Borrowers shall, upon its receipt of notice of such fact and demand from the Lender, prepay in full
such LIBOR Rate Loans then outstanding, together with interest accrued thereon and amounts required
under Section 4.4, either on the last day of the Interest Period thereof, if the Lender may
lawfully continue to maintain such LIBOR Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if the Lender may
not lawfully continue to maintain such LIBOR Rate Loans. If the Borrowers are required to so
prepay any LIBOR Rate Loans, then concurrently with such prepayment, the Borrowers shall borrow
from the Lender, in the amount of such repayment, a Base Rate Loan.

4.3 Increased Costs and Reduction of Return.

(a) If the Lender determines that due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in the
interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) the compliance by the Lender with any guideline or
request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of
law) in each case, after the date hereof, there shall be any increase in the cost to the Lender of
agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any LIBOR Rate Loans, then the Borrowers shall
be liable for, and shall from time to time, upon demand, pay to the Lender additional amounts as
are sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased costs.

(b) If the Lender shall have determined that (i) the introduction of any Capital Adequacy
Regulation, (ii) any change in any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (iii) any change in the
interpretation or administration of any Capital Adequacy Regulation by any central bank or other
Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or (iv)
compliance by the Lender or any corporation or other entity controlling the Lender with any Capital
Adequacy Regulation, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be
maintained by the Lender or any corporation or other entity controlling the Lender and (taking into
consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy and the Lender’s desired return on
capital) determines that the amount of such capital is increased as a consequence of its
Commitments, loans, credits or obligations under this Agreement, then, upon demand of the Lender to
the Borrowers, the Borrowers shall pay to the Lender, from time to time as specified by the Lender,
additional amounts sufficient to compensate the Lender for such increase.

4.4 Funding Losses. The Borrowers shall reimburse the Lender and hold the Lender
harmless from any loss or expense which the Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of:

(a) the failure of the Borrowers to make on a timely basis any payment of principal of any
LIBOR Rate Loan;

(b) the failure of the Borrowers to borrow, continue or convert a Loan after the Borrowers
have given (or is deemed to have given) a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of
Continuation/Conversion; or

(c) the prepayment or other payment (including after acceleration thereof) of any LIBOR Rate
Loans on a day that is not the last day of the relevant Interest Period;

including any such loss of anticipated profit and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation
or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain its LIBOR Rate Loans or from fees payable to
terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. Borrowers shall also pay any customary
administrative fees charged by the Lender in connection with the foregoing.

4.5 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Lender determines that for any reason
adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the LIBOR Rate for any requested
Interest Period with respect to a proposed LIBOR Rate Loan, or that the LIBOR Rate for any
requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed LIBOR Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly
reflect the cost to the Lender of funding such Loan, the Lender will promptly so notify the
Borrowers. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lender to make or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans hereunder
shall be suspended until the Lender revokes such notice in writing. Upon receipt of such notice,
the Borrowers may revoke any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Continuation/Conversion then
submitted by it. If the Borrowers do not revoke such Notice, the Lender shall make, convert or
continue the Loans, as proposed by the Borrowers, in the amount specified in the applicable notice
submitted by the Borrowers, but such Loans shall be made, converted or continued as Base Rate Loans
instead of LIBOR Rate Loans.

4.6 Certificates of Lender. If the Lender claims reimbursement or compensation under
this Article 4, it shall determine the amount thereof and shall deliver to the Borrowers a
certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the amount payable to the Lender, and such
certificate shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers in the absence of manifest error.

4.7 Survival. The agreements and obligations of the Borrowers in this Article 4 shall
survive the payment of all other Obligations.

ARTICLE 5

BOOKS AND RECORDS; FINANCIAL INFORMATION; NOTICES

5.1 Books and Records. Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to,
maintain, at all times, correct and complete books, records and accounts in which complete, correct
and timely entries are made of its transactions in accordance with GAAP in all material respects
and applied consistently with the audited Financial Statements required to be delivered pursuant to
Section 5.2(a). Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to by means of
appropriate entries, reflect in such accounts and in all Financial Statements proper liabilities
and reserves for all taxes and proper provision for depreciation and amortization of property and
bad debts, all in accordance with GAAP in all material respects. Parent shall, and shall cause
each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain at all times books and records pertaining to the Collateral
in such detail, form and scope as the Lender shall reasonably require, including, but not limited
to, records of (a) all payments received and all credits and extensions granted with respect to the
Accounts; and (b) all other dealings affecting the Collateral.

5.2 Financial Information. Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to,
promptly furnish to the Lender all such financial information as the Lender shall reasonably
request. Without limiting the foregoing, Parent and the Borrowers will furnish to the Lender in
such detail as the Lender shall request, the following:

(a) As soon as available, but in any event not later than 90 days after the close of each
Fiscal Year, consolidated audited balance sheets, and income statements, cash flow statements and
changes in stockholders’ equity for Parent and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, and the
accompanying notes thereto, setting forth in each case in comparative form figures for the previous
Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, fairly presenting the financial position and the results of
operations of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the date thereof and for the
Fiscal Year then ended, and prepared in accordance with GAAP in all material respects. Such
statements shall be examined in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by and, in
the case of such statements performed on a consolidated basis, accompanied by a report thereon
unqualified in any respect of independent certified public accountants selected by Parent and
reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. Parent, simultaneously with retaining such independent
public accountants to conduct such annual audit, shall send a letter to such accountants, with a
copy to the Lender, notifying such accountants that one of the primary purposes for retaining such
accountants’ services and having audited financial statements prepared by them is for use by the
Lender. Parent and the Borrowers hereby authorize the Lender to communicate directly with its
certified public accountants and, by this provision, authorizes those accountants to disclose to
the Lender any and all financial statements and other supporting financial documents and schedules
relating to Parent and its Subsidiaries and to discuss directly with the Lender the finances and
affairs of the Parent and its Subsidiaries (provided that Borrowers may, if they so choose, be
present at or participate in any such communications or discussions), all upon reasonable notice
and at such reasonable times during normal business hours as may reasonably be requested.

(b) As soon as available, but in any event not later than 30 days after the end of each fiscal
month (except for the last month of each fiscal quarter) and not later than 45 days after the end
of each fiscal quarter, as applicable, consolidated unaudited balance sheets of the Parent and its
consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal month or fiscal quarter, as applicable, and
consolidated unaudited income statements and cash flow statements for Parent and its consolidated
Subsidiaries for such fiscal month or fiscal quarter, as applicable, and for the period from the
beginning of the Fiscal Year to the end of such fiscal month or fiscal quarter, as applicable, all
in reasonable detail, fairly presenting the financial position and results of operations of Parent
and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the date thereof and for such periods, and, in each case,
in comparable form, figures for the corresponding period in the prior Fiscal Year and in Parent’s
budget, and, with respect to the quarterly financial statements for the first three fiscal quarters
of each Fiscal Year only, prepared in accordance with GAAP in all material respects and applied
consistently with the audited Financial Statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section
5.2(a). With respect to the quarterly financial statements for the first three fiscal quarters
of each Fiscal Year only, Parent shall certify by a certificate signed by its chief financial
officer that all such quarterly statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP in all
material respects and present fairly the financial position of Parent and its Subsidiaries as at
the dates thereof and its results of operations for the fiscal quarters then ended, subject to
normal year-end adjustments.

(c) [Intentionally Deleted]

(d) With each of the annual audited Financial Statements delivered pursuant to Section
5.2(a), and within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, in each case, a
certificate of the chief financial officer of Parent setting forth in reasonable detail the
calculations necessary to determine the covenants set forth in Sections 7.21, 7.23
and 7.25 Within 30 days after the end of each fiscal month, a certificate of the chief
financial officer of the Parent stating that, except as explained in reasonable detail in such
certificate, (A) all of the representations and warranties of Parent and the Borrowers contained in
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are correct and complete in all material respects as at
the date of such certificate as if made at such time, except for those representations and
warranties that speak as of a particular date; (B) Parent and the Borrowers are, at the date of
such certificate, in compliance in all material respects with all of the agreements in this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and all of their respective covenants, if a Financial
Covenant Trigger Period exists; and (C) no Default or Event of Default then exists or existed
during the period covered by the Financial Statements for such fiscal month. If such certificate
discloses that a representation or warranty is not correct or complete in all material respects, or
that a covenant (when applicable) has not been complied with, or that a Default or Event of Default
existed or exists, such certificate shall set forth what action Parent and the Borrowers have taken
or propose to take with respect thereto.

(e) No sooner than 60 days and not less than 30 days prior to the beginning of each Fiscal
Year, annual forecasts (to include forecasted consolidated balance sheets, income statements and
cash flow statements) for Parent and its Subsidiaries as at the end of and for each fiscal quarter
of such Fiscal Year.

(f) Promptly after filing with the PBGC and the IRS, upon request, a copy of each annual
report or other filing filed with respect to each Plan of Parent and any of its Subsidiaries.

(g) Promptly upon the filing thereof, copies of all reports or other documents filed by Parent
or any of its Subsidiaries with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, and
all reports, notices, or statements sent or received by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to or
from the holders of any equity interests of Parent (other than routine non material correspondence
sent or received by shareholders of Parent to or from Parent) or any such Subsidiary or of any Debt
of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or to or from the
trustee under any indenture under which the same is issued.

(h) As soon as available, but in any event not later than 15 days after any Borrower’s receipt
thereof, a copy of all final management reports and management letters prepared for such Borrower
by any independent certified public accountants.

(i) Promptly after their delivery, copies of any and all proxy statements, financial
statements, and reports which Parent makes available to its shareholders.

(j) If requested by the Lender, promptly after filing with the IRS, a copy of each tax return
filed by Parent or by any of its Subsidiaries.

(k) As soon as available, but in any event within either (x) 20 days after the end of each
fiscal month (for such fiscal month), if no Collateral Reporting Trigger Period exists or (y) 5
days after the end of each week (for such week), if a Collateral Reporting Trigger Period does
exist, a Borrowing Base Certificate and any other supporting information in accordance with Section
9 of the Security Agreement; provided; that such weekly Borrowing Base Certificates
delivered during a Collateral Reporting Trigger Period shall update the amount of sales, credits
and collections only from the prior Borrowing Base Certificate and the amount of Eligible Accounts
shall be updated in a monthly Borrowing Base Certificate delivered 20 days after the end of each
fiscal month during a Collateral Reporting Trigger Period.

(l) As soon as available, but in any event within 20 days after the end of each fiscal month,
a detailed schedule in form and substance satisfactory to Lender of the Net Unrestricted Domestic
Cash for such fiscal month, which schedule shall provide (1) the daily balance of Net Unrestricted
Domestic Cash for such fiscal month, and (2) the Borrowers’ calculation of the average balance of
Net Unrestricted Domestic Cash for such fiscal month.

(m) On each Business Day that any cash or Cash Equivalents are included in the Borrowing Base
Cash Collateral Account, if the Lender is unable to independently determine such amounts and Lender
so requests Parent shall deliver to the Lender information identifying the amounts of cash and Cash
Equivalents held as of the end of the immediately preceding Business Day in the Borrowing Base Cash
Collateral Account.

(n) Such additional information as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request
regarding the financial and business affairs of Parent or any Subsidiary.

Information required to be delivered pursuant to subdivisions (a), (b), as to quarterly
information only, (g) and (i) of this Section 5.2 shall be deemed to have been delivered on
the date on which Parent provides notice to the Lender that such information has been posted on
Parent’s Internet website at www.remedystaff.com or at another website identified in such
notice and accessible to Lender without charge; provided, that, Parent shall
deliver paper copies of such information to Lender upon request.

5.3 Notices to the Lender. Parent or the Borrowers shall notify the Lender in writing
of the following matters at the following times:

(a) Immediately after becoming aware of any Default, Event of Default, Collateral Reporting
Trigger Period, Financial Covenant Trigger Period or Cash Dominion Trigger Period;

(b) Immediately after becoming aware of the assertion by the holder of any Debt of Parent or
any Subsidiaries in a face amount in excess of $250,000 that a default exists with respect thereto
or that Parent or such Subsidiary is not in compliance with the terms thereof, or the threat or
commencement by such holder of any enforcement action because of such asserted default or
non-compliance;

(c) Immediately after becoming aware of any event or circumstance which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) Immediately after becoming aware of any pending or threatened action, suit, or proceeding,
by any Person, or any pending or threatened investigation by a Governmental Authority, which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) Immediately after becoming aware of any pending or threatened strike, work stoppage,
unfair labor practice claim, or other labor dispute affecting Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in
a manner which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) Immediately after becoming aware of any violation of any law, statute, regulation, or
ordinance of a Governmental Authority affecting Parent or any of its Subsidiaries which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(g) Immediately after receipt of any written notice of any violation by Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries of any Environmental Law which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect or that any Governmental Authority has asserted in writing that Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries is not in compliance with any Environmental Law or is investigating Parent’s or such
Subsidiary’s compliance therewith, which non-compliance could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect;

(h) Immediately after receipt of any written notice that Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is
or may be liable to any Person as a result of the Release or threatened Release of any Contaminant
or that Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to investigation by any Governmental Authority
evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to the Release or threatened Release of
any Contaminant which, in either case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect;

(i) Immediately after receipt of any written notice of the imposition of any Environmental
Lien against any property of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries;

(j) Any change in any Borrower’s name as it appears in the state of its incorporation or other
organization, state of incorporation or organization, type of entity, organizational identification
number, or form of organization, trade names under which any Borrower will create Accounts, or to
which instruments in payment of Accounts may be made payable, in each case at least thirty (30)
days prior thereto;

(k) Within 10 Business Days after Parent or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know,
that an ERISA Event or a prohibited transaction (as defined in Sections 406 of ERISA and 4975 of
the Code) has occurred, and, when known, any action taken or threatened by the IRS, the DOL or the
PBGC with respect thereto;

(l) Upon request, or, in the event that such filing reflects a change involving $500,000 with
respect to the matters covered thereby, within five (5) Business Days after the filing thereof with
the PBGC, the DOL or the IRS, as applicable, copies of the following: (i) each annual report (form
5500 series), including Schedule B thereto, filed with the PBGC, the DOL or the IRS with respect to
each Plan, (ii) a copy of each funding waiver request filed with the PBGC, the DOL or the IRS with
respect to any Plan and all communications received by Parent or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC,
the DOL or the IRS with respect to such request, and (iii) a copy of each other filing or notice
filed with the PBGC, the DOL or the IRS, with respect to each Plan by either Parent or any ERISA
Affiliate;

(m) Upon request, copies of each actuarial report for any Plan or Multi-employer Plan and
annual report for any Multi-employer Plan; and within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof
by Parent or any ERISA Affiliate, copies of the following: (i) any notices of the PBGC’s intention
to terminate a Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer such Plan; (ii) any favorable or
unfavorable determination letter from the IRS regarding the qualification of a Plan under Section
401(a) of the Code; or (iii) any notice from a Multi-employer Plan regarding the imposition of
withdrawal liability;

(n) Within 5 Business Days after the occurrence thereof: (i) any changes in the benefits of
any existing Plan which increase Parent’s annual costs with respect thereto by an amount in excess
of $500,000, or the establishment of any new Plan or the commencement of contributions to any Plan
to which Parent or any ERISA Affiliate was not previously contributing, it being understood that
this clause (i) shall not apply to any 401(k) or similar Plan to which employee contributions are
solely made; or (ii) any failure by Parent or any ERISA Affiliate to make a required installment or
any other required payment under Section 412 of the Code on or before the due date for such
installment or payment; or

(o) Within 5 Business Days after Parent or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know
that any of the following events has or will occur: (i) a Multi-employer Plan has been or will be
terminated; (ii) the administrator or plan sponsor of a Multi-employer Plan intends to terminate a
Multi-employer Plan; or (iii) the PBGC has instituted or will institute proceedings under Section
4042 of ERISA to terminate a Multi-employer Plan.

Each notice given under this Section shall describe the subject matter thereof in reasonable
detail, and shall set forth the action that Parent, its Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate, as
applicable, has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

ARTICLE 6

GENERAL WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

Parent and each Borrower warrants and represents to the Lender that except as hereafter
disclosed to and accepted by the Lender in writing:

6.1 Authorization, Validity, and Enforceability of this Agreement and the Loan
Documents. Each Borrower has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, to incur the Obligations, and
to grant to the Lender Liens upon and security interests in the Collateral. Each Borrower has
taken all necessary corporate action (including obtaining approval of its stockholders if
necessary) to authorize its execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents to which it is a party. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is
a party have been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower, and constitute the legal, valid and
binding obligations of such Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective
terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar
laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to
enforceability. Each Borrower’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with, or constitute a
violation or breach of, or result in the imposition of any Lien upon the property of Parent or any
of its Subsidiaries, by reason of the terms of (a) any material contract, mortgage, lease,
agreement, indenture, or instrument to which Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or which
is binding upon it, (b) any Requirement of Law applicable to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or
(c) the certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws or the limited liability company or
limited partnership agreement of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

6.2 Validity and Priority of Security Interest. The provisions of this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents create legal and valid Liens on all the Collateral in favor of the Lender,
and such Liens constitute perfected and continuing Liens on all the Collateral, having priority
over all other Liens on the Collateral, except for those Liens identified in clauses (c),
(d), (e), (g), (h) and (i) of the definition of Permitted
Liens securing all the Obligations, and enforceable against the Borrowers and all third parties.

6.3 Organization and Qualification. Each Borrower (a) is duly organized or
incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization
or incorporation, (b) is qualified to do business and is in good standing in the jurisdictions
which qualification is necessary in order for it to own or lease its property and conduct its
business, except where the failure to maintain such qualification of good standing could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, as of the Closing Date, is qualified
to do business in the jurisdictions set forth on Schedule 6.3, and (c) has all requisite
corporate power and authority to conduct its business and to own its property in all material
respects.

6.4 Corporate Name; Prior Transactions. No Borrower has, during the past 5 years,
been known by or used any other corporate or fictitious name, or been a party to any merger or
consolidation, or acquired all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, or acquired any of
its property outside of the ordinary course of business other than a Borrower’s acquisition of
licensees and franchisees in the ordinary course of business.

6.5 Subsidiaries and Affiliates. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 6.5 is a
correct and complete list of the name and relationship to Parent of each and all of Parent’s
Subsidiaries and other Affiliates. Each Subsidiary is (a) duly incorporated or organized and
validly existing in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation or organization set
forth on Schedule 6.5, and (b) qualified to do business and in good standing in each
jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify or be in good standing could reasonably be expected
to have a material adverse effect on any such Subsidiary’s business, operations, property, or
condition (financial or otherwise) and (c) has all requisite corporate power and authority to
conduct its business and own its property in all material respects.

6.6 Financial Statements and Projections.

(a) Parent has delivered to the Lender the audited balance sheet and related statements of
income, retained earnings, cash flows, and changes in stockholders equity for Parent and its
consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 28, 2003, and for the Fiscal Year then ended, accompanied
by the report thereon of the Parent’s independent certified public accountants,
PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP. Parent has also delivered to the Lender the unaudited balance sheet
and related statements of income and cash flows for Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of
June 27, 2004. Such financial statements are attached hereto as Exhibit C. All such
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and present accurately and fairly
in all material respects the financial position of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at
the dates thereof and their results of operations for the periods then ended, subject in the case
of interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments.

(b) The Latest Projections when submitted to the Lender as required herein represent Parent’s
good faith estimate of the future financial performance of the Parent and its consolidated
Subsidiaries for the periods set forth therein. The Latest Projections have been prepared on the
basis of the assumptions set forth therein, which the Parent believes are fair and reasonable in
light of current and reasonably foreseeable business conditions at the time submitted to the
Lender, it being recognized by the Lender that such projections as to future events are not to be
viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such
projections may differ from the projected results.

6.7 Capitalization. Schedule 6.7 sets forth, as of the Closing Date all of
the authorized and issued Capital Stock of the Borrowers. All outstanding Capital Stock has been
validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable (except for Parent, which is as of October 3,
2004).

6.8 Solvency. Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is Solvent prior to and
after giving effect to each Borrowing (including the issuance of any Letter of Credit) to be made
on the Closing Date and thereafter.

6.9 Debt. After giving effect to the Borrowings to be made on the Closing Date, as of
the Closing Date, Parent and its Subsidiaries have no Debt, except (a) the Obligations, (b) Debt
issued between the Parent and its Subsidiaries or between Subsidiaries and (c) Debt described on
Schedule 6.9.

6.10 Distributions. Since September 28, 2003, no Distribution has been declared,
paid, or made upon or in respect of any Capital Stock of Parent, other than as would be permitted
by Section 7.10.

6.11 Real Estate; Leases. Schedule 6.11 sets forth, as of the Closing Date, a
correct and complete list of all Real Estate owned by Parent and all Real Estate owned by each of
its Subsidiaries, the location (by address) of all leases and subleases of real or personal
property held by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries as lessee or sublessee (other than leases of
personal property as to which Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is lessee or sublessee for which
the value of such personal property in the aggregate is less than $500,000) and all leases and
subleases of real or personal property held by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries as lessor or
sublessor. Each of such leases and subleases is valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms
and is in full force and effect, and no default by any party to any such lease or sublease exists,
except to the extent that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As
of the Closing Date, except to the extent that could not be reasonably expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect, Parent and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to the
Real Estate identified on Schedule 6.11 as owned by such Person, or valid leasehold
interests in all Real Estate designated therein as “leased” by such Person and Parent and its
Subsidiaries have good, indefeasible, and merchantable title to all of its other property reflected
on the June 27, 2004 Financial Statements delivered to the Lender, except as disposed of in the
ordinary course of business since the date thereof, free of all Liens except Permitted Liens.

6.12 Proprietary Rights. Schedule 6.12 sets forth a correct and complete list
of all of the Borrowers’ Proprietary Rights that consist of federally registered patents,
trademarks or copyrights. None of the Proprietary Rights is subject to any material licensing
agreement or similar arrangement except as set forth on Schedule 6.12. The Parent and the
Borrowers have collectively obtained, applied for, licensed or otherwise obtained the right to use
all Proprietary Rights, trade names, copyrights, and other rights, free from Liens (except
Permitted Liens), which are necessary for the operation of their business as presently conducted
and as proposed to be conducted, except to the extent that the failure to so obtain, apply for,
license or obtain the right to use could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. Nothing has come to the current actual knowledge of the Borrowers to the effect that (i)
any process, method, part of other material presently contemplated to be employed by the Parent or
any Borrower infringes any valid and enforceable patent, trademark, service mark, trade name,
copyright, license or other right owned by any other Person, or (ii) there is pending or overtly
threatened any claim or litigation against or affecting the Parent or any Borrower contesting its
right to sell or use any such process, method, party or other material, that, in any such case,
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.13 Litigation. Except as set forth in Parent’s Exchange Act filings made with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, there is no pending, or to the knowledge of Parent and the
Borrowers, threatened, action, suit, proceeding, or counterclaim by any Person, or to the knowledge
of Parent and the Borrowers, investigation by any Governmental Authority, or any basis for any of
the foregoing, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.14 Labor Disputes. As of the Closing Date (a) there is no collective bargaining
agreement or other labor contract covering employees of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) no
such collective bargaining agreement or other labor contract is scheduled to expire during the term
of this Agreement, (c) to the knowledge of Parent and the Borrowers, no union or other labor
organization is seeking to organize, or to be recognized as, a collective bargaining unit of
employees of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or for any similar purpose, and (d) there is no
pending or (to the knowledge of Parent and the Borrowers) threatened, strike, work stoppage,
material unfair labor practice claim, or other material labor dispute against or affecting Parent
or its Subsidiaries or their employees.

6.15 Environmental Laws. Parent and Borrowers conduct in the ordinary course of
business a review of the effect on its business, operations and properties of Environmental Laws
and all claims, however asserted, alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of
any Environmental Law or release or injury to the environment. As a result thereof, Parent and
Borrowers have reasonably concluded that no event or condition has occurred or is occurring with
respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries relating to any Environmental Law which could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect..

6.16 No Violation of Law. Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries are in violation
of any law, statute, regulation, ordinance, judgment, order, or decree applicable to it which
violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.17 No Default. Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries are in default with
respect to any note, indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease, deed, or other agreement to which
Parent or such Subsidiary is a party or by which it is bound, which default could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.18 ERISA Compliance. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.18:

(a) Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other
federal or state law, except to the extent that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect. Each Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has
received a favorable determination letter from the IRS and to the knowledge of Parent and the
Borrowers, nothing has occurred which would cause the loss of such qualification, except to the
extent that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Parent, each of
its Subsidiaries and each their ERISA Affiliate has made all required contributions to any Plan
subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any
amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of Parent and the Borrowers, threatened
claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan
which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There
has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect
to any Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan
has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) neither Parent, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any
ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA
with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of
ERISA); (iv) neither Parent, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or
reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of
notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of
ERISA with respect to a Multi-employer Plan; and (v) neither Parent, nor any of its Subsidiaries,
nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or
4212(c) of ERISA; that, in any such case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

6.19 Taxes. Parent and its Subsidiaries have filed all federal and other tax returns
and reports required to be filed, and have paid all federal and other taxes, assessments, fees and
other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets
otherwise due and payable unless such unpaid taxes and assessments would constitute a Permitted
Lien.

6.20 Regulated Entities. Neither Parent, nor any Person controlling Parent, nor any
Subsidiary of Parent, is an “Investment Company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act
of 1940. Neither Parent nor any Subsidiary of Parent is subject to regulation under the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, any state
public utilities code or law, or any other federal or state statute or regulation limiting its
ability to incur indebtedness.

6.21 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. The proceeds of the Loans are to be used
solely for working capital and general corporate purposes. Neither Parent nor any Subsidiary is
engaged in the business of purchasing or selling Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose
of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

6.22 No Material Adverse Change. No Material Adverse Effect has occurred since the
latest date of the Financial Statements delivered to the Lender prior to the Closing Date.

6.23 Full Disclosure. None of the representations or warranties made by Parent or any
Subsidiary in the Loan Documents as of the date such representations and warranties are made or
deemed made, and none of the statements contained in any exhibit, report, statement or certificate
furnished by or on behalf of Parent or any Subsidiary in connection with the Loan Documents
(including any offering and disclosure materials delivered by or on behalf of Parent to the Lender
prior to the Closing Date), taken as a whole, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or
omits any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made
therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading as of the time
when made or delivered.

6.24 Material Agreements. Schedule 6.24 hereto sets forth as of the Closing
Date all material agreements and contracts to which Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or
is bound as of the date hereof.

6.25 Bank Accounts. Schedule 6.25 contains as of the Closing Date a complete
and accurate list of all bank accounts maintained by the Borrowers with any bank or other financial
institution.

6.26 Governmental or Other Authorization. No approval, consent, exemption,
authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or
other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except for lien
filings required in connection with the perfection of Liens securing the Obligations), which the
failure to obtain could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

ARTICLE 7

AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Parent and each Borrower covenants to the Lender that so long as any of the Obligations remain
outstanding or this Agreement is in effect:

7.1 Taxes and Other Obligations. Parent shall, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, (a) file when due all tax returns and other reports which it is required to file;
and (b) pay, or provide for the payment, when due, of all taxes, fees, assessments and other
governmental charges against it or upon its property, income and franchises, make all required
withholding and other tax deposits, and establish adequate reserves for the payment of all such
items, and provide to the Lender, upon request, satisfactory evidence of its timely compliance with
the foregoing; provided, however, neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries need
pay any tax, fee, assessment, or governmental charge (i) it is contesting in good faith by
appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, (ii) as to which Parent or its Subsidiaries, as the
case may be, has established proper reserves as required under GAAP, and (iii) the nonpayment of
which does not result in the imposition of a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien).

7.2 Legal Existence and Good Standing. Parent shall, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, maintain its legal existence and its qualification and good standing in all
jurisdictions in which the failure to maintain such existence and qualification or good standing
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.3 Compliance with Law and Agreements; Maintenance of Licenses. Parent shall comply,
and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply with all Requirements of Law of any Governmental
Authority having jurisdiction over it or its business (including the Federal Fair Labor Standards
Act and all Environmental Laws), noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to result in
a Material Adverse Effect. Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, obtain and
maintain all licenses, permits, franchises, and governmental authorizations necessary to own its
property and to conduct its business as conducted on the Closing Date in which the failure to
obtain the aforementioned would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Parent shall, and shall
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, not modify, amend or alter its certificate or articles of
incorporation, or its limited liability company operating agreement or limited partnership
agreement, as applicable, other than in a manner which does not adversely affect the rights of the
Lender.

7.4 Maintenance of Property; Inspection of Property.

(a) Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain all of its properties
necessary and useful in the conduct of its business, in good operating condition and repair,
ordinary wear and tear excepted in all material respects.

(b) Parent and Borrowers shall permit representatives and independent contractors of the
Lender (at the expense of the Borrowers) to visit and inspect any of their properties, to examine
their corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom
and to discuss their affairs, finances and accounts with their directors, officers and independent
public accountants (provided that Parent and Borrowers may, if it so chooses, be present at or
participate in any such discussion), at such reasonable times during normal business hours upon
reasonable advance notice; provided, however, when an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, the Lender may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrowers at any
time during normal business hours and without advance notice; provided further, that so long as no
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, after the Closing Date, Parent and Borrowers shall
not be required to reimburse Lender for more than four audits or similar inspections of Parent and
Borrowers during any twelve month period.

7.5 Insurance.

(a) Parent shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, with
financially sound and reputable insurers, having a rating of at least A or better by Best Rating
Guide, general liability (umbrella) insurance; insurance against loss or damage by fire with
extended coverage; theft, burglary, pilferage and loss in transit; public liability and third party
property damage; larceny, embezzlement or other criminal liability; business interruption; public
liability and third party property damage; and such other hazards or of such other types and in
such amounts as is customary for Persons engaged in the same or similar business.

(b) The Borrowers shall cause the Lender to be named on its insurance policies as secured
party or mortgagee and sole loss payee or additional insured, in a manner reasonably acceptable to
the Lender. Each policy of insurance shall contain a clause or endorsement requiring the insurer
to give not less than 30 days’ prior written notice to the Lender in the event of cancellation of
the policy for any reason whatsoever and a clause or endorsement stating that the interest of the
Lender shall not be impaired or invalidated by any act or neglect of Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries or the owner of any Real Estate for purposes more hazardous than are permitted by such
policy. All premiums for such insurance shall be paid by the Borrowers when due, and certificates
of insurance and, if requested by the Lender, photocopies of the policies, shall be delivered to
the Lender. If the Borrowers fail to procure such insurance or to pay the premiums therefor when
due, the Lender may do so from the proceeds of Revolving Loans.

7.6 Insurance and Condemnation Proceeds. The Borrowers shall promptly notify the
Lender of any loss, damage, or destruction to the Collateral, whether or not covered by insurance
in excess of $500,000. The Lender is hereby authorized to collect all insurance and condemnation
proceeds in respect of Collateral directly and to apply or remit them as follows:

(i) With respect to insurance and condemnation proceeds relating to Collateral other than
Fixed Assets in excess of $1,000,000, after deducting from such proceeds the reasonable expenses,
if any, incurred by the Lender in the collection or handling thereof, the Lender shall apply such
proceeds, ratably, to the reduction of the Obligations in the order provided for in Section
3.8.

(ii) With respect to insurance and condemnation proceeds relating to Collateral consisting of
Fixed Assets in excess of $500,000, the Lender shall permit or require the Borrowers to use such
proceeds, or any part thereof, to replace, repair, restore or rebuild the relevant Fixed Assets in
a diligent and expeditious manner with materials and workmanship of substantially the same quality
as existed before the loss, damage or destruction so long as (1) no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, (2) the aggregate proceeds do not exceed $1,000,000 and (3) the
Borrowers first (i) provide the Lender with plans and specifications for any such repair or
restoration which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lender and (ii) demonstrate to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Lender that the funds available to it will be sufficient to complete
such project in the manner provided therein. In all other circumstances, the Lender shall apply
such insurance and condemnation proceeds, ratably, to the reduction of the Obligations in the order
provided for in Section 3.8.

7.7 Environmental Laws. Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to,
conduct its business in compliance with all Environmental Laws applicable to it, including those
relating to the generation, handling, use, storage, and disposal of any Contaminant, except to the
extent that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Parent shall, and
shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take prompt and appropriate action to respond to any
non-compliance with Environmental Laws which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect and shall regularly report to the Lender on such response.

7.8 Compliance with ERISA. Parent shall, and shall cause each of its ERISA Affiliates
to: (a) maintain each Plan in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions
of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state law; (b) cause each Plan which is qualified under
Section 401(a) of the Code to maintain such qualification; (c) make all required contributions to
any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code; (d) not engage in a prohibited transaction or
violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan; and (e) not engage in a
transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

7.9 Mergers, Consolidations or Sales. Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries
shall enter into any transaction of merger, reorganization, or consolidation (other than in
connection with any acquisition of assets or property) at a cost to Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate, or transfer, sell, assign, lease, or
otherwise dispose of all or any part of their property in excess of $2,000,000 in the aggregate, or
wind up, liquidate or dissolve, or agree to do any of the foregoing, except:

(a) Permitted Acquisitions;

(b) any Subsidiary of Parent may be merged with or into Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent, or
be liquidated, wound up or dissolved, or all or any part of its business, property or assets may be
conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of, in one transaction or a series of
transactions, to Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent; provided, that, in the case of
such a merger, Parent or such Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(c) Parent and its Subsidiaries may dispose of obsolete, worn out or surplus property in the
ordinary course of business;

(d) Parent and its Subsidiaries may, if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing after giving effect thereto, sell or otherwise dispose of assets in transactions in
which the consideration received for such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair
market value thereof; and

(e) in order to resolve disputes that occur in the ordinary course of business, Parent and its
Subsidiaries may discount or otherwise compromise for less than the face value thereof, notes or
accounts receivable.

7.10 Distributions; Restricted Investments. Neither Parent nor any of its
Subsidiaries shall (i) directly or indirectly declare or make, or incur any liability to make, any
Distribution, except (A) Distributions to the Borrowers by their Subsidiaries or Distributions made
in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, and (B) Distributions by Parent in amounts necessary to
permit Parent to repurchase Capital Stock of Parent from directors, officers or employees of Parent
or any of its Subsidiaries upon the termination of their employment, so long as (x) no Default or
Event of Default exists at the time of or would be caused by the making of such Distributions, and
(y) the aggregate cash amount of such Distributions, measured at the time when made, does not
exceed $200,000 in any Fiscal Year of Parent, or (ii) make any Restricted Investment except for
Permitted Acquisitions and other transactions permitted by Section 7.9 hereof.

7.11 Guaranties. Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall make, issue, or
become liable on any Guaranty, except Guaranties of the Obligations in favor of the Lender and
Guaranties of Debt permitted under Section 7.12.

7.12 Debt. Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall incur or maintain any
Debt, other than:

(a) the Obligations;

(b) Debt described on Schedule 6.9;

(c) Capital Leases of Equipment and purchase money secured Debt incurred to purchase
Equipment; provided, that, (i) Liens securing the same attach only to the Equipment
acquired by the incurrence of such Debt, and (ii) the aggregate amount of such Debt (including
Capital Leases) at any one time outstanding does not exceed $2,000,000 at any time;

(d) Debt evidencing a refunding, renewal or extension of the Debt described on Schedule 6.9 or
clause (b) or (c) hereof; provided, that, (i) the principal amount thereof is not
increased, (ii) the Liens, if any, securing such refunded, renewed or extended Debt do not attach
to any assets in addition to those assets, if any, securing the Debt to be refunded, renewed or
extended, and (iii) the terms of such refunding, renewal or extension are no less favorable in any
material respect to the Borrowers or the Lender than the original Debt (provided that the interest
rate and other pricing terms of such Debt shall be permitted under this clause (d) if Borrowers
have reasonably determined that such interest rate and other pricing terms are generally equal to
or less than current market rates);

(e) unsecured Debt or Debt subordinated to the Obligations, each incurred after the Closing
Date, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time; provided,
that any such unsecured Debt shall be on terms reasonably acceptable to Lender and any such
Subordinated Debt is subordinated to the Obligations hereunder pursuant to a subordination
agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender;

(f) Guarantees of any Borrower in respect of Debt otherwise permitted hereunder of the
Borrower;

(g) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Borrowers existing or arising under any Hedge
Agreements; provided, that, (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the
ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with
liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such
Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not for purposes of
speculation or taking a “market view” and (ii) such Hedge Agreements do not contain any provision
exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding
transactions to the defaulting party.

(h) Debt to Parent or any Borrower and any Subsidiary of Parent may become and remain liable
with respect to Debt to Parent or any other Borrower;

(i) customary indemnification and purchase price adjustment obligations incurred in connection
with sales of assets;

(j) guarantees in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers,
franchisees and licensees of Parent and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed at
any time $250,000; and

(k) Debt in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding.

7.13 Prepayment. Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall voluntarily prepay
any Debt incurred under Section 7.12(e).

7.14 Transactions with Affiliates. Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including,
the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any
holder of 10% or more of any class of Capital Stock of Parent or with any Affiliate of Parent or of
any such holder, on terms that are less favorable to Parent or that Subsidiary, as the case may be,
than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not such a holder or Affiliate;
provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (i) any transaction between
Parent and any of the Borrowers or between any of the Borrowers or (ii) reasonable and customary
fees paid to members of the board of directors of Parent and its Subsidiaries.

7.15 Investment Banking and Finder’s Fees. Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries
shall pay or agree to pay, or reimburse any other party with respect to, any investment banking or
similar or related fee, underwriter’s fee, finder’s fee, or broker’s fee to any Person in
connection with this Agreement. Parent and Borrowers shall defend and indemnify the Lender against
and hold it harmless from all claims of any Person that any Borrower is obligated to pay for any
such fees, and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Lender in
connection therewith.

7.16 Business Conducted. Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than the businesses engaged in by Parent and its
Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and similar or related businesses.

7.17 Liens. Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall create, incur, assume,
or permit to exist any Lien on any property now owned or hereafter acquired by any of them, except
Permitted Liens, including any Liens, described in Schedule 6.9 securing Debt described in Schedule
6.9 and Liens securing Capital Leases and purchase money Debt permitted in Section 7.12.

7.18 Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries
shall, directly or indirectly, enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for Parent or
such Subsidiary to lease or rent property that Parent or such Subsidiary has sold or will sell or
otherwise transfer to such Person.

7.19 Subsidiaries. At the time that any Borrower forms any direct or indirect
Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Closing Date, or any Subsidiary
existing on the Closing Date acquires assets which Lender deems material, then the Borrower owing
such Subsidiary shall (a) cause such Subsidiary to provide to the Lender a joinder to this
Agreement or a guaranty and guarantor security agreement, together with such other security
documents, as well as appropriate UCC-1 financing statements, all in form and substance
satisfactory to the Lender (including being sufficient to grant Lender a first priority Lien
(subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such Subsidiary), (b) provide to the Lender a
pledge agreement and appropriate certificates and powers or UCC-1 financing statements,
hypothecating all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such Subsidiary, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, and (c) provide to the Lender all other
documentation, including one or more opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Lender,
which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable
documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant
to this Section 7.20 shall be a Loan Document. Before the Accounts of such Subsidiary may
be added to the Borrowing Base formula hereunder the Lender must review the Accounts and consent to
their inclusion in the calculations of the Borrowing Base; provided; however, that
in exercising such consent, Lender shall use the same standard and criteria as applied to the
Borrowers by the Lender with respect to determining eligibility of Accounts under this Agreement.

7.20 Fiscal Year. Parent shall not change its Fiscal Year, and shall not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to have a fiscal year different from Parent’s.

7.21 Capital Expenditures. Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall make or
incur any Capital Expenditure if, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of all Capital
Expenditures by Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would exceed $4,000,000 during
any Fiscal Year.

7.22 Intentionally Deleted.

7.23 EBITDA. Effective immediately upon the commencement of each Financial Covenant
Trigger Period (with compliance to be determined based upon the most recently ended fiscal quarter)
and for so long as such Financial Covenant Trigger Period continues, on a consolidated basis,
Parent shall have EBITDA for each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on the last day
of each fiscal quarter during any such Financial Covenant Trigger Period as set forth below (or
with respect to the fiscal quarters ending on or before the end of the second fiscal quarter of
Fiscal Year 2005, the period commencing on June 28, 2004, and ending on the last day of such fiscal
quarter) of not less than the amount set forth below opposite each such fiscal quarter:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Period Ending	 	EBITDA
	End of Fourth Fiscal Quarter, Fiscal Year 2004
	 	$	900,000	 
	End of First Fiscal Quarter, Fiscal Year 2005
	 	$	1,200,000	 
	End of Second Fiscal Quarter, Fiscal Year 2005
	 	 	<$750,000>	 
	End of Third Fiscal Quarter, Fiscal Year 2005
	 	$	1,200,000	 
	End of Fourth Fiscal Quarter, Fiscal Year 2005
	 	$	3,900,000	 
	End of First Fiscal Quarter, Fiscal Year 2006 and

on each fiscal quarter end thereafter
	 	$	4,000,000	 

7.24 Intentionally Deleted.

7.25 Interest Coverage Ratio. Beginning with the end of the fourth fiscal quarter,
Fiscal Year 2005, and continuing on the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter and provided
that a Financial Covenant Trigger Period exists, Parent shall maintain an Interest Coverage Ratio
for each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on the last day of each fiscal quarter
during the continuance of such Financial Covenant Trigger Period (determined immediately based upon
the most recently ended fiscal quarter) of not less than 4.00:1.00.

7.26 Use of Proceeds. Parent shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, use any portion of the Loan proceeds, directly or indirectly, (i) to purchase or
carry Margin Stock, (ii) to repay or otherwise refinance indebtedness of Parent, its Subsidiaries,
or others incurred to purchase or carry Margin Stock, (iii) to extend credit for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, or (iv) to acquire any security in any transaction that is
subject to Section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act; provided that this Section 7.26 shall not
prohibit any Permitted Acquisition that complies with all applicable laws relating to Margin Stock.

7.27 Further Assurances. Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to,
execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Lender such documents and
agreements, and shall take or cause to be taken such actions, as the Lender may, from time to time,
reasonably request to carry out the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.

ARTICLE 8

CONDITIONS OF LENDING

8.1 Conditions Precedent to Making of Loans on the Closing Date. The obligation of
the Lender to make the initial Revolving Loans on the Closing Date, and the obligation of the
Lender to cause the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue any Letter of Credit on the Closing Date, are
subject to the following conditions precedent having been satisfied in a manner satisfactory to the
Lender:

(a) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall have been executed by each party thereto
and Parent and the Borrowers shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements and
conditions contained herein and the other Loan Documents which are required to be performed or
complied with by Parent and the Borrowers before or on such Closing Date.

(b) Upon making the Revolving Loans (including such Revolving Loans made to finance the
Closing Fee or otherwise as reimbursement for fees, costs and expenses then payable under this
Agreement), and including all Letters of Credit (whether newly issued or outstanding on the Closing
Date), and with all its obligations current, the Borrowers shall have Availability of at least
$3,000,000.

(c) All representations and warranties made hereunder and in the other Loan Documents shall be
true and correct as if made on such date.

(d) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing after giving effect
to the Loans to be made and the Letters of Credit to be issued on the Closing Date.

(e) The Lender shall have received such opinions of counsel for the Parent and its
Subsidiaries as the Lender shall request, each such opinion to be in a form, scope, and substance
satisfactory to the Lender and its counsel.

(f) The Lender shall have received acknowledgment copies of proper financing statements, duly
filed on or before the Closing Date under the UCC of all jurisdictions that the Lender may deem
necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Lender’s Liens.

(g) The Lender shall have received payment of the Closing Fee and all other invoiced fees and
expenses of Lender and invoiced Attorney Costs as due and payable.

(h) The Lender shall have received payment in full of any and all fees, charges and expenses
due and payable under the Existing Credit Agreement.

(i) The Lender shall have received evidence, in form, scope, and substance, reasonably
satisfactory to the Lender, of all insurance coverage as required by this Agreement.

(j) The Lender shall have had an opportunity, if they so choose, to examine the books of
account and other records and files of the Borrowers and to make copies thereof, and to conduct a
pre-closing audit which shall include, without limitation, verification of Accounts, and the
Borrowing Base, and the results of such examination and audit shall have been satisfactory to the
Lender in all respects.

(k) All proceedings taken in connection with the execution of this Agreement, all other Loan
Documents and all documents and papers relating thereto shall be satisfactory in form, scope, and
substance to the Lender.

(l) Without limiting the generality of the items described above, the Borrowers and each
Person guarantying or securing payment of the Obligations shall have delivered or caused to be
delivered to the Lender (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender), the
financial statements, instruments, resolutions, documents, agreements, certificates, opinions and
other items set forth on the “Closing Checklist” delivered by the Lender to the Borrowers prior to
the Closing Date.

The acceptance by the Borrowers of any Loans made or Letters of Credit issued on the Closing Date
shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty made by the Borrowers to the effect that all of
the conditions precedent to the making of such Loans or the issuance of such Letters of Credit have
been satisfied, with the same effect as delivery to the Lender of a certificate signed by a
Responsible Officer of Parent, dated the Closing Date, to such effect.

8.2 Conditions Precedent to Each Loan. The obligation of the Lender to make each
Loan, including the initial Revolving Loans on the Closing Date, and the obligation of the Lender
to cause the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue any Letter of Credit shall be subject to the further
conditions precedent that on and as of the date of any such extension of credit:

(a) The following statements shall be true, and the acceptance by any Borrower of any
extension of credit shall be deemed to be a statement to the effect set forth in clauses (i), (ii)
and (iii) with the same effect as the delivery to the Lender of a certificate signed by a
Responsible Officer, dated the date of such extension of credit, stating that:

(i) The representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents are correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such extension of credit as
though made on and as of such date, other than any such representation or warranty which relates to
a specified prior date and except to the extent the Lender has been notified in writing by the
Borrowers that any representation or warranty is not correct and the Lender has explicitly waived
in writing compliance with such representation or warranty;

(ii) No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such extension of credit,
which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default; and

(iii) No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such extension of credit,
which has had or would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) No such Borrowing shall exceed Availability.

ARTICLE 9

DEFAULT; REMEDIES

9.1 Events of Default. It shall constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”)
if any one or more of the following shall occur for any reason:

(a) any failure by the Borrowers to pay the principal of or interest or premium on any of the
Obligations or any fee or other amount owing hereunder when due, whether upon demand or otherwise
and in the case of any payment in respect of interest or any fee or other amount (other than
principal), such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) Business Days;

(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Parent or any Borrower in this
Agreement or by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in any of the other Loan Documents or any
certificate furnished by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries at any time to the Lender shall prove to
be untrue in any material respect as of the date on which made, deemed made, or furnished;

(c) (i) any default shall occur in the observance or performance of any of the covenants and
agreements contained in Sections 5.2(k), 7.2, 7.5, 7.9-7.25, or
Section 11 of the Security Agreement, (ii) any default shall occur in the observance or
performance of any of the covenants and agreements contained in Sections 5.2 (other than 5.2(k)) or
5.3 and such default shall continue for 5 Business Days; or (ii) any default shall occur in the
observance or performance of any of the other covenants or agreements contained in any other
Section of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any other agreement entered into at any
time to which Parent or any Subsidiary and the Lender are party (including in respect of Bank
Products) and such default shall continue for 15 days or more;

(d) any default shall occur with respect to any Debt (other than the Obligations) of Parent or
any of the Borrowers in an outstanding principal amount which exceeds $500,000 or under any
agreement or instrument under or pursuant to which any such Debt may have been issued, created,
assumed, or guaranteed by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, and such default shall continue for
more than the period of grace, if any, therein specified, if the effect thereof (with or without
the giving of notice or further lapse of time or both) is to accelerate, or to permit the holders
of any such Debt to accelerate, the maturity of any such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared
due and payable or be required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required
prepayment) prior to the stated maturity thereof;

(e) Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or
file a voluntary petition or an answer or otherwise commence any action or proceeding seeking
reorganization, arrangement or readjustment of its debts or for any other relief under the federal
Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency act or law, state or
federal, now or hereafter existing, or consent to, approve of, or acquiesce in, any such petition,
action or proceeding; (ii) apply for or acquiesce in the appointment of a receiver, assignee,
liquidator, sequestrator, custodian, monitor, trustee or similar officer for it or for all or any
part of its property; (iii) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (iv) be unable
generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(f) an involuntary petition shall be filed or an action or proceeding otherwise commenced
seeking reorganization, arrangement, consolidation or readjustment of the debts of Parent or any of
its Subsidiaries or for any other relief under the federal Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under
any other bankruptcy or insolvency act or law, state or federal, now or hereafter existing and such
petition or proceeding shall not be dismissed within 60 days after the filing or commencement
thereof or an order of relief shall be entered with respect thereto;

(g) a receiver, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian, monitor, trustee or similar
officer for Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or for all or any part of its property shall be
appointed or a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall be issued against any part
of the property of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries;

(h) Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall file a certificate of dissolution under applicable
state law or shall be liquidated, dissolved or wound-up or shall commence or have commenced against
it any action or proceeding for dissolution, winding-up or liquidation, or shall take any corporate
action in furtherance thereof;

(i) all or any material part of the property of Parent or any of their Subsidiaries shall be
nationalized, expropriated or condemned, seized or otherwise appropriated, or custody or control of
such property or of Parent or such Subsidiary shall be assumed by any Governmental Authority or any
court of competent jurisdiction at the instance of any Governmental Authority, except where
contested in good faith by proper proceedings diligently pursued where a stay of enforcement is in
effect;

(j) any Loan Document shall be terminated, revoked or declared void or invalid or
unenforceable or challenged by any Borrower;

(k) one or more judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards is entered against Parent or
any of its Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate liability (to the extent not covered by
independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage) as to any
single or related or unrelated series of transactions, incidents or conditions, of $500,000 or
more, and the same shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated and unstayed pending appeal for a period of
30 days after the entry thereof;

(l) any loss, theft, damage or destruction of any item or items of Collateral or other
property of Parent or any Subsidiary occurs which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material
Adverse Effect and is not adequately covered by insurance;

(m) there is filed against Parent or any of its Subsidiaries any action, suit or proceeding
under any federal or state racketeering statute (including the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt
Organization Act of 1970), which action, suit or proceeding (i) is not dismissed within one hundred
twenty (120) days, and (ii) could reasonably be expected to result in the confiscation or
forfeiture of any material portion of the Collateral;

(n) for any reason other than the failure of the Lender to take any action available to it to
maintain perfection of the Lender’s Liens, pursuant to the Loan Documents, any Loan Document ceases
to be in full force and effect or any Lien with respect to any material portion of the Collateral
intended to be secured thereby ceases to be, or is not, valid, perfected and prior to all other
Liens (other than Permitted Liens) or is terminated, revoked or declared void;

(o) an ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Pension Plan or Multi-employer Plan which has
resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multi-employer Plan or the PBGC in an
aggregate amount in excess of $500,000; (ii) the aggregate amount of Unfunded Pension Liability
among all Pension Plans at any time exceeds $500,000 or (iii) Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or
any ERISA Affiliate shall fail to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace
period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of
ERISA under a Multi-employer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of $500,000; or

(p) there occurs a Change of Control.

9.2 Remedies.

(a) If a Default or an Event of Default exists, the Lender may, in its discretion, do one or
more of the following at any time or times and in any order, without notice to or demand on Parent
or any Borrower: (i) reduce the Maximum Revolver Amount, or the advance rates against Eligible
Accounts used in computing the Borrowing Base, or reduce one or more of the other elements used in
computing the Borrowing Base; (ii) restrict the amount of or refuse to make Revolving Loans; and
(iii) restrict or refuse to provide Letters of Credit or Credit Support. If an Event of Default
exists, the Lender may, in its discretion, do one or more of the following, in addition to the
actions described in the preceding sentence, at any time or times and in any order, without notice
to or demand on Parent or any Borrower: (A) terminate the Commitments and this Agreement; (B)
declare any or all Obligations to be immediately due and payable; provided,
however, that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections
9.1(e), 9.1(f), 9.1(g), or 9.1(h), the Commitments shall automatically
and immediately expire and all Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable
without notice or demand of any kind; (C) require the Borrowers to cash collateralize all
outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations; and (D) pursue its other rights and remedies under the
Loan Documents and applicable law.

(b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing: (i) the Lender shall have in
addition to all other rights of the Lender, the rights and remedies of a secured party under the
Loan Documents and the UCC; (ii) the Lender may, at any time take possession of the Collateral and
keep it on Parent’s or any Borrower’s premises, at no cost to the Lender, or remove any part of it
to such other place or places as the Lender may desire, or the Borrowers shall, upon the Lender’s
demand, at the Borrowers’ cost, assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Lender at a
place reasonably convenient to the Lender; and (iii) the Lender may sell and deliver any Collateral
at public or private sales, for cash, upon credit or otherwise, at such prices and upon such terms
as the Lender deems advisable, in its sole discretion, and may, if the Lender deems it reasonable,
postpone or adjourn any sale of the Collateral by an announcement at the time and place of sale or
of such postponed or adjourned sale without giving a new notice of sale. Without in any way
requiring notice to be given in the following manner, Parent and each Borrower agrees that any
notice by the Lender of sale, disposition or other intended action hereunder or in connection
herewith, whether required by the UCC or otherwise, shall constitute reasonable notice to the
Borrowers if such notice is mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, or is delivered personally against receipt, at least 5 Business Days prior to such
action to the Borrowers’ address specified in or pursuant to Section 12.8. If any
Collateral is sold on terms other than payment in full at the time of sale, no credit shall be
given against the Obligations until the Lender receives payment, and if the buyer defaults in
payment, the Lender may resell the Collateral without further notice to the Borrowers. In the
event the Lender seeks to take possession of all or any portion of the Collateral by judicial
process, the Borrowers irrevocably waive: (A) the posting of any bond, surety or security with
respect thereto which might otherwise be required; (B) any demand for possession prior to the
commencement of any suit or action to recover the Collateral; and (C) any requirement that the
Lender retain possession and not dispose of any Collateral until after trial or final judgment.
Each Borrower agrees that the Lender has no obligation to preserve rights to the Collateral or
marshal any Collateral for the benefit of any Person. The Lender is hereby granted a license or
other right to use, without charge, Parent’s and each Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, name,
trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property, in
completing production of, advertising or selling any Collateral, and Parent’s and each Borrower’s
rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to the Lender’s benefit for such
purpose. The proceeds of sale shall be applied first to all expenses of sale, including attorneys’
fees, and then to the Obligations. The Lender will return any excess to the Borrowers and the
Borrowers shall remain liable for any deficiency.

(c) If an Event of Default occurs to the extent permitted by applicable law, each Borrower
hereby waives all rights to notice and hearing prior to the exercise by the Lender of the Lender’s
rights to repossess the Collateral without judicial process or to reply, attach or levy upon the
Collateral without notice or hearing.

ARTICLE 10

TERM AND TERMINATION

10.1 Term and Termination. The term of this Agreement shall end on the Stated
Termination Date unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms hereof. The Lender may
terminate this Agreement with written notice to Parent upon the occurrence and during the existence
of an Event of Default. Upon the effective date of termination of this Agreement for any reason
whatsoever, all Obligations (including all unpaid principal, accrued and unpaid interest and any
early termination or prepayment fees or penalties) shall become immediately due and payable and the
Borrowers shall immediately arrange for the cancellation and return of Letters of Credit then
outstanding. Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement, until all Obligations are
indefeasibly paid and performed in full in cash, the Borrowers shall remain bound by the terms of
this Agreement and shall not be relieved of any of its Obligations hereunder or under any other
Loan Document, and the Lender shall retain all its rights and remedies hereunder (including the
Lender’s Liens in and all rights and remedies with respect to all then existing and after-arising
Collateral).

ARTICLE 11

AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS; PARTICIPATIONS

11.1 Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent with respect to any departure by the Borrowers
therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Lender and the
Borrowers and then any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and
for the specific purpose for which given.

11.2 Participations.

(a) The Lender may at any time, with written notice to the Borrowers, sell to one or more
commercial banks, financial institutions, or other Persons not Affiliates of the Borrowers (a
“Participant”) participating interests in any Loans, the Commitment of the Lender and the other
interests of the Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; provided,
however, that (i) the Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged,
(ii) the Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the
Borrowers shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Lender in connection with the
Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iv) the Lender
shall not transfer or grant any participating interest under which the Participant has rights to
approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect to, this Agreement or any other
Loan Document except with respect to (1) an increase or extension of the Commitment of Lender or
(2) postponement or delay of any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any
payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to Lender hereunder or under any other
Loan Document and (v) all amounts payable by the Borrowers hereunder shall be determined as if the
Lender had not sold such participation; except that, if amounts outstanding under this Agreement
are due and unpaid, or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set-off in respect of its
participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent and subject to the
same limitation as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a
Lender under this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Lender may at any time create a
security interest in, or pledge, all or any portion of its rights under and interest in this
Agreement in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the FRB or U.S.
Treasury Regulation 31 CFR §203.14, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such pledge or
security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

12.1 No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by the Lender to exercise any right,
remedy, or option under this Agreement or any present or future supplement thereto, or in any other
agreement between the Borrowers and the Lender, or delay by the Lender in exercising the same, will
operate as a waiver thereof. No waiver by the Lender will be effective unless it is in writing,
and then only to the extent specifically stated. No waiver by the Lender on any occasion shall
affect or diminish the Lender’s rights thereafter to require strict performance by the Borrowers of
any provision of this Agreement. The Lender may proceed directly to collect the Obligations
without any prior recourse to the Collateral. The Lender’s rights under this Agreement will be
cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedy which the Lender may have.

12.2 Severability. The illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this
Agreement or any Loan Document or any instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in any
way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement
or any instrument or agreement required hereunder.

12.3 Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE INTERPRETED AND THE RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS
PROVIDED THAT PERFECTION ISSUES WITH RESPECT TO ARTICLE 9 OF THE UCC MAY GIVE EFFECT TO APPLICABLE
CHOICE OR CONFLICT OF LAW RULES SET FORTH IN ARTICLE 9 OF THE UCC) OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA;
PROVIDED, THAT, THAT THE LENDER SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT
MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA LOCATED
IN LOS ANGELES COUNTY, CALIFORNIA, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE
BORROWERS AND THE LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE
JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH OF THE BORROWERS AND THE LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY
OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON
CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH
JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO. NOTWITHSTANDING THE
FOREGOING: (1) THE LENDER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE
BORROWERS OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION THE LENDER DEEMS NECESSARY OR
APPROPRIATE IN ORDER TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR OTHER SECURITY FOR THE OBLIGATIONS AND (2)
EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THE COURTS DESCRIBED IN THE
IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING SENTENCE MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE THOSE JURISDICTIONS.

(c) THE BORROWERS HEREBY WAIVE PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS UPON IT AND CONSENTS
THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED MAIL (RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED) DIRECTED
TO THE BORROWERS AT THEIR ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 12.8 AND SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE
DEEMED TO BE COMPLETED FIVE (5) DAYS AFTER THE SAME SHALL HAVE BEEN SO DEPOSITED IN THE U.S. MAILS
POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE LENDER TO SERVE LEGAL
PROCESS BY ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

(d) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, ANY CONTROVERSY OR
CLAIM BETWEEN THE PARTIES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT
INCLUDING ANY CLAIM BASED ON OR ARISING FROM AN ALLEGED TORT, SHALL AT THE REQUEST OF EITHER PARTY
HERETO BE DETERMINED BY BINDING ARBITRATION. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with
the United States Arbitration Act (Title 9, U.S. Code), notwithstanding any choice of law provision
in this Agreement, and under the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”).
The arbitrator(s) shall give effect to statutes of limitation in determining any claim. Any
controversy concerning whether an issue is arbitrable shall be determined by the arbitrator(s).
Judgment upon the arbitration award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The
institution and maintenance of an action for judicial relief or pursuant to a provisional or
ancillary remedy shall not constitute a waiver of the right of either party, including the
plaintiff, to submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any other party contests such
action for judicial relief.

(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of (d) above, no controversy or claim shall be submitted to
arbitration without the consent of all parties if, at the time of the proposed submission, such
controversy or claim arises from or is related to an obligation to the Lender which is secured by
real estate property collateral (exclusive of real estate space lease assignments). If all the
parties do not consent to submission of such a controversy or claim to arbitration, the controversy
or claim shall be determined as provided in Section 12.3(f).

(f) At the request of either party a controversy or claim which is not submitted to
arbitration as provided and limited in Section 12.3(d) and (e) shall be determined
by judicial reference. If such an election is made, the parties shall designate to the court a
referee or referees selected under the auspices of the AAA in the same manner as arbitrators are
selected in AAA-sponsored proceedings. The presiding referee of the panel, or the referee if there
is a single referee, shall be an active attorney or retired judge. Judgment upon the award
rendered by such referee or referees shall be entered in the court in which such proceeding was
commenced.

(g) No provision of Sections (d) through (g) shall limit the right of the Lender to exercise
self-help remedies such as setoff, foreclosure against or sale of any real or personal property
collateral or security, or obtaining provisional or ancillary remedies from a court of competent
jurisdiction before, after, or during the pendency of any arbitration or other proceeding. The
exercise of a remedy does not waive the right of either party to resort to arbitration or
reference. At the Lender’s option, foreclosure under a deed of trust or mortgage may be
accomplished either by exercise of power of sale under the deed of trust or mortgage or by judicial
foreclosure.

12.4 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 12.3(d), THE
BORROWERS AND THE LENDER EACH IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY
CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER
LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY LENDER-RELATED
PERSON OR PARTICIPANT, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. THE
BORROWERS AND THE LENDER EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A
COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR
RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION,
COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR
ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR THEREOF.
THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO
THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

12.5 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All of the Borrowers’
representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery,
and acceptance thereof by the parties, notwithstanding any investigation by the Lender or its
agents.

12.6 Other Security and Guaranties. The Lender, may, without notice or demand and
without affecting the Borrowers’ obligations hereunder, from time to time: (a) take from any
Person and hold collateral (other than the Collateral) for the payment of all or any part of the
Obligations and exchange, enforce or release such collateral or any part thereof; and (b) accept
and hold any endorsement or guaranty of payment of all or any part of the Obligations and release
or substitute any such endorser or guarantor, or any Person who has given any Lien in any other
collateral as security for the payment of all or any part of the Obligations, or any other Person
in any way obligated to pay all or any part of the Obligations.

12.7 Fees and Expenses. The Borrowers agree to pay to the Lender, for its benefit, on
demand, all reasonable costs and expenses that Lender pays or incurs in connection with the
administration, enforcement, and termination of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents,
including: (a) Attorney Costs; (b) costs and expenses (including attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees
and disbursements) for any amendment, supplement, waiver, consent, or subsequent closing in
connection with the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby; (c) costs and
expenses of lien and title searches and title insurance; (d) taxes, fees and other charges for
filing financing statements and continuations, and other actions to perfect, protect, and continue
the Lender’s Liens (including costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Lender in connection with
the consummation of Agreement); (e) sums paid or incurred to pay any amount or take any action
required of the Borrowers under the Loan Documents that the Borrowers fail to pay or take; (f)
costs of appraisals, inspections, and verifications of the Collateral, including travel, lodging,
and meals for inspections of the Collateral and the Borrowers’ operations by the Lender plus the
Lender’s then customary charge for field examinations and audits and the preparation of reports
thereof (such charge is currently $850 per day (or portion thereof) for each Person retained or
employed by the Lender with respect to each field examination or audit); and (g) costs and expenses
of forwarding loan proceeds, collecting checks and other items of payment, and establishing and
maintaining Payment Accounts and lock boxes, and costs and expenses of preserving and protecting
the Collateral. In addition, the Borrowers agree to pay reasonable costs and expenses incurred by
the Lender (including Attorneys’ Costs) to the Lender, on demand, paid or incurred to obtain
payment of the Obligations, enforce the Lender’s Liens, sell or otherwise realize upon the
Collateral, and otherwise enforce the provisions of the Loan Documents, or to defend any claims
made or threatened against the Lender arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby
(including preparations for and consultations concerning any such matters). The foregoing shall
not be construed to limit any other provisions of the Loan Documents regarding costs and expenses
to be paid by the Borrowers but shall be subject to any written agreement between Parent and Lender
with respect hereto. All of the foregoing costs and expenses shall be charged to the Borrowers’
Loan Account as Revolving Loans as described in Section 3.7.

12.8 Notices. Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices, demands and requests
that any party is required or elects to give to any other shall be in writing, or by a
telecommunications device capable of creating a written record, and any such notice shall become
effective (a) upon personal delivery thereof, including, but not limited to, delivery by overnight
mail and courier service, (b) four (4) days after it shall have been mailed by United States mail,
first class, certified or registered, with postage prepaid, or (c) in the case of notice by such a
telecommunications device, when properly transmitted, in each case addressed to the party to be
notified as follows:

If to the Lender or to the Bank:

Bank of America, N.A.

55 South Lake Avenue

Pasadena, California 91101

Attention: Business Capital-Account Executive

Telecopy No.: 626.397.1273

with copies to:

Buchalter, Nemer, Fields & Younger

601 South Figueroa Street, Suite 2400

Los Angeles, California 90017

Attention: Robert Davidson, Esq.

Telecopy No.: 213.896.0400

If to the Borrowers:

RemedyTemp, Inc.

101 Enterprise

Aliso Viejo, California 92656

Attention: Monty Houdeshell, Chief Financial Officer

Telecopy No.: 949.425.7800

with copies to:

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

400 S. Hope Street

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attention: Tom Baxter, Esq.

Telecopy No.: 213.430.6407

or to such other address as each party may designate for itself by like notice. Failure or delay
in delivering copies of any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other
communication to the persons designated above to receive copies shall not adversely affect the
effectiveness of such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other
communication.

12.9 Waiver of Notices. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, the Borrowers
waive presentment, and notice of demand or dishonor and protest as to any instrument, notice of
intent to accelerate the Obligations and notice of acceleration of the Obligations, as well as any
and all other notices to which it might otherwise be entitled. No notice to or demand on the
Borrowers which the Lender may elect to give shall entitle the Borrower to any or further notice or
demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

12.10 Binding Effect. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the respective representatives, successors, and assigns of the parties
hereto; provided, however, that no interest herein may be assigned by the Borrowers
without prior written consent of the Lender. The rights and benefits of the Lender hereunder
shall, if such Persons so agree, inure to any party acquiring any interest in the Obligations or
any part thereof.

12.11 Indemnity of the Lender by the Borrowers.

(a) The Borrowers agree to defend, indemnify and hold the Lender-Related Persons, and the
Lender and each of its respective officers, directors, employees, counsel, representatives, agents
and attorneys-in-fact (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless from and against any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges,
expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at
any time (including at any time following repayment of the Loans and the termination or replacement
of the Lender) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Person in any way relating
to or arising out of this Agreement or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, or the
transactions contemplated hereby, or any action taken or omitted by any such Person under or in
connection with any of the foregoing, including with respect to any investigation, litigation or
proceeding (including any Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceeding) related to or arising out
of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or the Loans or the use of the proceeds thereof,
whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party hereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the
“Indemnified Liabilities”); provided, that, the Borrowers shall have no obligation
hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Liabilities resulting solely from
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person. The agreements in this
Section shall survive payment of all other Obligations.

(b) The Borrowers agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Lender from any loss or
liability directly or indirectly arising out of the use, generation, manufacture, production,
storage, release, threatened release, discharge, disposal or presence of a hazardous substance
relating to the Borrowers’ operations, business or property. This indemnity will apply whether the
hazardous substance is on, under or about the Borrowers’ property or operations or property leased
to the Borrowers. The indemnity includes but is not limited to Attorneys Costs. The indemnity
extends to the Lender, its parents, affiliates, subsidiaries and all of their directors, officers,
employees, agents, successors, attorneys and assigns. “Hazardous substances” means any substance,
material or waste that is or becomes designated or regulated as “toxic,” “hazardous,” “pollutant,”
or “contaminant” or a similar designation or regulation under any federal, state or local law
(whether under common law, statute, regulation or otherwise) or judicial or administrative
interpretation of such, including petroleum or natural gas. This indemnity will survive repayment
of all other Obligations.

12.12 Limitation of Liability. NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY THE BORROWERS OR OTHER PERSON
AGAINST THE LENDER, OR ITS AFFILIATES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, COUNSEL, REPRESENTATIVES,
AGENTS OR ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES IN RESPECT
OF ANY CLAIM FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO
THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION OR
EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AND THE BORROWERS HEREBY WAIVE, RELEASE AND AGREE NOT TO
SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED
TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.

12.13 Final Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are intended by
the Borrowers and the Lender to be the final, complete, and exclusive expression of the agreement
between them. This Agreement supersedes the Existing Credit Agreement and any and all prior oral
or written agreements relating to the subject matter hereof. No modification, rescission, waiver,
release, or amendment of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made,
except by a written agreement signed by the Borrowers and a duly authorized officer of the Lender.

12.14 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and
by the Lender and the Borrowers in separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but
all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement; signature pages may be detached
from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature
pages are physically attached to the same document.

12.15 Captions. The captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only, are without substantive meaning and should not be construed to modify, enlarge, or
restrict any provision.

12.16 Right of Setoff. In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lender provided
by law, if an Event of Default exists or the Loans have been accelerated, the Lender is authorized
at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being
waived by the Borrowers to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all
deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other
indebtedness at any time owing by, the Lender or any Affiliate of the Lender to or for the credit
or the account of the Borrowers against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender, now or
hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the Lender shall have made demand under this
Agreement or any Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured. The
Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrowers after any such set-off and application made by the
Lender; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect
the validity of such set-off and application.

12.17 Confidentiality.

(a) The Borrowers hereby consent that the Lender may issue and disseminate to the public
general information describing the credit accommodation entered into pursuant to this Agreement,
including the name and address of the Borrowers and a general description of the Borrowers’
business and may use the Borrowers’ name in advertising and other promotional material;
provided, that, all such information shall have been disclosed by Parent in its
public filings under the Exchange Act.

(b) The Lender severally agrees to take normal and reasonable precautions and exercise due
care to maintain the confidentiality of all information identified as “confidential” or “secret” by
the Borrowers and provided to the Lender by or on behalf of the Borrowers, under this Agreement or
any other Loan Document, except to the extent that such information (i) was or becomes generally
available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by the Lender, or (ii) was or becomes
available on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrowers; provided,
that, such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Borrowers known to
the Lender; provided, however, that the Lender may disclose such information (1) at
the request or pursuant to any requirement of any Governmental Authority to which the Lender is
subject or in connection with an examination of the Lender by any such Governmental Authority; (2)
pursuant to subpoena or other court process; (3) when required to do so in accordance with the
provisions of any applicable Requirement of Law; (4) to the extent reasonably required in
connection with any litigation or proceeding (including, but not limited to, any bankruptcy
proceeding) to which the Lender or its respective Affiliates may be party; (5) to the extent
reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan
Document; (6) to Lender’s independent auditors, accountants, attorneys and other professional
advisors; (7) to any prospective Participant, actual or potential, provided that such prospective
Participant agrees to keep such information confidential to the same extent required of the Lender
hereunder; (8) as expressly permitted under the terms of any other document or agreement regarding
confidentiality to which the Borrower is party or is deemed party with the Lender, and (9) to its
Affiliates, provided that such Affiliate agrees to keep such information confidential to the same
extent required of the Lender hereunder.

12.18 Conflicts with Other Loan Documents. Unless otherwise expressly provided in
this Agreement (or in another Loan Document by specific reference to the applicable provision
contained in this Agreement), if any provision contained in this Agreement conflicts with any
provision of any other Loan Document, the provision contained in this Agreement shall govern and
control.

12.19 Designation of Parent as Agent of Borrowers. Each Borrower hereby designates
and appoints Parent and each officer thereof as the agent and attorney-in-fact of such Borrower for
all purposes of this Agreement (in such capacity, the “Administrative Borrower”), including for the
purpose of executing and delivering all documents, instruments and certificates contemplated herein
and modifications thereof, giving and receiving notices and instructions, and making requests,
hereunder and otherwise communicating with the Lender (including receiving the monthly Loan Account
statements referred to in Section 3.10). The Lender may assume that such appointment and
designation has not been revoked unless and until written notice of revocation is actually received
by the Lender. Accordingly, the Lender may give notices and instruction to any Borrower through
the Administrative Borrower and may accept and act upon any notices, instructions and requests
given by the Administrative Borrower, or any officer thereof, on behalf of any Borrower, and any
such notice, request and instructions shall be binding upon such Borrower until the Lender actually
receives notice from such Borrower of its revocation of such appointment and designation of the
Administrative Borrower as such Borrower’s agent and attorney-in-fact. Notwithstanding such
appointment and designation, the Lender may also deal directly with, and give and receive notices,
instructions and requests to and from, any Borrower. If conflicting instructions are received from
a Borrower and from the Administrative Borrower, or any officer thereof, acting as agent or
attorney-in-fact for such Borrower, the notice, instruction or request of such Borrower shall
prevail, unless the Lender has, prior to its receipt of such notice, instruction or request from
such Borrower, acted on a contrary notice, instruction or request from the Administrative Borrower,
or any officer thereof, acting as agent and/or attorney-in-fact for such Borrower. Any
acknowledgment, consent, direction, certification or other action which might otherwise be valid or
effective only if given or taken by all or any of the Borrowers, shall be valid and effective if
given or taken only by the Administrative Borrower, whether or not any Borrower joins therein.

ARTICLE 13

JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF BORROWERS

13.1 Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers.

(a) Each Borrower shall be liable for all amounts due to the Lender under this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents, regardless of which Borrower actually receives Loans or other extensions
of credit hereunder or the amount of such Loans received or the manner in which the Lender accounts
for such Loans or other extensions of credit on its books and records. Each Borrower’s obligations
with respect to Loans made to it, and such Borrower’s Obligations arising as a result of the joint
and several liability of such Borrower hereunder with respect to Loans made to any other Borrower
hereunder, shall be separate and distinct obligations, but all such obligations shall be primary
obligations of such Borrower.

(b) Each Borrower’s Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of such
Borrower hereunder with respect to Loans or other extensions of credit made to any of the other
Borrowers hereunder, and with respect to all other Obligations of any of the other Borrowers
hereunder (including any such Obligation of any other Borrower in respect of interest accruing
after the commencement by or against such other Borrower of an Insolvency Proceeding, irrespective
of whether a claim for such accrued interest is allowed in such Insolvency Proceeding), shall, to
the fullest extent permitted by law, be unconditional irrespective of (i) the validity,
enforceability, avoidance or subordination of any of the Obligations of any of the other Borrowers
or of any promissory note or other document evidencing all or any part of the Obligations of any of
the other Borrowers, (ii) any incapacity or change in the constitution of any party to any of the
Loan Documents or any of Lender’s Liens; (iii) the absence of any attempt to collect any of the
Obligations from any of the other Borrowers, any guarantor of any of such Obligations of any of the
other Borrowers, or any other security therefor, or the absence of any other action to enforce the
same, (iv) the waiver, consent, variation, extension, forbearance or granting of any indulgence by
the Lender with respect to any provision of any instrument evidencing the Obligations of any of the
other Borrowers, or any part thereof, or any other agreement now or hereafter executed by any of
the other Borrowers and delivered to the Lender, (v) the failure by the Lender to take any steps to
perfect and maintain its Lien on, or to preserve its rights to, any security or collateral for any
of the Obligations of any of the other Borrowers, (vi) the Lender’s election, in any proceeding
instituted under the Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy
Code, (vii) any borrowing or grant of a Lien by any other Borrower as debtor-in-possession under
Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, (viii) the disallowance of all or any portion of the Lender’s
claim(s) for the repayment of the Obligations of any of the other Borrowers under Section 502 of
the Bankruptcy Code, or (ix) any other circumstances which might constitute a legal or equitable
discharge or defense of a guarantor or of any of the other Borrowers, or which might prejudicially
affect the rights or remedies of the Lender under the Loan Documents or otherwise conferred by law.
With respect to any Borrower’s Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability
of such Borrower hereunder with respect to Loans or other extensions of credit made to any of the
other Borrowers hereunder or any other Obligations of any of the other Borrowers hereunder, such
Borrower waives, until all Obligations of all Borrowers shall have been paid in full and this
Agreement shall have been terminated, any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security
or collateral given to the Lender to secure payment of any of the Obligations of any of the other
Borrowers or any other liability of any of the other Borrowers to the Agent and/or any Lender.

(c) Without limiting the Lender’s rights against any Borrower, upon the occurrence and
continuation of any Event of Default, the Lender may proceed directly and at once, without notice,
against each Borrower to collect and recover the full amount, or any portion, of the Obligations,
without first proceeding against any other Borrower or any other Person, or against any security or
collateral for any of the Obligations. Each Borrower consents and agrees that the Lender shall be
under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Borrower or against or in payment of any
or all of the Obligations.

13.2 Contribution and Indemnification among the Borrowers. To the extent that any
Borrower (the “Paying Borrower”) shall, as a joint and several obligor in respect of Obligations of
any other Borrower, repay any Loans made to any other Borrower hereunder or other Obligations
incurred directly and primarily by any other Borrower (such other Borrower herein called the
“Incurring Borrower”, and the payment made by the Paying Borrower for Loans made to or Obligations
incurred by the Incurring Borrower herein called an “Accommodation Payment”), then the Paying
Borrower shall be entitled to reimbursement of such Accommodation Payment from the Incurring
Borrower and, subject to the last sentence of Section 13.1(a), shall further be entitled to
contribution and indemnification from, and to be reimbursed by, each of the other Borrowers (the
“Other Borrowers”) in an amount, for each such Other Borrower, equal to a fraction of such
Accommodation Payment, the numerator of which is such Other Borrower’s “Allocable Amount” (as
defined below) and the denominator of which is the sum of the Allocable Amounts of all of the
Borrowers other than the Incurring Borrower. As of any date of determination, the “Allocable
Amount” of any Borrower (other than the Incurring Borrower) in respect of any Accommodation Payment
shall be equal to the maximum amount of liability for such Accommodation Payment which could be
asserted against such Borrower hereunder without (i) rendering such Borrower “insolvent” within the
meaning of Section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 2 of the U.S. Uniform Fraudulent
Transfer Act (“UFTA”) or Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act (“UFCA”), (ii) leaving
such Borrower with unreasonably small capital or assets, within the meaning of Section 548 of the
Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA, (iii) leaving such Borrower
unable to pay its debts as they become due within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code
or Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA, or (iv) in the case of a Borrower that is
organized or registered outside of the United States of America, voiding or making unenforceable or
illegal such liability or payment as against such Borrower under applicable foreign law. All
rights and claims of contribution, indemnification and reimbursement under this section shall be
subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Obligations of all the
Borrowers. The provisions of this Section 13.2 shall, to the extent expressly inconsistent
with any provision in any Loan Document, supersede such inconsistent provision. The failure or
inability of any Borrower to recover from any other Borrower such other Borrower’s share of any
Accommodation Payment made by such Borrower, or the unenforceability as to any Borrower of any of
the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.2, shall not limit or otherwise affect any
Borrower’s joint and several obligations hereunder. In no event shall any Paying Borrower be
entitled to any payment from the other Borrowers in respect of any Accommodation Payment made by
such Paying Borrower in excess of the amount of such Accommodation Payment.

13.3 Waiver. Each Borrower hereby waives and agrees not to assert or take advantage
of: (i) any defense now existing or hereafter arising based upon any legal disability or other
defense of any other Borrower or any guarantor or other Person, or by reason of the cessation or
limitation of the liability of any other Borrower or any guarantor or other Person from any cause
other than full payment and performance of all obligations due under this Agreement or any of the
other Loan Documents; (ii) any defense based upon any lack of authority of the officers, directors,
partners or agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any other Borrower or any guarantor or
other Person, or any defect in the formation of any other Borrower or any guarantor or other
Person; (iii) the unenforceability or invalidity of any security or guaranty or the lack of
perfection or continuing perfection, or failure of priority of any security for the Obligations;
(iv) any and all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by the Lender, even
though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for an
Obligation, has destroyed such Borrower’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against the
principal by the operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise;
(v) any defense based upon any failure to disclose to such Borrower any information concerning the
financial condition of any other Borrower or any guarantor or other Person or any other
circumstances bearing on the ability of any other Borrower or any guarantor or other Person to pay
and perform all obligations due under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; (vi) any
failure by the Lender to give notice to any Borrower or any guarantor or other Person of the sale
or other disposition of security, and any defect in notice given by the Lender in connection with
any such sale or disposition of security; (vii) any failure of the Lender to comply with applicable
laws in connection with the sale or disposition of security, including, without limitation, any
failure by the Lender to conduct a commercially reasonable sale or other disposition of such
security; (viii) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the
obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in any other respects more burdensome
than that of a principal, or that reduces a surety’s or guarantor’s obligations in proportion to
the principal’s obligation; (ix) any use of cash collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy
Code; (x) any defense based upon an election by the Lender, in any proceeding instituted under the
Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or any successor
statute; (xi) any defense based upon any borrowing or any grant of a security interest under
Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code; (xii) any right of subrogation, any right to enforce any remedy
which the Lender may have against any other Borrower or any guarantor or other Person and any right
to participate in, or benefit from, any security now or hereafter held by the Lender for the
Obligations; (xiii) presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind, including notice of
acceptance of this Agreement and of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional
Obligations; (xiv) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the liability of any other
Borrower or any guarantor or other Person, enforcement of this Agreement or any other Loan
Documents, the liability of any Borrower hereunder or the enforcement hereof; (xv) all notices of
intention to accelerate and/or notice of acceleration of the Obligations; (xvi) relief from any
applicable valuation or appraisement laws; (xvii) any other action by the Lender, whether
authorized by this Agreement or otherwise, or any omission by the Lender or other failure of the
Lender to pursue, or delay in pursuing, any other remedy in its power; (xviii) any and all claims
and/or rights of counterclaim, recoupment, setoff or offset; and (xix) any defense based upon the
application of the proceeds of a Loan for purposes other than the purposes represented by the
Borrowers or intended or understood by the Lender or any Borrower. Each Borrower agrees that the
payment and performance of all Obligations or any part thereof or other act which tolls any statute
of limitations applicable to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall similarly operate to
toll the statute of limitations applicable to such Borrower’s liability hereunder. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing or any other provision hereof, each Borrower further
waives any and all rights and defenses that such Borrower may have because the debt of the
Borrowers is secured by real property of other Borrowers; this means, among other things, that:
(1) the Lender may collect from such Borrower without first foreclosing on any real or personal
property collateral pledged by any other Borrower, (2) if the Lender forecloses on any real
property collateral pledged by any other Borrower, then (A) the amount of the debt may be reduced
only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral
is worth more than the sale price, and (B) the Lender may collect from such Borrower even if the
Lender, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right such Borrower may
have to collect from any other Borrower. The foregoing sentence is an unconditional and
irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Borrower may have because the Obligations are
secured by real property of any other Borrower. Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that
California Civil Code Section 2856 authorizes and validates waivers of a guarantor’s rights of
subrogation and reimbursement and waivers of certain other rights and defenses available to a
guarantor under California law. Based on the preceding sentence and without limiting the
generality of the foregoing waivers contained in this subparagraph or any other provision hereof,
each Borrower expressly waives to the extent permitted by law any and all rights and defenses
(except the defense of indefeasible final payment in full), including without limitation any rights
of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution (except contribution pursuant to
this Agreement), which might otherwise be available to such Borrower under California Civil Code
Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, 2899 and 3433 and under California Code of Civil Procedure
Sections 580a, 580b, 580d and 726 (or any of such sections), or any other jurisdiction to the
extent the same are applicable to this Agreement or the agreements, covenants or obligations of any
Borrower hereunder.

13.4 Independent Investigation. Each Borrower is fully aware of the financial
condition of the other Borrowers, and is executing and delivering this Agreement based solely upon
such Borrower’s own independent investigation of all matters pertinent hereto and is not relying in
any manner upon any representation or statement by the Lender. Each Borrower hereby assumes full
responsibility for obtaining any additional information concerning the financial condition of the
other Borrowers or any other guarantor or their respective properties, financial condition and
prospects and any other matter pertinent hereto as such Borrower may desire, and such Borrower is
not relying upon or expecting the Agent or any Lender to furnish to such Borrower any information
now or hereafter in the possession of the Lender concerning the same or any other matter. By
executing this Agreement, each Borrower knowingly accepts the full range of risks encompassed
within a contract of this type, which risks such Borrower acknowledges. No Borrower shall have the
right to require the Lender to obtain or disclose any information with respect to the Obligations,
the financial condition or prospects of any Borrower, the ability of any Borrower to pay or perform
the Obligations, the existence, perfection, priority or enforceability of any collateral security
for any or all of the Obligations, the existence or enforceability of any other guaranties of all
or any part of the Obligations, any action or non-action on the part of the Lender, any Borrower or
any other Person, or any other event, occurrence, condition or circumstance whatsoever.

13.5 Stay of Acceleration. If demand for, or acceleration of the time for, payment by
any Borrower to Agent or any Lender of any Obligations of any Borrower is stayed upon the
commencement of any case under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Insolvency Proceeding for such
Borrower, all such Obligations otherwise subject to demand for payment or acceleration under the
terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall nonetheless be payable by each other
Borrower hereunder forthwith on demand by the Agent.

13.6 Subrogation. No payment by any Borrower pursuant to Article 13 or other
satisfaction of the Obligations of any Borrower under Article 13 shall entitle it, by
subrogation to the rights of Lender, or by right of contribution, reimbursement, exoneration or
otherwise, to any payment from any other Borrower or out of the property of any other Borrower,
except after the payment in full to Lender of all sums which are or may become payable to any of
them at any time or from time to time by the Borrowers, under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document and the termination of this Agreement. Upon the payment in full of all sums referred to
in the immediately preceding sentence and the termination of this Agreement, each Borrower shall be
subrogated to the rights of Agent and the Lenders hereunder to the extent of any payments made by
them hereunder.

13.7 Cumulative Remedies. The Lender may pursue its rights and remedies under this
Article 13 and Lender shall be entitled to payment from Borrowers under this Article
13 notwithstanding any other guarantee of or security for all or any part of the Obligations of
the Borrowers or any other Person, and notwithstanding any action taken or omitted to be taken by
Lender to enforce any of its rights or remedies against any Borrower or any other Person hereunder
or under such other guarantee or with respect to any other security.

13.8 Additional Waivers. Except for notices and demands expressly provided for
herein, the Borrowers hereby waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all
notices (whether of nonpayment, dishonor, protest or otherwise) with respect to the Obligations,
notice of acceptance of the guaranty by Borrowers contained in this Article 13 and of the
incurrence by any Borrower of any Obligation and all demands whatsoever.

13.9 Survival. The provisions of Article 13 shall continue in effect and be
binding upon the Borrowers until all of the Obligations have been paid in full and this Agreement
is terminated. The liability of the Borrowers under this Article 13 shall be reinstated
and revived with respect to any amount at any time paid to or for the account of Lender by any
Borrower or any other Person which is thereafter required to be, and that is, restored and returned
by Lender to such Borrower or such Person, or its trustee or receiver or similar official, upon the
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of such Borrower or such Person, or for any other reason,
all as though such amount had not been paid by such Borrower or such Person.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this Agreement on the date first
above written.

	 
	 

	“PARENT” and a “BORROWER”

REMEDYTEMP, INC.,

a California corporation

By:

	Name:

	Title:

	 

	“BORROWERS”

REMX, INC.,

a California corporation

By:

	Name:

	Title:

	 

	REMEDY TEMPORARY SERVICES, INC.,

a California corporation

By:

	Name:

	Title:

	 

	REMEDY INTELLIGENT STAFFING, INC.,

a California corporation

By:

	Name:

	Title:

	 

	“LENDER”

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

the Lender

By:

	Name:

	Title:

3

ANNEX A

to

Credit Agreement

Definitions

Capitalized terms used in the Loan Documents shall have the following respective meanings (unless
otherwise defined therein), and all section references in the following definitions shall refer to
sections of the Agreement:

“Accounts” means, as to any Person, all of such Person’s now owned or hereafter
acquired or arising accounts, as defined in the UCC, including any rights to payment for the sale
or lease of goods or rendition of services, whether or not they have been earned by performance.

“Account Debtor” means each Person obligated in any way on or in connection with an
Account, Chattel Paper or General Intangibles (including a payment intangible).

“ACH Transactions” means any cash management or related services including the
automatic clearing house transfer of funds by the Bank for the account of any Borrower pursuant to
agreement or overdrafts.

“Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose
of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the
assets of a Person, or of any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess of
50% of the Capital Stock of any Person, or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary of
such Person, or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person.

“Adjusted Net Earnings from Operations” means, with respect to any fiscal period of
Parent, Parent’s consolidated net income after provision for income taxes for such fiscal period,
as determined in accordance with GAAP and reported on the Financial Statements for such period,
excluding any and all of the following included in such net income: (a) gain or loss arising from
the sale of any capital assets; (b) gain or loss arising from any write-up or mark-down in the book
value of any asset; (c) earnings of any Person, substantially all the assets of which have been
acquired by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in any manner, to the extent realized by such other
Person prior to the date of acquisition; (d) earnings of any Person that is not a Subsidiary in
which Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest unless (and only to the extent)
such earnings shall actually have been received by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in the form of
cash distributions; (e) earnings of any Person to which assets of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
shall have been sold, transferred or disposed of, or into which Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
shall have been merged, or which has been a party with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to any
consolidation or other form of reorganization, prior to the date of such transaction; (f) gain or
loss arising from the acquisition of debt or equity securities of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
or from cancellation or forgiveness of Debt; and (g) gain or loss arising from extraordinary
items, as determined in accordance with GAAP, or from any other non-recurring transaction,
including, any reserves or adjustments to reserves not to exceed $6,000,000 in the aggregate
arising as a result of the California Insurance Guaranty Association litigation disclosed to Lender
prior to the Closing Date.

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly,
is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. A Person shall
be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly,
the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the other Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

“Aggregate Revolver Outstandings” means, at any date of determination: the sum of (a)
the unpaid balance of Revolving Loans, (b) the aggregate amount of Pending Revolving Loans, (c)
100% of the aggregate undrawn face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit, and (d) the
aggregate amount of any unpaid reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit.

“Agreement” means the Credit Agreement to which this Annex A is attached, as
from time to time amended, modified or restated.

“Anniversary Date” means each anniversary of the Closing Date.

“Applicable Margin” means

	 	(i)	 	with respect to Base Rate Revolving Loans and all other
Obligations (other than LIBOR Rate Loans), 0.50%;

(ii) with respect to LIBOR Revolving Loans, 2.75%; and

The Applicable Margins shall be adjusted (up or down) prospectively on a quarterly basis as
determined by the Parent’s consolidated financial performance, commencing with the first day of the
first calendar month that occurs more than 5 days after delivery of Parent’s quarterly Financial
Statements to Lender for the third fiscal quarter of Fiscal Year 2005. Adjustments in Applicable
Margins shall be determined by reference to the following grids:

                                                                                             Level of
           If on a rolling 4 quarter basis EBITDA is:                                     Applicable Margins:
----------------------------------------------------------            ------------------------------------------------

                         < $0                                                          Level I
----------------------------------------------------------            ------------------------------------------------

               > $0, but < $3,000,000                                               Level II
----------------------------------------------------------            ------------------------------------------------

                     > $3,000,000                                                     Level III
----------------------------------------------------------            ------------------------------------------------

             Loan                                                               Applicable Margins
-------------------------            ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                        Level I                                Level II               Level III
                                     ----------------------------------------            --------            ---------

Base Rate Revolving Loans                             0.50%                               0.00%                0.00%
-------------------------            ----------------------------------------            --------            ---------

  LIBOR Revolving Loans                               2.75%                               2.25%                1.75%
-------------------------            ----------------------------------------            --------            ---------

All adjustments in the Applicable Margins after the end of the third fiscal quarter of Fiscal
Year 2005 shall be implemented quarterly on a prospective basis, commencing with the first day of
the first calendar month that occurs 5 days after the date of delivery to the Lender of quarterly
unaudited or annual audited (as applicable) Financial Statements evidencing the need for an
adjustment. Concurrently with the delivery of those Financial Statements, Parent shall deliver to
the Lender a certificate, signed by its chief financial officer, setting forth in reasonable detail
the basis for the continuance of, or any change in, the Applicable Margins. Failure to timely
deliver such Financial Statements shall, in addition to any other remedy provided for in this
Agreement, result in an increase in the Applicable Margins to the highest level set forth in the
foregoing grid, until the first day of the first calendar month following the delivery of those
Financial Statements demonstrating that such an increase is not required. If a Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing at the time any reduction in the Applicable Margin is to be
implemented, no reduction may occur until the first day of the first calendar month following the
date on which such Default or Event of Default is waived or cured.

“Attorney Costs” means and includes all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of
any law firm or other counsel engaged by the Lender, the reasonably allocated costs and expenses of
internal legal services of the Lender.

“Availability” means, at any time (a) the lesser of (i) the Maximum Revolver Amount or
(ii) the Borrowing Base, minus Reserves (other than Reserves deducted in the calculation of
the Borrowing Base), minus (b) in each case, the Aggregate Revolver Outstandings, it being
understood that, in determining whether Availability exists to make a Revolving Loan on a
particular date, such Revolving Loan requested to be made on such date shall not be deemed to be a
Pending Revolving Loan.

“Bank” means Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, or any successor
entity thereto.

“Bank Products” means any one or more of the following types of services or facilities
extended to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries by the Bank or any affiliate of the Bank in reliance
on the Bank’s agreement to indemnify such affiliate: (i) credit cards; (ii) ACH Transactions;
(iii) cash management, including controlled disbursement services; and (iv) Hedge Agreements.

“Bank Product Reserves” means all reserves which the Lender from time to time
establishes in its reasonable discretion for the Bank Products then provided or outstanding.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. § 101 et
seq.).

“Base Rate” means, for any day, the rate of interest in effect for such day as
publicly announced from time to time by the Bank in Charlotte, North Carolina as its “prime rate”
(the “prime rate” being a rate set by the Bank based upon various factors including the Bank’s
costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference
point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate). Any
change in the prime rate announced by the Bank shall take effect at the opening of business on the
day specified in the public announcement of such change. Each Interest Rate based upon the Base
Rate shall be adjusted simultaneously with any change in the Base Rate.

“Base Rate Loans” means the Base Rate Revolving Loans.

“Base Rate Revolving Loan” means a Revolving Loan during any period in which it bears
interest based on the Base Rate.

“Borrowing” means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Revolving Loans made on the same
day by the Lender to the Borrowers or the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

“Borrowing Base” means, at any time, an amount equal to (a) the sum of (A) 85% of the
Net Amount of Eligible Accounts; plus (B) 100% of the balance of the Borrowing Base Cash
Collateral Account; minus (b) Reserves from time to time established by the Lender in good
faith and in its reasonable credit judgment; provided, however, that at no time
shall the Borrowing Base include any assets acquired as a result of a Permitted Acquisition until
the consent of the Lender under Section 7.19 has been obtained; provided,
further, that in exercising such consent, Lender shall use the same standard and criteria
as applied to the Borrowers by the Lender with respect to determining eligibility of Accounts under
this Agreement.

“Borrowing Base Cash Collateral Account” means collectively, one or more accounts of
Parent (a) as designated from time to time by written notice from Parent to Lender; (b) which are
held with the Lender or any affiliate of the Lender and pledged to secure the Obligations, (c)
which amounts therein are cash or Cash Equivalents, and (d) which account or accounts are subject
to control agreements that grant the Lender control over such account or accounts, in form and
substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion.

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate by a Responsible Officer of
Administrative Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit B (or another form acceptable
to the Lender) setting forth the calculation of the Borrowing Base, including a calculation of each
component thereof, all in such detail as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. All
calculations of the Borrowing Base in connection with the preparation of any Borrowing Base
Certificate shall originally be made by the Administrative Borrower and certified to the Lender;
provided, that, the Lender shall have the right to review and adjust, in the exercise of its good
faith and reasonable credit judgment, any such calculation (1) to reflect its reasonable estimate
of declines in value of any of the Collateral described therein, and (2) to the extent that such
calculation is not in accordance with this Agreement.

“Business Day” means (a) any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or a day on which
banks in Los Angeles, California or Charlotte, North Carolina are required or permitted to be
closed, and (b) with respect to all notices, determinations, fundings and payments in connection
with the LIBOR Rate or LIBOR Rate Loans, any day that is a Business Day pursuant to clause
(a) above and that is also a day on which trading in Dollars is carried on by and between banks
in the London interbank market.

“Capital Adequacy Regulation” means any guideline, request or directive of any central
bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other law, rule or regulation, whether or not having
the force of law, in each case, regarding capital adequacy of any bank or of any corporation
controlling a bank, issued or otherwise promulgated after the date of this Agreement.

“Capital Expenditures” means expenditures made or liabilities incurred for the
acquisition of any fixed assets or improvements, replacements, substitutions or additions thereto
which have a useful life of more than one year, including the total principal portion of
Capitalized Leases.

“Capital Lease” means, as to any Person, any lease of property by such Person or any
Subsidiary of such Person which, in accordance with GAAP, should be reflected as a capital lease on
the balance sheet of such Person.

“Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other
equivalents (however designated) of capital stock or other equity interests, any and all equivalent
ownership interests in a Person, and any and all warrants, rights, options to purchase or other
rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

“Cash Dominion Trigger Period” shall have the meaning assigned in the Security
Agreement.

“Cash Equivalents” means, as of any date of determination, (a) marketable securities
(i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United
States government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States the obligations of which are
backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year
after such date; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any
political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case
maturing within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a
rating of at least A- from S&P or the equivalent thereof from another nationally recognized rating
agency; (c) commercial paper maturing no more than ninety (90) days from the date of creation
thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at
least P-1 from Moody’s; (d) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one
year after such date and issued or accepted by any lender or by any commercial bank organized under
the laws of the United States, any state thereof or an OECD country having, at such date, a rating
of at least A- from S&P or the equivalent thereof from another nationally recognized rating agency
or by a primary government securities dealer reporting to the Market Reports Division of the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York; (e) repurchase agreements with financial institutions organized
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or an OECD country having, at such date, a
rating of at least A- from S&P or the equivalent thereof from another nationally recognized rating
agency or with a primary government securities dealer reporting to the Market Reports Division of
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and such funds limit their investments to the prime credit
instruments allowed in this definition; (f) money market preferred funds maturing within one year
after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least AA from
S&P or the equivalent thereof from another nationally recognized rating agency; and (g) money
market funds regulated by the U.S. Government under the Investment Company Act rule 2a-7 maturing
within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at
least A- from S&P or the equivalent thereof from another nationally recognized rating agency;
provided such investments are limited to $25,000,000 for each such fund and $100,000,000 in the
aggregate for all such funds, such funds are open-end funds with total assets of more than
$1,000,000,000 and an expressed goal of maintaining a net asset value of $1.00 per share and such
funds limit their investments to the prime credit instruments allowed in this definition with
average weighted maturity of less than ninety (90) days.

“Change of Control” means either (i) a change shall occur in the Board of Directors of
Parent so that a majority of the Board of Directors of Parent ceases to consist of the individuals
who constituted the Board of Directors of Parent on the Closing Date (or individuals whose election
or nomination for election was approved by a vote of more than 50% of the directors then in office
who either were directors of Parent on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for
election previously was so approved); or (ii) any Person or Group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
of the Securities and Exchange Commission) shall become or be the owner, directly or indirectly,
beneficially or of record, of shares representing more than 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting
power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Parent on a fully diluted basis;
or (iii) except as permitted hereunder, any Borrower (other than Parent) ceases to be a direct or
indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of Parent; provided, that, a Change of Control
shall not include the transfer of all of the Capital Stock of Parent by Robert Emmett McDonough,
Sr. to Georgetown University upon the death of Robert Emmett McDonough, Sr.

“Chattel Paper” means, as to any Person, all of such Person’s now owned or hereafter
acquired chattel paper, as defined in the UCC, including electronic chattel paper.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Closing Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

“Collateral” means all of Parent’s and the Borrowers’ real and personal property and
all other assets of any other Person from time to time subject to Lender’s Liens securing payment
or performance of the Obligations.

“Collateral Reporting Trigger Period” means the period commencing upon the date, if
any, upon which (i) Total Liquidity is less than (x) $15,000,000 for three (3) consecutive Business
Days or (y) $10,000,000 at any time, or (ii) a Revolving Loan remains outstanding under this
Agreement (except as a result of a payment under a Letter of Credit or other amount made at the
election of Lender pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, which is repaid within two (2)
Business Days after any Borrower receives notice thereof) and ending on the date on which (x) Total
Liquidity is equal to or greater than $15,000,000 on average for the preceding fiscal month, and
(y) no Revolving Loan remains outstanding under this Agreement.

“Commitment” means, at any time the principal amount set forth beside the Lender’s
name under the heading “Commitment” on Schedule 1.2 attached to the Agreement and
“Commitments” means, collectively, the aggregate amount of the commitments of the Lender.

“Contaminant” means any waste, pollutant, hazardous substance, toxic substance,
hazardous waste, special waste, petroleum or petroleum-derived substance or waste, asbestos in any
form or condition, polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs”), or any constituent of any such substance or
waste.

“Continuation/Conversion Date” means the date on which a Loan is converted into or
continued as a LIBOR Rate Loan.

“Control Agreement” means a control agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to
Lender, executed and delivered by Borrower, Lender, and the applicable securities intermediary
(with respect to a Securities Account) or bank (with respect to a Deposit Account).

“Credit Support” has the meaning specified in Section 1.4(a).

“Debt” means, as to any Person and without duplication, all liabilities, obligations
and indebtedness of such Person to any other Person, of any kind or nature, now or hereafter owing,
arising, due or payable, howsoever evidenced, created, incurred, acquired or owing, whether
primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise, consisting of indebtedness for borrowed
money or the deferred purchase price of property which purchase price is (i) due more than six
months from the date of incurrence of the obligation in respect thereof or (ii) evidenced by a note
or similar written instrument, excluding trade payables, but including (a) all Obligations; (b) all
obligations and liabilities of any other Person secured by any Lien on such Person’s property, even
though such Person shall not have assumed or become liable for the payment thereof;
provided, however, that all such obligations and liabilities which are limited in
recourse to such property shall be included in Debt only to the extent of the book value of such
property as would be shown on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; (c)
all obligations or liabilities created or arising under any Capital Lease or conditional sale or
other title retention agreement with respect to property used or acquired by such Person, even if
the rights and remedies of the lessor, seller or lender thereunder are limited to repossession of
such property; provided, however, that all such obligations and liabilities which
are limited in recourse to such property shall be included in Debt only to the extent of the book
value of such property as would be shown on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance
with GAAP; (d) all obligations and liabilities under Guaranties and (e) the present value
(discounted at the Base Rate) of lease payments due under synthetic leases.

“Default” means any event or circumstance which, with the giving of notice, the lapse
of time, or both, would (if not cured, waived, or otherwise remedied during such time) constitute
an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” means a fluctuating per annum interest rate at all times equal to the
sum of (a) the otherwise applicable Interest Rate plus (b) 2% per annum. Each Default Rate
shall be adjusted simultaneously with any change in the applicable Interest Rate. In addition, the
Default Rate shall result in an increase in the Letter of Credit Fee by 1 percentage point per
annum.

“Deposit Accounts” means, with respect to such Person, all “deposit accounts” as such
term is defined in the UCC, now or hereafter held in the name of such Person.

“Designated Account” has the meaning specified in Section 1.2(c).

“Distribution” means, in respect of any corporation: (a) the payment or making of any
dividend or other distribution of property in respect of capital stock (or any options or warrants
for, or other rights with respect to, such stock) of such corporation, other than distributions in
capital stock (or any options or warrants for such stock) of the same class; or (b) the redemption
or other acquisition by such corporation of any capital stock (or any options or warrants for such
stock) of such corporation.

“Documents” means, with respect to any Person, all documents as such term is defined
in the UCC, including bills of lading, warehouse receipts or other documents of title, now owned or
hereafter acquired by such Person.

“DOL” means the United States Department of Labor or any successor department or
agency.

“Dollar” and “$” means dollars in the lawful currency of the United States.
Unless otherwise specified, all payments under the Agreements shall be made in Dollars.

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any fiscal period of Parent, Adjusted Net Earnings
from Operations, plus, to the extent deducted in the determination of Adjusted Net Earnings
from Operations for that fiscal period, Interest Expense, federal, state, local and foreign income
taxes, depreciation and amortization.

“Eligible Accounts” means the billed Accounts which the Lender in the exercise of its
reasonable commercial discretion determines to be Eligible Accounts. Without limiting the
discretion of the Lender to establish other criteria of ineligibility, Eligible Accounts shall not,
unless the Lender in its sole discretion elects, include any Account:

a) with respect to which more than 90 days have elapsed since the date of the original invoice
therefor or which is more than 60 days past due;

b) with respect to which any of the representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements
contained in the Security Agreement are incorrect or have been breached in any material respect;

c) with respect to which Account (or any other Account due from such Account Debtor), in whole
or in part, a check, promissory note, draft, trade acceptance or other instrument for the payment
of money has been received, presented for payment and returned uncollected for any reason;

d) which represents a progress billing (as hereinafter defined) or as to which a Borrower has
extended the time for payment without the consent of the Lender; for the purposes hereof, “progress
billing” means any invoice for goods sold or leased or services rendered under a contract or
agreement pursuant to which the Account Debtor’s obligation to pay such invoice is conditioned upon
such Borrower’s completion of any further performance under the contract or agreement;

e) with respect to which any one or more of the following events has occurred to the Account
Debtor on such Account: death or judicial declaration of incompetency of an Account Debtor who is
an individual; the filing by or against the Account Debtor of a request or petition for
liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debts, adjudication as a bankrupt,
winding-up, or other relief under the bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws of the United States,
any state or territory thereof, or any foreign jurisdiction, now or hereafter in effect; the making
of any general assignment by the Account Debtor for the benefit of creditors; the appointment of a
receiver or trustee for the Account Debtor or for any of the assets of the Account Debtor,
including, without limitation, the appointment of or taking possession by a “custodian,” as defined
in the Federal Bankruptcy Code; the institution by or against the Account Debtor of any other type
of insolvency proceeding (under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or otherwise) or of any
formal or informal proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of, settlement of claims against,
or winding up of affairs of, the Account Debtor; the sale, assignment, or transfer of all or any
material part of the assets of the Account Debtor; the nonpayment generally by the Account Debtor
of its debts as they become due; or the cessation of the business of the Account Debtor as a going
concern;

f) if 50% or more of the aggregate Dollar amount of outstanding Accounts owed at such time by
the Account Debtor thereon is classified as ineligible under clause (a) above;

g) owed by an Account Debtor which: (i) does not maintain its chief executive office in the
United States of America or Canada (other than the Province of Newfoundland); or (ii) is not
organized under the laws of the United States of America or Canada or any state or province
thereof; or (iii) is the government of any foreign country or sovereign state of a foreign country,
or of any state, province, municipality, or other political subdivision thereof, or of any
department, agency, public corporation, or other instrumentality thereof; except to the extent that
such Account is secured or payable by a letter of credit or insurance satisfactory to the Lender in
its reasonable credit discretion; provided, however, that up to $250,000 in the
aggregate of Accounts owed by an Account Debtor in Puerto Rico shall be deemed to be Eligible
Accounts unless such Account is deemed ineligible hereunder;

h) owed by an Account Debtor which is an Affiliate or employee of any Borrower;

i) except as provided in clause (k) below, with respect to which either the
perfection, enforceability, or validity of the Lender’s Liens in such Account, or the Lender’s
right or ability to obtain direct payment to the Lender of the proceeds of such Account, is
governed in any material respect by any federal, state, or local statutory requirements other than
those of the UCC;

j) owed by an Account Debtor to which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, is indebted in
any way, or which is subject to any right of setoff or recoupment by the Account Debtor, unless the
Account Debtor has entered into an agreement acceptable to the Lender to waive setoff rights; or if
the Account Debtor thereon has disputed liability or made any claim with respect to any other
Account due from such Account Debtor; but in each such case only to the extent of such
indebtedness, setoff, recoupment, dispute, or claim;

k) owed by the government of the United States of America, or any department, agency, public
corporation, or other instrumentality thereof, or owed by any state, municipality, or other
political subdivision of the United States of America, or any department, agency, public
corporation, or other instrumentality thereof; provided, however, that up to
$500,000 in the aggregate of such Accounts plus any such Accounts as to which any Borrower has
complied with the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 or any other applicable statute, rules or
regulation shall be deemed to be Eligible Accounts hereunder unless such Account is otherwise
deemed ineligible hereunder;

l) which is evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument or by chattel paper;

m) if the Lender believes, in the exercise of its reasonable judgment, that the prospect of
collection of such Account is impaired or that the Account may not be paid by reason of the Account
Debtor’s financial inability to pay;

n) with respect to which the Account Debtor is located in any state requiring the filing of a
Notice of Business Activities Report or similar report in order to permit the relevant Borrower to
seek judicial enforcement in such State of payment of such Account, unless such Borrower has
qualified to do business in such state or has filed a Notice of Business Activities Report or
equivalent report for the then current year;

o) which arises out of a sale or provision of service not made in the ordinary course of the
Borrower’s business;

p) owed by an Account Debtor which is obligated to the Borrowers respecting Accounts the
aggregate unpaid balance of which exceeds 15% of the aggregate unpaid balance of all Accounts owed
to the Borrowers at such time by all of the Borrowers’ Account Debtors, but only to the extent of
such excess;

q) which is not subject to a first priority and perfected security interest in favor of the
Lender.

If any Account at any time ceases to be an Eligible Account, then such Account shall promptly
be excluded from the calculation of Eligible Accounts.

“Environmental Laws” means all federal, state or local laws, statutes, common law
duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative orders, directed
duties, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority,
in each case relating to environmental, health, safety and land use matters.

“Environmental Lien” means a Lien in favor of any Governmental Authority for (a) any
liability under Environmental Laws, or (b) damages arising from, or costs incurred by such
Governmental Authority in response to, a Release or threatened Release of a Contaminant into the
environment.

“Equipment” means, as to any Person, all of such Person’s now owned and hereafter
acquired machinery, equipment, furniture, furnishings, fixtures, and other tangible personal
property (except Inventory), including embedded software, motor vehicles with respect to which a
certificate of title has been issued, office equipment, as well as all of such types of property
leased by such Person and all of such Person’s rights and interests with respect thereto under such
leases (including, without limitation, options to purchase); together with all present and future
additions and accessions thereto, replacements therefor, component and auxiliary parts and supplies
used or to be used in connection therewith, and all substitutes for any of the foregoing, and all
manuals, drawings, instructions, warranties and rights with respect thereto; wherever any of the
foregoing is located.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and regulations
promulgated thereunder.

“ERISA Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) under common control with such Person within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of
the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section
412 of the Code).

“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan, (b) a
withdrawal by Parent, or any Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section
4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section
4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations which is treated as such a withdrawal under
Section 4062(e) of ERISA, (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by Parent or any ERISA Affiliate
from a Multi-employer Plan or notification that a Multi-employer Plan is in reorganization, (d) the
filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under
Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a
Pension Plan or Multi-employer Plan, (e) the occurrence of an event or condition which might
reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or
the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multi-employer Plan, or (f) the
imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not
delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and regulations promulgated
thereunder.

“FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and any Governmental Authority
succeeding to any of its principal functions.

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if
necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on
overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal
funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day
next succeeding such day; provided, that, (a) if such day is not a Business Day,
the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding
Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so
published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the
average rate charged to the Bank on such day on such transactions as determined by the Lender.

“Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or
any successor thereto.

“Financial Covenant Trigger Period” means the period commencing upon the date, if any,
upon which Total Liquidity is less than (x) $15,000,000 for three (3) consecutive Business Days,
or (y) $10,000,000 at any time, and ending on the date on which Total Liquidity is equal to or
greater than $15,000,000 on average for the preceding fiscal month.

“Financial Statements” means, according to the context in which it is used, the
financial statements referred to in Sections 5.2 and 6.6 or any other financial statements
required to be given to the Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

“Fiscal Year” means Parent’s fiscal year for financial accounting purposes. The
current Fiscal Year of Parent will end on October 3, 2004 and subsequent Fiscal Years will end on
the Sunday closest to September 30th of such year.

“Fixed Assets” means, as to any Person, the Equipment and Real Estate of such Person.

“Funding Date” means the date on which a Borrowing occurs.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles and practices set forth from
time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial
Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority
within the U.S. accounting profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the Closing
Date.

“General Intangibles” means, as to any Person, all of such Person’s now owned or
hereafter acquired general intangibles, choses in action and causes of action and all other
intangible personal property of such Person of every kind and nature (other than Accounts),
including, without limitation, all contract rights, payment intangibles, Proprietary Rights,
corporate or other business records, inventions, designs, blueprints, plans, specifications,
patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade secrets, goodwill,
copyrights, computer software, customer lists, registrations, licenses, franchises, tax refund
claims, any funds which may become due to such Person in connection with the termination of any
Plan or other employee benefit plan or any rights thereto and any other amounts payable to such
Person from any Plan or other employee benefit plan, rights and claims against carriers and
shippers, rights to indemnification, business interruption insurance and proceeds thereof,
property, casualty or any similar type of insurance and any proceeds thereof, proceeds of insurance
covering the lives of key employees on which such Person is beneficiary, rights to receive
dividends, distributions, cash, Instruments and other property in respect of or in exchange for
pledged equity interests or Investment Property and any letter of credit, guarantee, claim,
security interest or other security held by or granted to such Person.

“Goods” means, as to any Person, all “goods” as defined in the UCC, now owned or
hereafter acquired by such Person, wherever located.

“Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political
subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any
entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or
pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or
capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

“Guaranty” means, with respect to any Person, all obligations of such Person which in
any manner directly or indirectly guarantee or assure, or in effect guarantee or assure, the
payment or performance of any indebtedness, dividend or other obligations of any other Person (the
“guaranteed obligations”), or assure or in effect assure the holder of the guaranteed obligations
against loss in respect thereof, including any such obligations incurred through an agreement,
contingent or otherwise: (a) to purchase the guaranteed obligations or any property constituting
security therefor; (b) to advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of the guaranteed
obligations or to maintain a working capital or other balance sheet condition; or (c) to lease
property or to purchase any debt or equity securities or other property or services.

“Hedge Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any and all transactions,
agreements or documents now existing or hereafter entered into, which provides for an interest
rate, credit, commodity or equity swap, cap, floor, collar, forward foreign exchange transaction,
currency swap, cross currency rate swap, currency option, or any combination of, or option with
respect to, these or similar transactions, for the purpose of hedging such Person’s exposure to
fluctuations in interest or exchange rates, loan, credit exchange, security or currency valuations
or commodity prices.

“Instruments” means, as to any Person, all instruments as such term is defined in the
UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person.

“Interest Coverage Ratio” means, for any period, the ratio of (a) Adjusted Net
Earnings from Operations for such period plus the sum of the following to the extent
deducted in computing Adjusted Net Earnings from Operations: (i) income and franchise tax expense
and (ii) total Interest Expense over (b) total Interest Expense during such period.

“Interest Expense” means total interest expense, including any Letter of Credit Fees
and Unused Line Fees hereunder and excluding any interest income.

“Interest Period” means, as to any LIBOR Rate Loan, the period commencing on the
Funding Date of such Loan or on the Continuation/Conversion Date on which the Loan is converted
into or continued as a LIBOR Rate Loan, and ending on the date one, two, or three months thereafter
as selected by the Administrative Borrower in its Notice of Borrowing, in the form attached hereto
as Exhibit D, or Notice of Continuation/Conversion, in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit E, provided that:

if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, that
Interest Period shall be extended to the following Business Day unless the result of such
extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event
such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of
a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the
calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the
calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Stated Termination Date.

“Interest Rate” means each or any of the interest rates, including the Default Rate,
set forth in Section 2.1.

“Inventory” means, as to any Person, all of such Person’s now owned and hereafter
acquired inventory, goods and merchandise, wherever located, to be furnished under any contract of
service or held for sale or lease, all returned goods, raw materials, work-in-process, finished
goods (including embedded software), other materials and supplies of any kind, nature or
description which are used or consumed in such Person’s business or used in connection with the
packing, shipping, advertising, selling or finishing of such goods, merchandise, and all documents
of title or other Documents representing them.

“Investment Property” means, as to any Person, all of such Person’s right title and
interest in and to any and all: (a) securities whether certificated or uncertificated; (b)
securities entitlements; (c) securities accounts; (d) commodity contracts; or (e) commodity
accounts.

“IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service and any Governmental Authority succeeding to
any of its principal functions under the Code.

“Latest Projections” means: (a) on the Closing Date and thereafter until the Lender
receives new projections pursuant to Section 5.2(e), the projections of each Borrower’s
financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, received by Lender on or before
November 1, 2004; and (b) thereafter, the projections most recently received by the Lender pursuant
to Section 5.2(e).

“Lender” means the Bank, solely in its capacity as a lender.

“Lender’s Liens” means the Liens in the Collateral granted to the Lender, for the
benefit of the Lender and Bank pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

“Lender-Related Persons” means the Lender, together with its Affiliates, and the
officers, directors, employees, counsel, representatives, agents and attorneys in fact of the
Lender and such Affiliates.

“Letter of Credit” has the meaning specified in Section 1.4(a).

“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.6.

“Letter of Credit Issuer” means the Bank, any affiliate of the Bank or any other
financial institution that issues any Letter of Credit pursuant to this Agreement.

“Letter-of-Credit Rights” means, as to any Person, “letter-of-credit rights” as such
term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person, including rights to
payment or performance under a letter of credit, whether or not such Person, as beneficiary, has
demanded or is entitled to demand payment or performance.

“Letter of Credit Subfacility” means $50,000,000 (as such amount may be increased from
time to time pursuant to Section 1.6).

“LIBOR Interest Payment Date” means, with respect to a LIBOR Rate Loan, the
Termination Date and the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan.

“LIBOR Rate” means, for any Interest Period, with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans, the
rate of interest per annum determined pursuant to the following formula:

	 	 	 	LIBOR Rate =  Offshore Base Rate

1.00 — Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

Where,

“Offshore Base Rate” means the rate per annum appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or any
successor page) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00
a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term
comparable to such Interest Period. If for any reason such rate is not available, the Offshore
Base Rate shall be, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum appearing on Reuters Screen LIBO
Page as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m.
(London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term
comparable to such Interest Period; provided, however, if more than one rate is
specified on Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such
rates. If for any reason none of the foregoing rates is available, the Offshore Base Rate shall
be, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Lender as the rate of interest at
which dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the LIBOR Rate Loan comprising part of such
Borrowing would be offered by the Bank’s London Branch to major banks in the offshore dollar market
at their request at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of
such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period.

“Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” means, for any day during any Interest Period, the
reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded upward to the next 1/100th of 1%) in
effect on such day applicable to member banks under regulations issued from time to time by the
Federal Reserve Board for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency,
supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently
referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities”). The Offshore Rate for each outstanding LIBOR Rate Loan
shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve
Percentage.

“LIBOR Rate Loans” means the LIBOR Revolving Loans.

“LIBOR Revolving Loan” means a Revolving Loan during any period in which it bears
interest based on the LIBOR Rate.

“Lien” means: (a) any interest in property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim
by, a Person other than the owner of the property, whether such interest is based on the common
law, statute, or contract, and including a security interest, charge, claim, or lien arising from a
mortgage, deed of trust, encumbrance, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement,
agreement, security agreement, conditional sale or trust receipt or a lease, consignment or
bailment for security purposes; (b) to the extent not included under clause (a), any
reservation, exception, encroachment, easement, right-of-way, covenant, condition, restriction,
lease or other title exception or encumbrance affecting property; and (c) any contingent or other
agreement to provide any of the foregoing.

“Loan Account” means the loan account of the Borrowers, which account shall be
maintained by the Lender.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, Memorandum and Notice of Security Interest in
Intellectual Property, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, and any other agreements,
instruments, and documents heretofore, now or hereafter evidencing, securing, guaranteeing or
otherwise relating to the Obligations, the Collateral, or any other aspect of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

“Loans” means, collectively, all loans and advances provided for in Article 1.

“Margin Stock” means “margin stock” as such term is defined in Regulation T, U or X
of the Federal Reserve Board.

“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material
adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, or condition (financial or otherwise) of
the Borrowers, the Collateral or any guarantor of the Obligations; (b) a material impairment of the
ability of the Borrowers or any Affiliate of the Borrowers to perform under any Loan Document to
which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect
or enforceability against the Borrowers of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

“Maximum Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

“Maximum Revolver Amount” means $50,000,000 (as such amount may be increased from time
to time pursuant to Section 1.6).

“Memorandum and Notice of Security Interest in Intellectual Property” means the
Memorandum and Notice of Security Interest in Intellectual Property of even date herewith, executed
by Parent, and delivered to Lender to evidence and perfect the Lender’s security interest in
Parent’s present and future patents, trademarks, copyright, and related licenses and rights.

“Multi-employer Plan” means a “multi-employer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3)
of ERISA which is or was at any time during the current year or the immediately preceding 6 years
contributed to by Parent or any ERISA Affiliate.

“Net Amount of Eligible Accounts” means, at any time, the gross amount of Eligible
Accounts less sales, excise or similar taxes, and less returns, discounts, claims, credits and
allowances accrued rebates, offsets, deductions, counterclaims, disputes and other defenses of any
nature at any time issued, owing, granted, outstanding, available or claimed.

“Net Unrestricted Domestic Cash” means, as of any date of determination, the amount on
such date of all Borrowers’ Dollar-denominated cash and cash equivalents and short term investments
(each as determined in accordance with GAAP) that are in Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts,
or any combination thereof, which Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts (i) are maintained at a
financial institution in the United States; (ii) are not subject to any Liens or pledged or
restricted to a third party; and (iii) are not held in the Borrowing Base Cash Collateral Account.

“Notice of Borrowing” has the meaning specified in Section 1.2(b).

“Notice of Continuation/Conversion” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2(b).

“Obligations” means all present and future loans, advances, liabilities, obligations,
covenants, duties, and debts owing by any Borrower to the Lender, arising under or pursuant to this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, whether or not evidenced by any note, or other
instrument or document, whether arising from an extension of credit, opening of a letter of credit,
acceptance, loan, guaranty, indemnification or otherwise, whether direct or indirect, absolute or
contingent, due or to become due, primary or secondary, as principal or guarantor, and including
all principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorneys’ fees, filing fees and any other sums
chargeable to any Borrower hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents. “Obligations”
includes, without limitation, (a) all debts, liabilities, and obligations now or hereafter arising
from or in connection with the Letters of Credit and (b) all debts, liabilities and obligations now
or hereafter arising from or in connection with Bank Products.

“Other Taxes” means any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other
excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder or
from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or
any other Loan Documents.

“Participant” means any Person who shall have been granted the right by the Lender to
participate in the financing provided by the Lender under this Agreement, and who shall have
entered into a participation agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

“Payment Account” means each bank account established pursuant to the Security
Agreement, to which the proceeds of Accounts and other Collateral are deposited or credited, and
which is maintained in the name of the Lender or any Borrower, as the Lender may determine, on
terms acceptable to the Lender.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any Governmental Authority
succeeding to the functions thereof.

“Pending Revolving Loans” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all
Revolving Loans requested in any Notice of Borrowing received by the Lender which have not yet been
advanced.

“Pension Plan” means a pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) subject to
Title IV of ERISA which Parent or any ERISA Affiliate of Parent sponsors, maintains, or to which it
makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions, or in the case of a Multi-employer Plan
has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

“Permitted Acquisition” means any Acquisition that conforms to the following
requirements:

(a) the assets, Person, division or line of business to be acquired is primarily in a
substantially similar or ancillary line of business (including Personnel Services Businesses) as
one or more of the Borrowers,

(b) all transactions related to such Acquisition shall be consummated in accordance with
applicable Requirements of Law,

(c) such Acquisition shall be non hostile in nature and the prior, effective written consent
or approval to such Acquisition of the board of directors or equivalent governing body or
management having the appropriate level of authority of the acquiree is obtained,

(d) with respect to any such Acquisition that is a merger or consolidation affecting Parent,
Parent shall be the surviving entity,

(e) the acquiree has had positive EBIT for 4 fiscal quarters ending on the fiscal quarter
ended immediately prior to the date of the consummation of such Acquisition. For purposes of this
definition, “EBIT” shall mean Adjusted Net Earnings from Operations, plus, to the
extent deducted in the determination of Adjusted Net Earnings from Operations for that fiscal
period, Interest Expense, and federal, state, local and foreign income taxes,

(f) at least 15 days prior to the consummation of such Acquisition, Parent shall deliver to
the Lender: (A) a certificate, signed by a Responsible Officer of Parent, demonstrating that Parent
and the Borrowers are (as of the most recent fiscal quarter ended) and will continue to be in
compliance with the financial covenants hereunder on a pro forma consolidated basis, taking such
Acquisition into account (including a breakout of the acquiree’s funded and contingent debts
assumed by the Borrowers in connection with such Acquisition), and (b) with respect to any
Acquisition in an amount greater than $200,000, financial statements of the acquiree for the last
two fiscal years and prepared by independent certified public accountants and for the latest
interim fiscal period, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender,

(g) immediately after giving effect to such Acquisition: (A) no Default or Event of Default
exists or would result therefrom, (B) 100% of the Capital Stock of any acquired or newly formed
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity or, as the case may
be, the assets, division or line of business acquired, is owned directly by the Parent or a
Borrower, (C) all actions required to be taken with respect to any such acquired or newly formed
Subsidiary under Section 7.19 shall have been taken, and (D) the Borrowers would have Total
Liquidity of not less than $10,000,000 after giving effect to such Acquisition, and

(h) within 30 days after the consummation of such Acquisition the Borrower shall have
delivered to the Lender a statement of the sources and uses of funds, and

(i) such Acquisition when added to the total aggregate Acquisitions permitted hereunder in any
fiscal year does not exceed $15,000,000.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(a) Liens for taxes not delinquent or statutory Liens for taxes in an amount not to exceed
$250,000 provided that the payment of such taxes which are due and payable is being contested in
good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and as to which adequate financial
reserves have been established on the relevant Borrower’s books and records and a stay of
enforcement of any such Lien is in effect;

(b) the Lender’s Liens and Liens in respect of Debt permitted pursuant to clauses (b) (only to
the extent secured at the Closing Date), (c) or (d) of Section 7.12;

(c) Liens consisting of deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with,
or to secure payment of, obligations under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social
security and other similar laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other
than for the repayment of Debt) or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the
performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of Debt) or to secure
statutory obligations (other than liens arising under ERISA or Environmental Liens) or surety or
appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds;

(d) Liens securing the claims or demands of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen,
landlords and other like Persons; provided, that, if any such Lien arises from the nonpayment of
such claims or demand when due, such claims or demands do not exceed $250,000 in the aggregate;

(e) Liens constituting encumbrances in the nature of reservations, exceptions, encroachments,
easements, rights of way, covenants running with the land, and other similar title exceptions or
encumbrances affecting any Real Estate; provided, that, they do not in the aggregate materially
detract from the value of the Real Estate or materially interfere with its use in the ordinary
conduct of the Borrowers’ business;

(f) Liens arising from judgments and attachments in connection with court proceedings provided
that such Liens do not result in an Event of Default hereunder and such Liens are being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings, adequate reserves have been set aside and no material
Property is subject to a material risk of loss or forfeiture and the claims in respect of such
Liens are fully covered by insurance (subject to ordinary and customary deductibles) and a stay of
execution pending appeal or proceeding for review is in effect;

(g) licenses (with respect to Intellectual Property and other property), leases or subleases
granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material
respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Borrowers;

(h) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental office or
agency to control or regulate the use of any real property; and

(i) any (a) interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease not prohibited by this
Agreement, (b) Lien or restriction that the interest or title of such lessor or sublessor may be
subject to, or (c) subordination of the interest of the lessee or sublessee under such lease to any
Lien or restriction referred to in the preceding clause (b), so long as the holder of such Lien or
restriction agrees to recognize the rights of such lessee or sublessee under such lease;

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, Governmental
Authority, or any other entity.

“Personnel Services Businesses” means any businesses that are not substantially
similar to Borrower’s temporary services business but are incidental or related thereto such as
safety risk management, consultation for benefits administration and psychological test
consultation for prospective employees of clients.

“Plan” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) which the
Borrowers sponsor or maintain or to which the Borrowers make, are making, or are obligated to make
contributions and includes any Pension Plan.

“Pledge Agreement” means the Pledge Agreement, dated of even date herewith, among
Parent, Remedy Services, Remedy Staffing, and the Lender regarding a pledge of the equity in the
Borrowers (other than Parent) Staffing Services NA, Inc., a Tennessee company, Remedy Insurance
Group, Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of Bermuda, and Remedy Intelligent Staffing
Canada, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada.

“Proprietary Rights” means, as to any Person, all of such Person’s now owned and
hereafter arising or acquired: licenses, franchises, permits, patents, patent rights, copyrights,
works which are the subject matter of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade
styles, patent, trademark and service mark applications, and all licenses and rights related to any
of the foregoing, including those patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights
set forth on Schedule 6.12 hereto, and all other rights under any of the foregoing, all extensions,
renewals, reissues, divisions, continuations, and continuations-in-part of any of the foregoing,
and all rights to sue for past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing.

“Real Estate” means, as to any Person, all of such Person’s now or hereafter owned or
leased estates in real property, including, without limitation, all fees, leaseholds and future
interests, together with all of such Person’s now or hereafter owned or leased interests in the
improvements thereon, the fixtures attached thereto and the easements appurtenant thereto.

“Release” means a release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit,
disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration of a Contaminant into the indoor or outdoor
environment or into or out of any Real Estate or other property, including the movement of
Contaminants through or in the air, soil, surface water, groundwater or Real Estate or other
property.

“Reportable Event” means, any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA or
the regulations thereunder, other than any such event for which the 30-day notice requirement under
ERISA has been waived in regulations issued by the PBGC.

“Requirement of Law” means, as to any Person, any law (statutory or common), treaty,
rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of a Governmental Authority, in each case
applicable to or binding upon the Person or any of its property or to which the Person or any of
its property is subject.

“Reserves” means reserves that limit the availability of credit hereunder, consisting
of reserves against Availability or Eligible Accounts, established by Lender from time to time in
Lender’s reasonable credit judgment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
following reserves shall be deemed to be a reasonable exercise of Lender’s credit judgment: (a)
Bank Product Reserves, (b) a reserve for accrued, unpaid interest on the Obligations, (c) reserves
for rent at leased locations subject to statutory or contractual landlord liens, (d) [dilution],
(e) warehousemen’s or bailees’ charges, (f) reserves for 50% of any accrued payroll and taxes
relating to temporary employees, and (g) reserves for 100% of any wage garnishments or payroll and
taxes held in trust.

“Responsible Officer” means, as to Parent or such Person (including the Administrative
Borrower), the chief executive officer or the president of such Person, or any other officer having
substantially the same authority and responsibility; or, with respect to compliance with financial
covenants and the preparation of the Borrowing Base Certificate, the chief financial officer or the
treasurer of Parent, or any other officer having substantially the same authority and
responsibility.

“Restricted Investment” means, as to any Person, any acquisition of property by such
Person in exchange for cash or other property, whether in the form of an acquisition of stock,
debt, or other indebtedness or obligation, or the purchase or acquisition of any other property, or
a loan, advance, capital contribution, or subscription, except the following: (a) acquisitions of
Equipment to be used in the business of such Person so long as the acquisition costs thereof
constitute Capital Expenditures permitted hereunder; (b) acquisitions of property (whether by
license or otherwise) acquired in the ordinary course of business of such Person; (c) direct
obligations of the United States of America, or any agency thereof, or obligations guaranteed by
the United States of America; provided, that, such obligations mature within one year from the date
of acquisition thereof; (d) acquisitions of certificates of deposit maturing within one year from
the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, Eurodollar bank deposits, or overnight bank
deposits, in each case issued by, created by, or with a bank or trust company organized under the
laws of the United States of America or any state thereof having capital and surplus aggregating at
least $100,000,000; (e) acquisitions of commercial paper given a rating of “A2” or better by
Standard & Poor’s Corporation or “P2” or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and maturing not
more than 90 days from the date of creation thereof (f) Hedge Agreements; (g) advances to officers,
directors and employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$250,000 at any time outstanding for travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary
business purposes; (h) investments of a Borrower or in any subsidiary of a Borrower in any other
Borrower (i) investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or
notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business and
investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled
account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss; (j) other
investments not exceeding $1,000,000 in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year of Parent; and (k) Net
Unrestricted Domestic Cash and other dollar dominated cash, cash equivalents and short term
investments; and (l) other transactions permitted by Sections 7.9, 7.10, 7.11, 7.12 or 7.17.

“Revolving Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 1.2.

“Securities Account” means a securities account (as that term is defined in the UCC).

“Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement of even date herewith among the
Borrowers and Lender.

“Software” means, as to any Person, all “software” as such term is defined in the UCC,
now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person, other than software embedded in any category of
Goods, including all computer programs and all supporting information provided in connection with a
transaction related to any program.

“Solvent” means, when used with respect to any Person, that at the time of
determination:

the present fair saleable value of its assets is greater than its probable liability on its
existing debts as such debts become absolute and matured; and

it is then able and expects to be able to pay its debts (including contingent debts and other
commitments) as they mature; and it has capital sufficient to carry on its business as
conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

For purposes of determining whether a Person is Solvent, the amount of any contingent
liability shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances
existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or
matured liability.

“Stated Termination Date” means December 1, 2006.

“Subsidiary” of a Person means any corporation, association, partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of
the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations), is
owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the Person, or one or more of the Subsidiaries of the
Person, or a combination thereof. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, references herein
to a “Subsidiary” refer to a Subsidiary of Parent.

“Supporting Obligations” means all supporting obligations as such term is defined in
the UCC, including letters of credit and guaranties issued in support of Accounts, Chattel Paper,
Documents, General Intangibles, Instruments, or Investment Property.

“Supporting Letter of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(g).

“Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions,
charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of Lender
such taxes (including income taxes or franchise taxes) as are imposed on or measured by the
Lender’s or each Lender’s net income in any jurisdiction (whether federal, state or local and
including any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which the Lender is organized or
maintains a lending office or has any present or former connection.

“Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) the Stated Termination Date,
(ii) the date the Total Facility is terminated either by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 3.2 or
by the Lender pursuant to Section 9.2, and (iii) the date this Agreement is otherwise terminated
for any reason whatsoever pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

“Total Liquidity” means the sum of (i) Availability, plus (ii) Net Unrestricted
Domestic Cash.

“Total Facility” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time, of the State
of California or of any other state the laws of which are required as a result thereof to be
applied in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests; provided, that, to the
extent that the UCC is used to define any term herein or in any other documents and such term is
defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the UCC, the definition of such term
contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern.

“Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Plan’s benefit liabilities under
Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Plan’s assets, determined in
accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the
Code for the applicable plan year.

“Unused Letter of Credit Subfacility” means an amount equal to $50,000,000 (as such
amount may be increased from time to time pursuant to Section 1.6) minus the sum of (a) the
aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit plus, without duplication, (b) the
aggregate unpaid reimbursement obligations with respect to all Letters of Credit.

“Unused Line Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5.

Accounting Terms. Any accounting term used in the Agreement shall have, unless otherwise
specifically provided herein, the meaning customarily given in accordance with GAAP, and all
financial computations in the Agreement shall be computed, unless otherwise specifically provided
therein, in accordance with GAAP as consistently applied.

Interpretive Provisions. (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the
singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and similar words refer to the Agreement as a
whole and not to any particular provision of the Agreement; and Subsection, Section, Schedule and
Exhibit references are to the Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c) (i) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements,
certificates, indentures, notices and other writings, however evidenced.

(ii) The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation.”

(iii) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date,
the word “from” means “from and including,” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”
and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(iv) The word “or” is not exclusive.

(d) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to agreements (including the
Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments
and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are
not prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation
are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending,
replacing, supplementing or interpreting the statute or regulation.

(e) The captions and headings of the Agreement and other Loan Documents are for convenience of
reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of the Agreement.

(f) The Agreement and other Loan Documents may use several different limitations, tests or
measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements
are cumulative and shall each be performed in accordance with their terms.

(g) For purposes of Section 9.1, a breach of a financial covenant contained in
Sections 7.22-7.26 shall be deemed to have occurred as of any date of determination
thereof by the Lender or as of the last day of any specified measuring period, regardless of when
the Financial Statements reflecting such breach are delivered to the Lender.

(h) The Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of negotiations among and have
been reviewed by counsel to the Lender, the Borrowers and the other parties, and are the products
of all parties. Accordingly, they shall not be construed against the Lender merely because of the
Lender’s involvement in their preparation.

4

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

5

EXHIBIT C

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6

EXHIBIT D

NOTICE OF BORROWING

Date: ______________, 200_

	 	 	 	To: Bank of America, N.A. as the Lender (“Lender”) who is party to the Credit Agreement dated as
of December 1, 2004 (as extended, renewed, amended or restated from time to time, the
“Credit Agreement”) between RemedyTemp, Inc., RemX, Inc., Remedy Temporary Services,
Inc. and Remedy Intelligent, Inc. (collectively, the “Borrowers”) and Bank of America, N.A.,
as Lender.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, RemedyTemp, Inc. (the “Administrative Borrower”), refers to the
Credit Agreement, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined, and hereby gives
you notice irrevocably of the Borrowing specified below:

	 	1.	 	The Business Day of the proposed Borrowing is 
, 200 .

	 	2.	 	The aggregate amount of the proposed Borrowing is $
.

	 	3.	 	The Borrowing is to be comprised of $  of
Base Rate and $  of LIBOR Rate Loans.

	 	4.	 	The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Rate Loans,
if any, included in the Borrowing shall be    months.

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and
will be true on the date of the proposed Borrowing, before and after giving effect thereto and to
the application of the proceeds therefrom:

(j) The representations and warranties of the Borrowers contained in the Credit Agreement are
true and correct in all material respects as though made on and as of such date, other than any
such representation or warranty that relates to a specified prior date;

(k) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such
proposed Borrowing; and

(l)

7

The proposed Borrowing will not cause the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding
Revolving Loans plus the aggregate amount available for drawing under all outstanding
Letters of Credit, to exceed the Borrowing Base or the Maximum Revolver Amount.

“Administrative Borrower”

REMEDYTEMP, INC.,

a California corporation

By:

Name:

Title:

8

EXHIBIT E

NOTICE OF CONTINUATION/CONVERSION

Date: , 200_

	 	 	 	To: Bank of America, N.A. as the Lender (“Lender”) to the Credit Agreement dated as of December
1, 2004 (as extended, renewed, amended or restated from time to time, the “Credit
Agreement”) between RemedyTemp, Inc., RemX, Inc., Remedy Temporary Services, Inc., and
Remedy Intelligent Staffing, Inc. (collectively, the “Borrowers”), and Bank of
America, N.A., as Lender.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, RemedyTemp, Inc. (the “Administrative Borrower”), refers to the
Credit Agreement, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined, and hereby gives
you notice irrevocably of the [conversion] [continuation] of the Loans specified herein, that:

	 	1.	 	The Continuation/Conversion Date is  ,
200 .

	 	2.	 	The aggregate amount of the Loans to be [converted] [continued]
is $   .

	 	3.	 	The Loans are to be [converted into] [continued as] [LIBOR
Rate] [Base Rate] Loans.

	 	4.	 	The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Rate Loans
included in the [conversion] [continuation] shall be    months.

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and
will be true on the proposed Continuation/Conversion Date, before and after giving effect thereto
and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrowers contained in the Credit Agreement are
true and correct in all material respects as though made on and as of such date, other than any
such representation or warranty that relates to a specified prior date;

(b) Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such
proposed [conversion] [continuation]; and

(c)

9

The proposed conversion-continuation will not cause the aggregate principal amount of all
outstanding Revolving Loans plus the aggregate amount available for drawing under all
outstanding Letters of Credit to exceed the Borrowing Base or the Maximum Revolver Amount.

“Administrative Borrower”

REMEDYTEMP, INC.,

a California corporation

By:

Name:

Title:

10

SCHEDULE 1.2

COMMITMENTS

	 	 	 
	Lender	 	Commitment
	Bank of America, N.A.

	 	$50,000,000 (subject to increase pursuant to Section 1.6)
	
 
	 	 
	 
	 	 

11

SECURITY AGREEMENT

SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of December 1, 2004, between REMX, INC., a California corporation
(“REMX”), REMEDYTEMP, INC., a California corporation (“Parent”), REMEDY TEMPORARY
SERVICES, INC., a California corporation (“Remedy Services”), REMEDY INTELLIGENT STAFFING,
INC., a California corporation (“Remedy Staffing”) (individually, a “Grantor” and
collectively, the “Grantors”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (“Lender”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and between
the Grantors and the Lender (including all annexes, exhibits and schedules thereto, as from time to
time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”), the
Lender has agreed to make the Loans and issue Letters of Credit on behalf of the Grantors;

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Lender to enter into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and to induce the Lender to make the Loans and issue Letters of Credit as provided for in
the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has agreed to grant a continuing Lien on the Collateral (as
hereinafter defined) to secure the Obligations;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS. The following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

“Accounts” means, as to any Grantor, all of such Grantor’s now owned or hereafter acquired
or arising accounts, as defined in the UCC, including any rights to payment for the sale or lease
of goods or rendition of services, whether or not they have been earned by performance.

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in
control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person A Person shall be
deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the other Person, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

“Blocked Account Agreement” means an agreement among any Grantor, the Lender and a Clearing
Bank, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, concerning the collection of
payments which represent the proceeds of Accounts or of any other Collateral.

“Cash Dominion Trigger Period” means the period commencing upon the date, if any, upon
which (i) Total Liquidity (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) is less than (x)
$15,000,000 for three (3) consecutive Business Days or (y) $10,000,000 at any time or (ii) a
Revolving Loan remains outstanding under this Agreement (except as a result of a payment of a
Letter of Credit or other amount made at the election of Lender pursuant to Section 3.7 of the
Credit Agreement, which is repaid within two (2) Business Days after any Borrower receives notice
thereof).

“Chattel Paper” means, as to any Grantor, all of such Grantor’s now owned or hereafter
acquired chattel paper, as defined in the UCC, including electronic chattel paper.

“Clearing Bank” means the Bank or any other banking institution with whom a Payment Account
has been established pursuant to a Blocked Account Agreement.

“Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

“Deposit Accounts” means, as to any Grantor, all “deposit accounts” as such term is defined
in the UCC, now or hereafter held in the name of such Grantor.

“Documents” means all documents as such term is defined in the UCC, including bills of
lading, warehouse receipts or other documents of title, now owned or hereafter acquired by the
Grantor.

“Equipment” means, as to any Grantor, all of such Grantor’s now owned and hereafter
acquired machinery, equipment, furniture, furnishings, fixtures, and other tangible personal
property (except Inventory), including embedded software, motor vehicles with respect to which a
certificate of title has been issued, and office equipment, as well as all of such Grantor’s right,
title and interest in and to all such types of property leased by such Grantor and all of such
Grantor’s rights and interests with respect thereto under such leases (including, without
limitation, options to purchase); together with all present and future additions and accessions
thereto, replacements therefor, component and auxiliary parts and supplies used or to be used in
connection therewith, and all substitutes for any of the foregoing, and all manuals, drawings,
instructions, warranties and rights with respect thereto; wherever any of the foregoing is located.

“General Intangibles” means, as to any Grantor, all of such Grantor’s now owned or
hereafter acquired general intangibles, choses in action and causes of action and all other
intangible personal property of such Grantor of every kind and nature (other than Accounts),
including, without limitation, all contract rights, payment intangibles, Proprietary Rights,
corporate or other business records, inventions, designs, blueprints, plans, specifications, trade
secrets, goodwill, computer software, customer lists, registrations, tax refund claims, any funds
which may become due to such Grantor in connection with the termination of any employee benefit
plan or any rights thereto and any other amounts payable to such Grantor from any employee benefit
plan, rights and claims against carriers and shippers, rights to indemnification, business
interruption insurance and proceeds thereof, property, casualty or any similar type of insurance
and any proceeds thereof, proceeds of insurance covering the lives of key employees on which such
Grantor is beneficiary, rights to receive dividends, distributions, cash, Instruments and other
property in respect of or in exchange for pledged equity interests or Investment Property and any
letter of credit, guarantee, claim, security interest or other security held by or granted to such
Grantor.

“Goods” means, as to any Grantor, all “goods” as defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter
acquired by such Grantor, wherever located.

“Instruments” means, as to any Grantor, all instruments as such term is defined in the UCC,
now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor.

“Inventory” means, as to any Grantor, all of such Grantor’s now owned and hereafter
acquired inventory, goods and merchandise, wherever located, to be furnished under any contract of
service or held for sale or lease, all returned goods, raw materials, work-in-process, finished
goods (including embedded software), other materials and supplies of any kind, nature or
description which are used or consumed in such Grantor’s business or used in connection with the
packing, shipping, advertising, selling or finishing of such goods, merchandise, and all documents
of title or other Documents representing them.

“Investment Property” means, as to any Grantor, all of such Grantor’s right, title and
interest in and to any and all: (a) securities whether certificated or uncertificated; (b)
securities entitlements; (c) securities accounts; (d) commodity contracts; or (e) commodity
accounts.

“Letter-of-Credit Rights” means, as to any Grantor, all “letter-of-credit rights” as such
term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including rights to
payment or performance under a letter of credit, whether or not such Grantor, as beneficiary, has
demanded or is entitled to demand payment or performance.

“Payment Account” means each bank account established pursuant to this Security Agreement,
to which the proceeds of Accounts and other Collateral of any Grantor are deposited or credited,
and which is maintained in the name of such Grantor, on terms reasonably acceptable to the Lender.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company,
joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, Governmental
Authority, or any other entity.

“Pledge Agreement” means that certain Pledge Agreement, dated of even date herewith, among
Parent, Remedy Services, Remedy Staffing and Lender regarding a pledge of equity in the Borrowers
(other than Parent), Staffing Services NA, Inc., a Tennessee corporation, and Remedy Intelligent
Staffing Canada, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada, Remedy Insurance Group,
Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of Bermuda.

“Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in the UCC.

“Proprietary Rights” means, as to any Grantor, all of such Grantor’s now owned and
hereafter arising or acquired: licenses, franchises, permits, patents, patent rights, copyrights,
works which are the subject matter of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade
styles, trade secrets, patent, trademark and service mark applications, and all licenses and rights
related to any of the foregoing, and all other rights under any of the foregoing, all extensions,
renewals, reissues, divisions, continuations, and continuations-in-part of any of the foregoing,
and all rights to sue for past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing.

“Software” means, as to any Grantor, all “software” as such term is defined in the UCC, now
owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, other than software embedded in any category of Goods,
including all computer programs and all supporting information provided in connection with a
transaction related to any program.

“Supporting Obligations” means, as to any Grantor, all supporting obligations as such term
is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time, of the State of
California or of any other state the laws of which are required as a result thereof to be applied
in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests; provided, that,
to the extent that the UCC is used to define any term herein or in any other documents and such
term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the UCC, the definition of such
term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern.

“Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction” means any jurisdiction that has adopted “Revised
Article 9” of the UCC to be effective on or after July 1, 2001.

All other capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them
in the Credit Agreement or in Annex A thereto. All other undefined terms contained in this
Security Agreement, unless the context indicates otherwise, have the meanings provided for by the
UCC to the extent the same are used or defined therein.

2. GRANT OF LIEN.

(a) As security for the Obligations, each Grantor hereby grants to the Lender a continuing
security interest in, lien on, assignment of and right of set-off against, all of the following
property and assets of such Grantor, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or
arising, regardless of where located:

(i) all Accounts;

	 	 	 
	(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

	 	all Inventory;

all contract rights;

all Chattel Paper;

(v) all Documents;

(vi) all Instruments;

(vii) all Supporting Obligations and Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(viii) all General Intangibles (including payment intangibles and Software);

(ix) all Goods;

(x) all Equipment;

(xi) all Investment Property; provided, that, in no event shall the Collateral
include, and no Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, more than 66% of
Grantor’s shares of each of its foreign Subsidiaries;

(xii) all money, cash, cash equivalents, securities and other property of any kind of such
Grantor held directly or indirectly by the Lender;

(xiii) all of such Grantor’s Deposit Accounts, credits, and balances with and other claims
against the Lender or any of its Affiliates or any other financial institution with which such
Grantor maintains deposits, including any Payment Accounts;

(xiv) all books, records and other property related to or referring to any of the foregoing,
including books, records, account ledgers, data processing records, computer software and other
property and General Intangibles at any time evidencing or relating to any of the foregoing; and

(xv) all accessions to, substitutions for and replacements, products and proceeds of any of
the foregoing, including, but not limited to, proceeds of any insurance policies, claims against
third parties, and condemnation or requisition payments with respect to all or any of the
foregoing.

All of the foregoing for each Grantor, together with all equity interests in Subsidiaries pledged
to the Lender and all other property of any of the Grantors in which the Lender may at any time be
granted a Lien as collateral for the Obligations, is herein collectively referred to as the
“Collateral.”

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the security interest
granted herein attach to, and the Collateral shall not include (i) any capital stock and other
equity interests of its foreign Subsidiaries and any warrants, options or other rights to acquire
shares of the capital stock of its foreign Subsidiaries, except as may be granted and pledged to
the Lender pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, or (ii) any license, contract or agreement to which
the Debtor is a party to the extent that the Collateral assignment thereof or the creation of a
security interest therein would constitute a breach of the terms of such license, contract or
agreement, or would permit any party to such agreement to terminate such license, contract or
agreement, except the Collateral expressly shall include any proceeds of any of the foregoing
assets; provided that, any of the agreements excluded in accordance with the foregoing shall cease
to be so excluded (x) to the extent such term is, or would be (in the case of after-acquired
property or changes to applicable law), rendered ineffective under Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 and
9-409 of the UCC of any relevant jurisdiction (or any successor provision) or any other applicable
law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity; or (y) if the relevant Grantor has
obtained all of the consents of the other parties to such license, contract or agreement necessary
for the collateral assignment of, or creation of a security interest in, such license, contract or
agreement; provided further that, immediately upon the ineffectiveness, lapse or termination of any
such term in any such license, contract or agreement, the Collateral shall include, and the
relevant Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, all such rights and
interests as if such provision had never been in effect.

(b) All of the Obligations shall be secured by all of the Collateral.

3. PERFECTION AND PROTECTION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

(a) Each Grantor shall, at its expense, perform all steps reasonably requested by the Lender
at any time to perfect, maintain, protect, and enforce the Lender’s Liens, including: (i)
executing, delivering and/or filing and recording of the Memorandum and Notice of Security Interest
in Intellectual Property and executing and filing financing or continuation statements, and
amendments thereof, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender; (ii) delivering to
the Lender the originals of all Instruments, Documents, and tangible Chattel Paper, and all other
Collateral in such Grantor’s possession of which the Lender reasonably determines it should have
physical possession in order to perfect or protect the Lender’s security interest therein, duly
pledged, endorsed, or assigned to the Lender without restriction; (iii) delivering to the Lender
certificates of title covering any portion of the collateral for which certificates of title have
been issued; (iv) placing notations on such Grantor’s books of account to disclose the Lender’s
security interest; (v) assigning and, upon the Lender’s request during the continuance of an Event
of Default, delivering to the Lender all such Grantor’s Supporting Obligations, including letters
of credit on which such Grantor is named beneficiary with the written consent of the issuer
thereof; and (vi) taking such other steps as are deemed reasonably necessary or desirable by the
Lender to maintain and protect the Lender’s Liens. Each Grantor agrees that a carbon,
photographic, photostatic, or other reproduction of this Security Agreement or of a financing
statement is sufficient as a financing statement.

(b) Unless Lender shall otherwise consent in writing (which consent may be revoked), each
Grantor shall deliver to the Lender all Collateral consisting of negotiable Documents, certificated
securities (accompanied by stock powers executed in blank), Chattel Paper and Instruments promptly
after such Grantor receives the same.

(c) Each Grantor shall, in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, upon Lender’s
written request in its reasonably discretion obtain signed acknowledgements of the Lender’s Liens
from bailees having possession of any Collateral that they hold for the benefit of the Lender.

(d) If required by the terms of the Credit Agreement and not waived by the Lender in writing
(which waiver may be revoked), each Grantor shall obtain authenticated control agreements from each
issuer of uncertificated securities, securities intermediary, or commodities intermediary issuing
or holding any financial assets or commodities to or for such Grantor.

(e) If any Grantor is or becomes the beneficiary of a letter of credit such Grantor shall
promptly notify the Lender thereof and enter into a tri-party agreement with the Lender and the
issuer and/or confirmation bank with respect to Letter-of-Credit Rights assigning such
Letter-of-Credit Rights to the Lender and directing all payments thereunder to the Payment Account,
all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

(f) Intentionally Omitted.

(g) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Lender at any time and from time to time to
file in any filing office in any Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction any initial financing
statements and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Collateral (1) as all assets of such
Grantor or words of similar effect, regardless of whether any particular asset that is part of the
Collateral falls within the scope of Division 9 of the UCC of the State of California or such
jurisdiction, or (2) as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, and (ii) contain
any other information required by Part 5 of Division 9 of the UCC of the State of California for
the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment, including
whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organization
identification number issued to such Grantor. Each Grantor agrees to furnish any such information
to the Lender promptly upon request. Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Lender
to have filed in any Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction any like initial financing statements or
amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof.

(h) Each Grantor shall promptly notify the Lender of any material commercial tort claim (as
the term “commercial tort claim” is defined in the UCC) acquired by it and, unless otherwise
consented by the Lender, such Grantor shall enter into a supplement to this Security Agreement,
granting to the Lender a Lien in such material commercial tort claim.

(i) From time to time, each Grantor shall, upon the Lender’s request in its reasonable
discretion, execute and deliver confirmatory written instruments pledging to the Lender the
Collateral, but any Grantor’s failure to do so shall not affect or limit any security interest or
any other rights of the Lender in and to the Collateral with respect to such Grantor. So long as
the Credit Agreement is in effect and until all Obligations have been fully satisfied, the Lender’s
Liens shall continue in full force and effect in all Collateral (whether or not deemed eligible for
the purpose of calculating the Availability or as the basis for any advance, loan, extension of
credit, or other financial accommodation).

(j) Intentionally Omitted.

(k) No Reincorporation. Without limiting the prohibitions on mergers involving the
Grantors contained in the Credit Agreement, no Grantor shall reincorporate or reorganize itself
under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or
organized as of the date hereof or change its type of entity as identified on Schedule II
with not less than 10 days prior written notice to the Lender.

(l) Terminations Amendments Not Authorized. Each Grantor acknowledges that it is not
authorized to file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to
any financing statement without the prior written consent of the Lender and agrees that it will not
do so without the prior written consent of the Lender, subject to such Grantor’s rights under
Section 9509(d)(2) of the UCC.

(m) No Restriction on Payments to Lender. No Grantor shall enter into any Contract
that restricts or prohibits the grant of a security interest in Accounts, Chattel Paper,
Instruments or payment intangibles or the proceeds of the foregoing to the Lender.

4. LOCATION OF COLLATERAL.

(a) Each Grantor represents and warrants to the Lender that: (i) Schedule I is a
correct and complete list of the location of such Grantor’s chief executive office, the location of
its books and records, the locations of its Collateral, and the locations of all of its other
places of business as of the Closing Date.

5. JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION. Schedule II hereto identifies each Grantor’s
name as of the Closing Date as it appears in official filings in the state of its incorporation or
other organization, the type of entity of such Grantor (including corporation, partnership, limited
partnership or limited liability company), organizational identification number issued by such
Grantor’s state of incorporation or organization or a statement that no such number has been issued
and the jurisdiction in which such Grantor is incorporated or organized. Each Grantor has only one
state of incorporation or organization.

6. TITLE TO, LIENS ON, AND SALE AND USE OF COLLATERAL. Each Grantor represents and
warrants to the Lender and agrees with the Lender that: (a) such Grantor has, and will continue to
have, rights in and the power to transfer all of the Collateral free and clear of all Liens
whatsoever, except for Permitted Liens; (b) the Lender’s Liens in the Collateral will not be
subject to any prior Lien except for those Liens identified in clauses (c), (d), (e), (g), (h) and
(i) of the definition of Permitted Liens securing all the Obligations, and enforceable against the
Borrowers and all third parties; and (c) such Grantor will use, store, and maintain the Collateral
with all reasonable care and will use such Collateral for lawful purposes only, in each case in all
material respects.

7. Intentionally Omitted.

8. ACCESS AND EXAMINATION. The Lender may at all reasonable times during regular
business hours (and at any time when a Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing) have
access to, examine, audit, make extracts from or copies of and inspect any or all of each Grantor’s
records, files, and books of account and the Collateral, and discuss each Grantor’s affairs with
such Grantor’s officers and management. The foregoing may be accomplished by the Lender’s own
employees or its agents or independent contractors, at the Grantors’ sole expense except to the
extent set forth in the Credit Agreement. Each Grantor will deliver to the Lender any instrument
necessary for the Lender to obtain records from any service bureau maintaining records for such
Grantor. The Lender may at any time when a Default or Event of Default exists, and at the
Grantors’ expense, make copies of all of the Grantors’ books and records, or require the Grantors
to deliver such copies to the Lender. The Lender may, without expense to the Lender, use such of
the Grantors’ respective personnel, supplies, and Real Estate as may be reasonably necessary for
maintaining or enforcing the Lender’s Liens. The Lender shall have the right, at any time, in the
Lender’s name or in the name of a nominee of the Lender, to contact Account Debtors and to verify
the validity, amount or any other matter relating to the Accounts or other Collateral, by mail,
telephone, or otherwise.

9. COLLATERAL REPORTING. Administrative Borrower shall provide the Lender with the
following documents at the following times in form satisfactory to the Lender:

(a) at the times specified in Section 5.2(k) of the Credit Agreement, a schedule of the
Grantors’ Accounts created, credits given, cash collected and other adjustments to Accounts since
the last such schedule and a Borrowing Base Certificate;

(b) on a monthly basis, by the 20th day of the following month, or more frequently as
specified in Section 5.2(k) of the Credit Agreement, an aging of each Grantor’s Accounts, together
with a reconciliation to the corresponding Borrowing Base and to each Grantor’s general ledger;

(c) on a monthly basis by the 20th day of the following month, or more frequently as specified
in Section 5.2(k) of the Credit Agreement, an aging of each Grantor’s accounts payable;

(d) at the times specified in Section 5.2(k) of the Credit Agreement, a detailed calculation
of Eligible Accounts;

(e) upon reasonable request, copies of invoices in connection with each Grantor’s Accounts,
customer statements, credit memos, remittance advices and reports, deposit slips, shipping and
delivery documents in connection with such Grantor’s Accounts;

(f) such other reports as to the Collateral of each Grantor as the Lender shall reasonably
request from time to time; and

(g) with the delivery of each of the foregoing, if requested, a certificate of each Grantor
executed by an officer thereof certifying as to the accuracy and completeness of the foregoing.

If any of a Grantor’s records or reports of the Collateral are prepared by an accounting service or
other agent, the Grantor hereby authorizes such service or agent to deliver such records, reports,
and related documents to the Lender.

10. ACCOUNTS.

(a) Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Lender, with respect to such Grantor’s
Accounts, that: (i) each existing Account represents, and each future Account will represent, a
bona fide sale or lease and delivery of goods by such Grantor, or rendition of
services by such Grantor; (ii) each existing Account is, and each future Account will be, for a
liquidated amount payable by the Account Debtor thereon on the terms set forth in the invoice
therefor or in the schedule thereof delivered to the Lender, without any asserted offset,
deduction, defense, or counterclaim except those known to such Grantor and disclosed to the Lender
pursuant to this Security Agreement; (iii) no payment will be received with respect to any Account,
and no credit, discount, or extension, or agreement therefor will be granted on any Account, except
as reported to the Lender in Borrowing Base Certificates delivered in accordance with the Credit
Agreement; (iv) each copy of an invoice delivered to the Lender by such Grantor will be a genuine
copy of the original invoice sent to the Account Debtor named therein; and (v) all goods described
in any invoice representing a sale of goods will have been delivered to the Account Debtor and all
services of such Grantor described in each invoice will have been performed.

(b) No Grantor shall re-date any invoice or sale or make sales on extended dating beyond that
customary in such Grantor’s business or extend or modify any Account except in the ordinary course
of business. If any Grantor becomes aware of any matter materially adversely affecting the
collectibility of any Account or the Account Debtor therefor involving an amount greater than
$250,000, including information regarding the Account Debtor’s creditworthiness, such Grantor will
promptly so advise the Lender and exclude such Account from Eligible Accounts.

(c) No Grantor shall accept any note or other instrument (except a check or other instrument
for the immediate payment of money) with respect to any Account unless it delivers such note or
instrument to the Lender to be held as Collateral. Such instrument shall be considered as evidence
of the Account and not payment thereof and the applicable Grantor will promptly deliver such
instrument to the Lender, endorsed by such Grantor to the Lender in a manner reasonably
satisfactory to the Lender.

(d) Each Grantor shall notify the Lender promptly of all disputes and claims in excess of
$250,000 with any Account Debtor, and agrees to settle, contest, or adjust such dispute or claim
at no expense to the Lender. No discount, credit or allowance shall be granted by any Grantor to
any such Account Debtor without the Lender’s prior written consent, except for discounts, credits
and allowances made or given in the ordinary course of such Grantor’s business when no Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder. Each Grantor shall send the Lender a copy of
each credit memorandum in excess of $100,000 as soon as issued, and such Grantor shall promptly
report that credit on Borrowing Base Certificates submitted by it. The Lender may at all times
when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder, settle or adjust disputes and
claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts and upon terms which the Lender shall consider
advisable and, in all cases, the Lender will credit the Grantors’ Loan Account with the net amounts
received by the Lender in payment of any Accounts.

11. COLLECTION OF ACCOUNTS; PAYMENTS.

(a) On or prior to the date hereof, each Grantor shall establish a service for collections of
Accounts at a Clearing Bank acceptable to the Lender and subject to a Blocked Account Agreement and
other documentation reasonably acceptable to the Lender. Each Grantor shall instruct all Account
Debtors to make all payments directly to the address established for such service. If,
notwithstanding such instructions, a Grantor receives any proceeds of Accounts, it shall
immediately deliver such payments to the Lender in their original form duly endorsed in blank or
deposit them into a Payment Account. All collections received in any Payment Account or directly
by a Grantor or the Lender, and all funds in any Payment Account or other account to which such
collections are deposited shall be subject to such Grantor’s control unless a Cash Dominion Trigger
Period exists, in which case the Lender shall be the only Person entitled to give the Clearing Bank
instructions directing dispositions of funds in such Payment Account or other account to which such
collections are deposited without further consent by such Grantor; provided, that,
if a Cash Dominion Trigger Period exists and no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
the Lender shall make available to the Grantors any funds in such Payment Account after application
of such funds to the repayment of any outstanding Revolving Loans. The Lender or the Lender’s
designee may, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default,
notify Account Debtors that the Grantors’ Accounts have been assigned to the Lender and of the
Lender’s security interest therein, and may collect them directly and charge the collection costs
and expenses to the Loan Account as a Revolving Loan. So long as an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, each Grantor, at the Lender’s request, shall execute and deliver to the Lender
such documents as the Lender shall require to grant the Lender access to any post office box in
which collections of Accounts are received.

(b) If sales of any Grantor’s Inventory are made or services are rendered for cash, such
Grantor shall immediately deliver to the Lender or deposit into a Payment Account the cash which
such Grantor receives.

(c) All payments including immediately available funds received by the Lender at a bank
account designated by it, will be the Lender’s sole property for its benefit and will be credited
to the Loan Account (conditional upon final collection).

12. Intentionally Omitted.

13. EQUIPMENT. Each Grantor represents and warrants to the Lender and agrees with the
Lender that all of the Equipment owned by such Grantor is and will be used or held for use in such
Grantor’s business, and is and will be fit for such purposes in all material respects. Each
Grantor shall keep and maintain its Equipment in good operating condition and repair (ordinary wear
and tear excepted) and shall make all necessary replacements thereof in all material respects.

14. Intentionally Omitted.

15. DOCUMENTS, INSTRUMENTS, AND CHATTEL PAPER. Each Grantor represents and warrants
to the Lender that (a) all of its Documents, Instruments, and Chattel Paper describing, evidencing,
or constituting Collateral, and all signatures and endorsements thereon, are and will be complete,
valid, and genuine, and (b) all goods evidenced by such Documents, Instruments, Letter of Credit
Rights and Chattel Paper are and will be owned by such Grantor, free and clear of all Liens other
than Permitted Liens. If any Grantor retains possession of any Chattel Paper or Instruments with
Lender’s consent, such Chattel Paper and Instruments shall be marked with the following legend:
“This writing and the obligations evidenced or served hereby are subject to the security interest
of Bank of America, N.A., as Lender.”

16. RIGHT TO CURE. The Lender may, in its reasonable discretion, pay any amount or do
any act required of any Grantor hereunder or under any other Loan Document in order to preserve,
protect, maintain or enforce the Obligations, the Collateral or the Lender’s Liens therein, and
which such Grantor fails to pay or do, including payment of any judgment against such Grantor, any
insurance premium, any processing charge, any landlord’s claim, and any other Lien upon or with
respect to the Collateral. All payments that the Lender makes under this Section 16 and
all out-of-pocket costs and expenses that the Lender pays or incurs in connection with any action
taken by it hereunder shall be charged to the Grantors’ Loan Account as a Revolving Loan. Any
payment made or other action taken by the Lender under this Section 16 shall be without
prejudice to any right to assert an Event of Default hereunder and to proceed thereafter as herein
provided.

17. POWER OF ATTORNEY. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Lender and the Lender’s
designee as such Grantor’s attorney, with power so long as a Cash Dominion Trigger Period exists:
(a) to endorse such Grantor’s name on any checks, notes, acceptances, money orders, or other forms
of payment or security that come into the Lender’s possession; (b) to sign such Grantor’s name on
any invoice, or any negotiable or non-negotiable Document constituting Collateral, on drafts
against customers, on assignments of Accounts, on notices of assignment, financing statements and
other public records and to file any such financing statements by electronic means with or without
a signature as authorized or required by applicable law or filing procedure; (c) so long as any
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to notify the post office authorities to change
the address for delivery of such Grantor’s mail to an address designated by the Lender and to
receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to such Grantor; (d) to send requests for
verification of Accounts to such Grantor’s customers or Account Debtors; (e) to complete in such
Grantor’s name or the Lender’s name, any order, sale or transaction, obtain the necessary Documents
in connection therewith, and collect the proceeds thereof; (f) to the extent that such Grantor’s
authorization given in Section 3(g) of this Security Agreement is not sufficient, to file
such financing statements with respect to this Security Agreement, with or without such Grantor’s
signature, or to file a photocopy of this Security Agreement in substitution for a financing
statement, as the Lender may deem appropriate and to execute in such Grantor’s name such financing
statements and amendments thereto and continuation statements which may require such Grantor’s
signature; and (g) to do all things necessary to carry out the Credit Agreement and this Security
Agreement. Each Grantor ratifies and approves all acts of such attorney. Neither the Lender nor
its attorneys will be liable for any acts or omissions or for any error of judgment or mistake of
fact or law except for their gross negligence or willful misconduct. This power, being coupled
with an interest, is irrevocable until the Credit Agreement has been terminated and the Obligations
have been fully satisfied.

18. THE LENDER’S RIGHTS, DUTIES AND LIABILITIES.

(a) Each Grantor assumes all responsibility and liability arising from or relating to its use,
sale, license or other disposition of the Collateral. The Obligations shall not be affected by any
failure of the Lender to take any steps to perfect the Lender’s Liens or to collect or realize upon
the Collateral, nor shall loss of or damage to the Collateral release any Grantor from any of the
Obligations. Following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the
Lender may (but shall not be required to), without notice to or consent from any Grantor, sue upon
or otherwise collect, extend the time for payment of, modify or amend the terms of, compromise or
settle for cash, credit, or otherwise upon any terms, grant other indulgences, extensions,
renewals, compositions, or releases, and take or omit to take any other action with respect to the
Collateral, any security therefor, any agreement relating thereto, any insurance applicable
thereto, or any Person liable directly or indirectly in connection with any of the foregoing,
without discharging or otherwise affecting the liability of any Grantor for the Obligations or
under the Credit Agreement or any other agreement now or hereafter existing between the Lender and
any Grantor.

(b) It is expressly agreed by each Grantor that, anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, such Grantor shall remain liable under each of its contracts and each of its
licenses to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by
it thereunder. The Lender shall not have any obligation or liability under any contract or
license by reason of or arising out of this Security Agreement or the granting herein of a Lien
thereon or the receipt by the Lender of any payment relating to any contract or license pursuant
hereto. The Lender shall not be required or obligated in any manner to perform or fulfill any of
the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any contract or license, or to make any
payment, or to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it
or the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any contract or license, or to present or
file any claims, or to take any action to collect or enforce any performance or the payment of any
amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

(c) The Lender may at any time after an Event of Default has occurred and be continuing (or if
any rights of set-off (other than set-offs against an Account arising under the contract giving
rise to the same Account) or contra accounts may be asserted with respect to the following),
without prior notice to Grantor, notify Account Debtors, and other Persons obligated on the
Collateral that the Lender has a security interest therein, and that payments shall be made
directly to Lender. Upon the request of Lender, each Grantor shall so notify Account Debtors and
other Persons obligated on Collateral. Once any such notice has been given to any Account Debtor
or other Person obligated on the Collateral, unless no Event of Default exists, no Grantor shall
give any contrary instructions to such Account Debtor or other Person without Lender’s prior
written consent.

(d) The Lender may at any time in the Lender’s own name or in the name of any Grantor
communicate with such Grantor’s Account Debtors, parties to such Grantor’s Contracts and obligors
in respect of such Grantor’s Instruments to verify with such Persons, to the Lender’s satisfaction,
the existence, amount and terms of such Grantor’s Accounts, payment intangibles, Instruments or
Chattel Paper. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Grantor, at its
own expense, shall cause the independent certified public accountants then engaged by such Grantor
to prepare and deliver to the Lender at any time and from time to time promptly upon the Lender’s
request the following reports with respect to such Grantor: (i) a reconciliation of all such
Grantor’s Accounts; (ii) an aging of all such Grantor’s Accounts; (iii) trial balances; and (iv) a
test verification of all of such Grantor’s Accounts as the Lender may request. Each Grantor, at
its own expense, upon Lender’s written request, shall deliver to the Lender the results of each
physical verification, if any, which such Grantor may in its discretion have made, or caused any
other Person to have made on its behalf, of all or any portion of its Inventory.

19. PATENT, TRADEMARK AND COPYRIGHT COLLATERAL.

(a) No Grantor has any interest in, or title to, any federally registered Patent, Trademark or
Copyright except as set forth in Schedule III hereto (as updated from time to time). This
Security Agreement is effective to create a valid and continuing Lien on and, upon filing of the
Memorandum and Notice of Security Interest in Intellectual Property with the United States Patent
and Trademark Office, perfected Liens in favor of the Lender on each Grantor’s federally registered
patents and trademarks and such perfected Liens are enforceable as such as against any and all
creditors of and purchasers from each Grantor. Upon filing of the Memorandum and Notice of
Security Interest in Intellectual Property with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and
the filing of appropriate financing statements, all action necessary or desirable to protect and
perfect the Lender’s Lien on each Grantor’s federally registered patents or trademarks shall have
been duly taken.

(b) Each Grantor shall notify the Lender immediately if it knows or has reason to know that
any application or registration relating to any material patent, trademark or copyright (now or
hereafter existing) may become abandoned or dedicated, or of any adverse determination or
development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any
proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or
any court) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of any such patent, trademark or copyright, its right
to register the same, or to keep and maintain the same.

(c) In no event shall any Grantor, either directly or through any agent, employee, licensee or
designee, file an application for the registration of any patent, trademark or copyright with the
United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any similar office
or agency without giving the Lender prior written notice thereof, and, upon request of the Lender,
such Grantor shall execute and deliver any and all Memorandum and Notice of Security Interest in
Intellectual Property, as Lender may reasonably request to evidence the Lender’s Lien on such
patent, trademark or copyright, and the General Intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or
represented thereby.

(d) Each Grantor shall take all actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Lender to
maintain and pursue each application, to obtain the relevant registration and to maintain the
registration of each of the material federally registered patents, trademarks and copyrights (now
or hereafter existing), including the filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use,
affidavits of noncontestability and opposition and interference and cancellation proceedings,
unless such Grantor shall determine that such patent, trademark or copyright is not material to the
conduct of the business of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(e) In the event that any of the material federally registered patent, trademark or copyright
Collateral is infringed upon, or misappropriated or diluted by a third party, the Grantor owning or
licensing the same shall notify the Lender promptly after such Grantor learns thereof. Such
Grantor shall, unless it shall reasonably determine that such patent, trademark or copyright
Collateral is not material to the conduct of the business or operations of Parent and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and to
recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, and shall take
such other actions as the Lender shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to
protect such patent, trademark or copyright Collateral.

20. Intentionally Omitted.

21. LIMITATION ON LIENS ON COLLATERAL. No Grantor will create, permit or suffer to
exist, and will defend the Collateral against, and take such other action as is necessary to
remove, any Lien on the Collateral except Permitted Liens, and will defend the right, title and
interest of the Lender in and to any of such Grantor’s rights under the Collateral against the
claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever.

22. NOTICE REGARDING COLLATERAL. Each Grantor will advise Lender promptly, in
reasonable detail, (a) of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) or claim made or asserted against
any of the Collateral, and (b) of the occurrence of any other event which would have a Material
Adverse Effect.

23. REMEDIES; RIGHTS UPON DEFAULT.

(a) In addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it under this Security Agreement,
the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and under any other instrument or agreement
securing, evidencing or relating to any of the Obligations, if any Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the Lender may exercise all rights and remedies of a secured party
under the UCC. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor expressly agrees
that in any such event the Lender, without demand of performance or other demand, advertisement or
notice of any kind (except the notice specified below of time and place of public or private sale)
to or upon such Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, advertisements and
notices are hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the UCC and other applicable
law), may forthwith enter upon the premises of such Grantor where any Collateral is located through
self-help, without judicial process, without first obtaining a final judgment or giving such
Grantor or any other Person notice and opportunity for a hearing on Lender’s claim or action and
may collect, receive, assemble, process, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part
thereof, and may forthwith sell, lease, license, assign, give an option or options to purchase, or
sell or otherwise dispose of and deliver said Collateral (or contract to do so), or any part
thereof, in one or more parcels at a public or private sale or sales, at any exchange at such
prices as it may deem acceptable, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption
of any credit risk. The Lender shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales and, to the
extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase for the benefit of the
Lender, the whole or any part of said Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of
redemption, which equity of redemption each Grantor hereby releases. Such sales may be adjourned
and continued from time to time with or without notice. The Lender shall have the right to conduct
such sales on any Grantor’s premises or elsewhere and shall have the right to use any Grantor’s
premises without charge for such time or times as the Lender deems necessary or advisable.

(b) Each Grantor further agrees, at the Lender’s request, to assemble the Collateral of such
Grantor and make it available to the Lender at a place or places designated by the Lender which are
reasonably convenient to the Lender and such Grantor, whether at such Grantor’s premises or
elsewhere. Until the Lender is able to effect a sale, lease, or other disposition of Collateral,
the Lender shall have the right to hold or use Collateral, or any part thereof, to the extent that
it deems appropriate for the purpose of preserving Collateral or its value or for any other purpose
deemed appropriate by the Lender. The Lender shall have no obligation to any Grantor to maintain
or preserve the rights of such Grantor as against third parties with respect to Collateral while
Collateral is in the possession of the Lender. The Lender may, if it so elects, seek the
appointment of a receiver or keeper to take possession of Collateral and to enforce any of the
Lender’s remedies, with respect to such appointment without prior notice or hearing as to such
appointment. The Lender shall apply the net proceeds of any such collection, recovery, receipt,
appropriation, realization or sale to the Obligations as provided in the Credit Agreement, and only
after so paying over such net proceeds, and after the payment by the Lender of any other amount
required by any provision of law, need the Lender account for the surplus, if any, to the Grantors.
To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages, and
demands against the Lender arising out of the repossession, retention or sale of the Collateral
except such as arise solely out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender as
finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Each Grantor agrees that 10 days prior
notice by the Lender of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which a private
sale may take place is reasonable notification of such matters. Each Grantor shall remain liable
for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to
pay all Obligations, including any attorneys’ fees or other expenses incurred by the Lender to
collect such deficiency.

(c) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each Grantor hereby waives presentment,
demand, protest or any notice (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) of any kind in
connection with this Security Agreement or any Collateral.

(d) To the extent that applicable law imposes duties on the Lender to exercise remedies in a
commercially reasonable manner, each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that it is not commercially
unreasonable for the Lender (i) to fail to incur expenses reasonably deemed significant by the
Lender to prepare Collateral for disposition or otherwise to complete raw material or work in
process into finished goods or other finished products for disposition, (ii) to fail to obtain
third party consents for access to Collateral to be disposed of, or to obtain or, if not required
by other law, to fail to obtain governmental or third party consents for the collection or
disposition of Collateral to be collected or disposed of, (iii) to fail to exercise collection
remedies against Account Debtors or other Persons obligated on Collateral or to remove Liens on or
any adverse claims against Collateral, (iv) to exercise collection remedies against Account Debtors
and other Persons obligated on Collateral directly or through the use of collection agencies and
other collection specialists, (v) to advertise dispositions of Collateral through publications or
media of general circulation, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (vi) to
contact other Persons, whether or not in the same business as any Grantor, for expressions of
interest in acquiring all or any portion of such Collateral, (vii) to hire one or more professional
auctioneers to assist in the disposition of Collateral, whether or not the Collateral is of a
specialized nature, (viii) to dispose of Collateral by utilizing internet sites that provide for
the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capacity
of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets, (ix) to dispose of assets in wholesale
rather than retail markets, (x) to disclaim disposition warranties, such as title, possession or
quiet enjoyment, (xi) to purchase insurance or credit enhancements to insure the Lender against
risks of loss, collection or disposition of Collateral or to provide to the Lender a guaranteed
return from the collection or disposition of Collateral, or (xii) to the extent deemed appropriate
by the Lender, to obtain the services of other brokers, investment bankers, consultants and other
professionals to assist the Lender in the collection or disposition of any of the Collateral. Each
Grantor acknowledges that the purpose of this Section 20(d) is to provide non-exhaustive
indications of what actions or omissions by the Lender would not be commercially unreasonable in
the Lender’s exercise of remedies against the Collateral and that other actions or omissions by the
Lender shall not be deemed commercially unreasonable solely on account of not being indicated in
this Section 20(d). Without limitation upon the foregoing, nothing contained in this
Section 20(d) shall be construed to grant any rights to any Grantor or to impose any duties
on the Lender that would not have been granted or imposed by this Security Agreement or by
applicable law in the absence of this Section 23(d).

24. GRANT OF LICENSE TO USE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. For the purpose of enabling the
Lender to exercise rights and remedies under Section 23 hereof (including, without limiting
the terms of Section 23 hereof, in order to take possession of, hold, preserve, process,
assemble, prepare for sale, market for sale, sell or otherwise dispose of Collateral) at such time
as the Lender shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby
grants to the Lender an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty
or other compensation to such Grantor) to use, license or sublicense any Proprietary Rights now
owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in
such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and
to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof.

25. LIMITATION ON LENDER’S DUTY IN RESPECT OF COLLATERAL. The Lender shall use
reasonable care with respect to the Collateral in its possession or under its control. The Lender
shall not have any other duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the
possession or control of any agent or nominee of the Lender, or any income thereon or as to the
preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto.

26. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Reinstatement. This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and
continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against any Grantor for liquidation or
reorganization, should any Grantor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any
creditor or creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part
of such Grantor’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be,
if at any time payment and performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to
applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any
obligee of the Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or
otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any
payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Obligations shall be
reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or
returned.

(b) Notices. Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever it is provided herein that
any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall or may be
given to or served upon any of the parties by any other party, or whenever any of the parties
desires to give and serve upon any other party any communication with respect to this Security
Agreement, each such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication
shall be in writing and shall be given in the manner, and deemed received, as provided for in the
Credit Agreement.

(c) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Security Agreement shall
be interpreted in a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision
of this Security Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision
shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the
remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Security Agreement. This Security
Agreement is to be read, construed and applied together with the Credit Agreement and the other
Loan Documents which, taken together, set forth the complete understanding and agreement of Lender
and Grantors with respect to the matters referred to herein and therein.

(d) No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. Lender shall not by any act, delay, omission or
otherwise be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder, and no waiver shall be
valid unless in writing, signed by the Lender and then only to the extent therein set forth. A
waiver by the Lender of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as
a bar to any right or remedy which the Lender would otherwise have had on any future occasion. No
failure to exercise nor any delay in exercising on the part of the Lender, any right, power or
privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of
any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies hereunder provided are
cumulative and may be exercised singly or concurrently, and are not exclusive of any rights and
remedies provided by law. None of the terms or provisions of this Security Agreement may be
waived, altered, modified or amended except by an instrument in writing, duly executed by the
Lender and the Grantors.

(e) Limitation by Law. All rights, remedies and powers provided in this Security
Agreement may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any
applicable provision of law, and all the provisions of this Security Agreement are intended to be
subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of law that may be controlling and to be limited to
the extent necessary so that they shall not render this Security Agreement invalid, unenforceable,
in whole or in part, or not entitled to be recorded, registered or filed under the provisions of
any applicable law.

(f) Termination of this Security Agreement. Subject to Section 26(a) hereof,
this Security Agreement shall terminate upon the satisfactory collateralization of all Letters of
Credit and the payment in full of all other Obligations (other than indemnification Obligations as
to which no claim has been asserted).

(g) Successors and Assigns. This Security Agreement and all obligations of the
Grantors hereunder shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor (including any
debtor-in-possession on behalf of any Grantor) and shall, together with the rights and remedies of
the Lender, hereunder, inure to the benefit of the Lender, all future holders of any instrument
evidencing any of the Obligations and their respective successors and assigns. No sales of
participations, other sales, assignments, transfers or other dispositions of any agreement
governing or instrument evidencing the Obligations or any portion thereof or interest therein shall
in any manner affect the Lien granted to the Lender hereunder. Grantor may not assign, sell,
hypothecate or otherwise transfer any interest in or obligation under this Security Agreement.

(h) Counterparts. This Security Agreement may be authenticated in any number of
separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one and the same
agreement. This Security Agreement may be authenticated by manual signature, facsimile or, if
approved in writing by the Lender, electronic means, all of which shall be equally valid.

(i) Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver.

(i) THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE INTERPRETED AND THE RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES
HERETO DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS
PROVISIONS PROVIDED THAT ISSUES WITH RESPECT TO CREATION, PERFECTION, AND ENFORCEMENT OF LIENS
UNDER DIVISION 9 OF THE UCC MAY GIVE EFFECT TO APPLICABLE CHOICE OR CONFLICT OF LAW RULES SET FORTH
IN DIVISION 9 OF THE UCC) OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA; PROVIDED, THAT, THE LENDER
SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

(ii) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
LOCATED IN LOS ANGELES COUNTY, CALIFORNIA, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS SECURITY
AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE GRANTORS AND THE LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY,
TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH OF THE GRANTORS AND THE LENDER IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF
FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED
HERETO. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING: (1) THE LENDER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO BRING ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING AGAINST ANY GRANTOR OR ANY OF ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION THE
LENDER DEEMS NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE IN ORDER TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR OTHER SECURITY FOR
THE SECURED OBLIGATIONS AND (2) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THE
COURTS DESCRIBED IN THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING SENTENCE MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED
OUTSIDE THOSE JURISDICTIONS.

(iii) EACH GRANTOR HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS UPON IT AND CONSENTS
THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY OVERNIGHT MAIL, COURIER SERVICE, OR REGISTERED MAIL
(RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED) DIRECTED TO SUCH GRANTOR AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH IN THE CREDIT
AGREEMENT AND SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE COMPLETED 5 DAYS AFTER THE SAME SHALL HAVE BEEN
SO DEPOSITED IN THE U.S. MAILS POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF
LENDER TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS BY ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

(iv) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, ANY
CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY
AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT INCLUDING ANY CLAIM BASED ON OR ARISING FROM AN ALLEGED TORT,
SHALL AT THE REQUEST OF ANY PARTY HERETO BE DETERMINED BY BINDING ARBITRATION. The arbitration
shall be conducted in accordance with the United States Arbitration Act (Title 9, U.S. Code),
notwithstanding any choice of law provision in this Security Agreement, and under the Commercial
Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). The arbitrator(s) shall give effect
to statutes of limitation in determining any claim. Any controversy concerning whether an issue is
arbitrable shall be determined by the arbitrator(s). Judgment upon the arbitration award may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance of an action for
judicial relief or pursuant to a provisional or ancillary remedy shall not constitute a waiver of
the right of either party, including the plaintiff, to submit the controversy or claim to
arbitration if any other party contests such action for judicial relief.

(v) Notwithstanding the provisions of (iv) above, no controversy or claim shall be submitted
to arbitration without the consent of all parties if, at the time of the proposed submission, such
controversy or claim arises from or related to an obligation to the Lender which is secured by real
estate property collateral (exclusive of real estate space lease assignments). If all the parties
do not consent to submission of such a controversy or claim to arbitration, the controversy or
claim shall be determined as provided in Section 26 (i)(vi).

(vi) At the request of either party a controversy or claim which is not submitted to
arbitration as provided and limited in Sections 26 (i)(iv) and 26(i)(v) shall be determined
by judicial reference. If such an election is made, the parties shall designate to the court a
referee or referees selected under the auspices of the AAA in the same manner as arbitrators are
selected in AAA-sponsored proceedings. The presiding referee of the panel, or the referee if there
is a single referee, shall be an active attorney or retired judge. Judgment upon the award
rendered by such referee or referees shall be entered in the court in which such proceeding was
commenced.

(vii) No provision of Sections (iv) through (vi) shall limit the right of the Lender to
exercise self-help remedies such as setoff, foreclosure against or sale of any real or personal
property collateral or security, or obtaining provisional or ancillary remedies from a court of
competent jurisdiction before, after, or during the pendency of any arbitration or other
proceeding. The exercise of a remedy does not waive the right of either party to resort to
arbitration or reference. At the Lender’s option, foreclosure under a deed of trust or mortgage
may be accomplished either by exercise of power of sale under the deed of trust or mortgage or by
judicial foreclosure.

(viii) SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 (i)(iv), EACH GRANTOR AND THE LENDER
EACH IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION
BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR
THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF
ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY LENDER-RELATED PERSON,
PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. EACH
GRANTOR AND THE LENDER EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT
TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR
RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION,
COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR
ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR
THEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

(j) NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY ANY GRANTOR AGAINST THE LENDER, OR THE AFFILIATES, DIRECTORS,
OFFICERS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, OR AGENTS OF THE LENDER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AND EACH GRANTOR
HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT
ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.

(k) Section Titles. The Section titles contained in this Security Agreement are and
shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the
agreement between the parties hereto.

(l) No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the
negotiation and drafting of this Security Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of
intent or interpretation arises, this Security Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly
by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any
party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Security Agreement.

(m) Advice of Counsel. Each of the parties represents to each other party hereto that
it has discussed this Security Agreement and, specifically, the provisions of Section 26(i)
and Section 26(j), with its counsel.

(n) Benefit of Lender. All Liens granted or contemplated hereby shall be for the
benefit of Lender, and all proceeds or payments realized from Collateral in accordance herewith
shall be applied to the Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Security Agreement to be
executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

REMX, INC.,

a California corporation

By:

Name:

Title:

REMEDYTEMP, INC.,

a California corporation

By:

Name:

Title:

REMEDY TEMPORARY SERVICES, INC.,

a California corporation

By:

Name:

Title:

REMEDY INTELLIGENT STAFFING, INC.,

a California corporation

By:

Name:

Title:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Lender

By:

Name:

Title:

13

SCHEDULE I

to

SECURITY AGREEMENT

LOCATION OF COLLATERAL

[to be completed by the Grantors]

A. Location of Chief Executive Office:

B. Location of Books and Records:

C. Location of Collateral:

D. Location of all other places of business:

E. Location of leased facilities and name of lessor/sublessor:

14

SCHEDULE II

to

SECURITY AGREEMENT

JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION

[to be completed by the Grantors]

A. Each Grantor’s legal name:

	 	B.	 	Type of entity (i.e. corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability
company):

	 	C.	 	Organizational identification number issued by each Grantor’s state of incorporation or
organization or a statement that no such number has been issued:

	 	D.	 	State of Incorporation or Organization:

15

SCHEDULE III

to

SECURITY AGREEMENT

PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

[to be completed by the Grantors]

16

PLEDGE AGREEMENT

This PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 1, 2004, is entered
into by and among each of the undersigned Pledgors (as such term is defined herein), and Bank of
America, N.A. (the “Lender”).

R E C I T A L S

A. RemedyTemp, Inc., a California corporation (“Parent”), REMX, Inc., a California
corporation (“REMX”), Remedy Temporary Services, Inc., a California corporation
(“Remedy Services”), and Remedy Intelligent Staffing, Inc., a California corporation
(“Remedy Staffing”)(collectively, the “Borrowers”) and the Lender are concurrently
herewith entering into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of even date herewith (the
“Credit Agreement”);

B. Pledgors are the record and beneficial owners of certain securities identified (i) on
Schedule A attached hereto issued by each domestic corporation listed on such Schedule
(each a “Domestic Corporation”), (ii) on Schedule B attached hereto issued by each
foreign corporation listed on such Schedule (each a “Foreign Corporation” and together with
the Domestic Corporation, the “Corporation”), (iii) on Schedule C attached hereto
issued by each domestic limited liability company listed on such Schedule (each an “Domestic
LLC”), or (iv) on Schedule D attached hereto issued by each foreign limited liability
company listed on such Schedule (each a “Foreign LLC” and together with the Domestic LLC,
the “LLC”), which each Pledgor is willing to pledge to the Lender as further security for
Pledgors’ obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; and

C. In order to induce the Lender to enter into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and to make the loans and issue the letters of credit as provided in the Credit
Agreement, the Pledgors have agreed to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, conditions,
representations, and warranties hereinafter set forth, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

A G R E E M E N T

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. All initially capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall
have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement. In addition, the following terms shall have
the following meanings:

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq.),
as amended or supplemented from time to time, and any successor statute, and any and all rules
issued or promulgated in connection therewith.

“Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any revision, amendment, or successor
statute), as in effect from time to time, of the State of California.

“Collateral” means all of the following:

(a) 100% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of
capital stock of each of the Domestic Corporations owned by any Pledgor and listed on Schedule
A (collectively, the “Domestic Shares”), and the certificates representing the Domestic
Shares, if any;

(b) 100% of any Pledgor’s presently existing and hereafter arising stock subscription
warrants, stock options, or other rights to purchase capital stock and all rights represented
thereby of each Domestic Corporation (collectively, the “Domestic Stock Options”);

(c) 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of
capital stock of each of the Foreign Corporations which are entitled to vote for directors or on
any other matter and owned by any Pledgor and listed on Schedule B (collectively, the
“Foreign Shares” and together with the Domestic Shares, the “Shares”), and the
certificates representing the Foreign Shares, if any;

(d) 100% of any Pledgor’s presently existing and hereafter arising stock subscription
warrants, stock options, or other rights to purchase capital stock and all rights represented
thereby of each Foreign Corporation, but only to the extent that the securities acquired upon
exercise of such rights, when aggregated with the Foreign Shares pledged under clause (c) of this
definition, will not constitute more than 65% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock
of a Foreign Corporation which are entitled to vote for directors or on any other matter
(collectively, the “Foreign Stock Options” and together with the Domestic Stock Options,
the “Stock Options”);

(e) 100% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding limited
liability company interests of each of the Domestic LLCs owned by any Pledgor and listed on
Schedule C (collectively, the “Domestic LLC Interests”), and the certificates
representing the Domestic LLC Interests, if any;

(f) 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding limited
liability company interests of each of the Foreign LLCs owned by any Pledgor and listed on
Schedule D (collectively, the “Foreign LLC Interests” and together with the
Domestic LLC Interests, the “LLC Interests”), and the certificates representing the Foreign
LLC Interests, if any;

(g) 100% of any Pledgor’s presently existing and hereafter arising subscription warrants,
options, or other rights to purchase membership interests and all rights represented thereby of
each LLC (the “LLC Options”); and

(h) The proceeds of all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any and all
dividends, cash, instruments, and other property from time to time received, receivable, or
otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any of the Shares, the LLC Interests, the
Stock Options and the LLC Options (collectively, the “Proceeds”).

“Event of Default” means an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement.

“Obligations” means all Obligations under the Credit Agreement and all of the present
and future obligations of Pledgors hereunder.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, Governmental
Authority, or any other entity.

“Pledgor” means (a) each of the undersigned Persons (other than the Lender) and (b)
each other Person, if any, that becomes a party to this Agreement after the Closing Date, by
joinder or otherwise, pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, and in each case their
respective successors and assigns, and “Pledgors” means two or more of such Persons,
collectively.

“‘33 Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and supplemented from time to
time, and any successor statute, and any and all rules promulgated in connection therewith.

1.2 Construction. Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise: (a)
references to the plural include the singular and references to the singular include the plural;
(b) references to any gender include the other gender; (c) the terms “include” and “including” are
not limiting; and (d) the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”.
The terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” and “hereunder,” and other similar terms in this Agreement,
refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.
References in this Agreement to any “determination,” or any matter being “determined,” by the
Lender include good faith estimates (in the case of quantitative determinations), and good faith
beliefs (in the case of qualitative determinations) by the Lender and mean that any such
determination so made shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Unless otherwise specified,
section and subsection references are to this Agreement. Any reference to any statute, law, or
regulation shall include all amendments thereto and revisions thereof. Any reference herein to any
of the Loan Documents includes any and all alterations, amendments, extensions, modifications,
renewals, or supplements thereto or thereof, as applicable.

2. PLEDGE.

As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance of its Obligations, each
Pledgor hereby delivers, pledges, and grants to the Lender a continuing security interest in all of
each Pledgor’s now-owned or hereafter-acquired right, title, and interest in and to the Collateral.

3. DELIVERY OF COLLATERAL; FURTHER ASSURANCES.

3.1 Delivery. All certificates or instruments representing or evidencing the Collateral shall
be delivered promptly to and held by the Lender pursuant hereto and shall be in suitable form for
transfer by delivery and shall be accompanied by all necessary instruments of transfer or
assignment, duly executed in blank and undated, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Lender.

3.2 Uncertificated Securities. In the event that the securities that comprise the Collateral
are uncertificated or in book entry form, then each Pledgor shall (a) take such actions as may be
required to cause each Corporation and LLC (i) to reflect the Lender as the registered owner of
such Collateral and (ii) to otherwise take such actions as the Lender may reasonably require for
the Lender’s security interest therein to be perfected by giving the Lender “control” of the Shares
and/or the LLC Interests, pursuant to Section 8106 of the Code, or as may otherwise be necessary to
ensure that the Lender’s security interest is perfected pursuant to the laws of any jurisdiction
outside of the United States and (b) upon request of the Lender, provide the Lender with an opinion
of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, to the effect that the Lender has a perfected
security interest in the Collateral and such other opinions as the Lender may reasonably require,
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

3.3 Registration. Lender shall have the right, at any time after an Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to transfer to or to
register in the name of Lender or any of its nominees any or all of the Collateral, subject only to
the revocable rights specified in Section 5.1.

3.4 Further Assurances. Each Pledgor agrees that it will cooperate with the Lender, upon
request of the Lender, and shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the
Lender, all stock powers, proxies, applications, agreements, assignments, financing statements,
instruments, and other documents, and shall take all further action, at the expense of such
Pledgor, from time to time reasonably requested by the Lender, in order to maintain a continuing,
first-priority, perfected security interest in the Collateral in favor of the Lender, and to enable
the Lender to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to the
Collateral, and each Pledgor agrees that it shall execute and deliver to the Lender at the Lender’s
request any further applications, agreements, documents and instruments, and shall perform any and
all acts reasonably deemed necessary by the Lender, to carry into effect the terms, conditions, and
provisions of this Agreement and the transactions connected herewith.

Should any Pledgor fail to execute or deliver any such applications, agreements, documents,
financing statements and instruments, or to perform any such acts, such Pledgor acknowledges that
the Lender may execute and deliver the same and perform such acts in the name of such Pledgor and
on its behalf as its attorney-in-fact in accordance with Section 13.

4. LENDER’S DUTIES.

The powers conferred on the Lender hereunder are solely to protect the interest of the Lender
in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Lender to exercise any such powers.
Lender shall not have any duties with respect to the Collateral other than the duty to use
reasonable care if the Collateral is in its possession and to account for monies actually received
by it hereunder. In accordance with Section 9207 of the Code, the Lender shall be deemed to have
used reasonable care if it observes substantially the same standard of care with respect to the
custody or preservation of the Collateral as it observes with respect to similar assets owned by
the Lender. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lender shall be under no
obligation to take any steps to preserve rights in the Collateral against any other parties, to
sell the same if it threatens to decline in value, or to ascertain or to exercise any rights
represented thereby (including rights with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, or
tenders); provided, however, that the Lender may, at its option, do so, and any and
all expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be for the account of Pledgors.

5. VOTING RIGHTS; DIVIDENDS; ETC.

During the term of this Agreement, and as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing:

5.1 Voting Rights. Any Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other
consensual rights pertaining to the Shares or LLC Interests owned by such Pledgor, or any part
thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement; provided,
however, no vote shall be cast or any consent, waiver or ratification given or any action
taken which would violate or be inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement
or any other Loan Document or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Dividends and Distributions. Each Pledgor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and
all dividends and distributions paid in respect of the Shares and any and all distributions in
respect of the LLC Interests (but only to the extent that such dividends and/or distributions are
permitted under the Credit Agreement) (collectively, the “Distributions”);
provided, however, that any and all Distributions paid or payable in capital stock,
LLC membership interests, Stock Options, or LLC Options shall be forthwith delivered to the Lender
to hold as Collateral and shall, if received by any Pledgor, be received in trust for the benefit
of the Lender, be segregated from the other property or funds of any Pledgor, and be forthwith
delivered to the Lender as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary
endorsement), and, if deemed appropriate by the Lender, Pledgors shall take such actions, including
the actions described in Section 2, as the Lender may reasonably require. The foregoing
notwithstanding, a Pledgor shall not be obligated to deliver any Distributions to the Lender to the
extent that, under applicable law, the Lender is able to obtain a first priority, perfected
security interest in such Distributions without the Lender taking possession of such Distributions.

6. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS.

Each Pledgor warrants, represents, and covenants that:

6.1 Outstanding Shares. Each Corporation presently has issued and outstanding the number of
shares of capital stock listed on Schedule A and Schedule B respectively hereto (as
updated by written notice to Lender), of which Pledgors own the percentages thereof listed on such
Schedule. Each LLC presently has issued and outstanding the number of units of membership
interests listed on Schedule C and Schedule D respectively hereto (as updated by
written notice to Lender), of which Pledgors own the percentages thereof listed on such Schedule;

6.2 Options. There are no presently existing Stock Options or LLC Options except as disclosed
on Schedule 6.2 (as updated by written notice to Lender).

6.3 Potential Changes Affecting Collateral. Each Pledgor has made its own arrangements for
keeping informed of changes or potential changes affecting the Collateral (including, but not
limited to, rights to convert, rights to subscribe, payment of dividends or distributions,
reorganization or other exchanges, tender offers, and voting rights), and each Pledgor agrees that
the Lender shall not have any responsibility or liability for informing such Pledgor of any such
changes or potential changes or for taking any action or omitting to take any action with respect
thereto.

6.4 Additional Securities Issuances. Pledgors will not permit any Corporation to issue
additional capital stock (except pursuant to the exercise of already outstanding options disclosed
on Schedule 6.2) or any Stock Options without the prior written notice to the Lender.
Pledgors will not permit any LLC to issue additional membership interests or any LLC Options
without prior written notice to the Lender.

6.5 Ownership of Collateral. Other than United States federal and state securities laws and
rules, there are no restrictions upon the transfer of any of the Collateral to or by the Lender,
each Pledgor is the sole beneficial owner of the Collateral owned by such Pledgor, and each Pledgor
has the right to pledge and grant a security interest in or otherwise transfer such Collateral free
of any encumbrances or rights of third parties.

6.6 No Encumbrances. All of the Collateral shall remain free from all liens, claims,
encumbrances, and purchase-money or other security interests except as created hereby and except
for Permitted Liens, as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement. Each Pledgor shall not,
without the Lender’s prior written consent, sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral to
the extent that such sale or other disposition would violate the Credit Agreement.

7. SHARE ADJUSTMENTS.

In the event that during the term of this Agreement, any reclassification, readjustment, or
other change is declared or made in the capital structure of any Corporation or LLC, all new
substituted and additional Shares, LLC Interests, Stock Options, LLC Options or other securities,
issued or issuable to any Pledgor by reason of any such change or exercise (the “Adjustment
Securities”), shall be delivered to and held by the Lender under the terms of this Agreement in
the same manner as the Collateral originally pledged hereunder; provided, however,
with respect to any Foreign Corporation or Foreign LLC, such Adjustment Securities related thereto
shall be delivered to and held by the Lender to the extent such Adjustment Securities when
aggregated with the Foreign Shares or Foreign LLC Interests of such Foreign Corporation or Foreign
LLC, as applicable would not constitute more than 65% of the issued and outstanding shares of
capital stock of such Foreign Corporation or Foreign LLC, as applicable which are entitled to vote
for directors or on any other matter.

8. OPTIONS.

In the event that during the term of this Agreement, Stock Options or LLC Options shall be
issued or exercised in connection with the Collateral, such Stock Options or LLC Options acquired
by any Pledgor shall be immediately assigned by such Pledgor to the Lender, and all new shares or
other securities so acquired by such Pledgor (collectively, the “Option Exercise
Securities”), shall also be immediately assigned to the Lender to be held under the terms of
this Agreement in the same manner as the Collateral originally pledged hereunder; provided,
however, with respect to any Foreign Corporation or Foreign LLC, such Option Exercise
Securities related thereto shall be immediately assigned to the Lender to the extent such Option
Exercise Securities when aggregated with the Foreign Shares or Foreign LLC Interests of such
Foreign Corporation or Foreign LLC, as applicable would not constitute more than 65% of the issued
and outstanding capital stock of such Foreign Corporation or Foreign LLC, as applicable which are
entitled to vote for directors or on any other matter.

9. CONSENT.

Each Pledgor hereby consents that, from time to time, before or after the occurrence or
existence of any Event of Default with or without notice to or assent from any Pledgor, any other
security at any time held by or available to the Lender for any of the Obligations or any other
security at any time held by or available to the Lender of any other person, firm, or corporation
secondarily or otherwise liable for any of the Obligations, may be exchanged, surrendered, or
released and any of the Obligations may be changed, altered, renewed, extended, continued,
surrendered, compromised, waived, or released, in whole or in part, in each case, in accordance
with the Loan Documents, as the Lender may see fit. Each Pledgor shall remain bound under this
Agreement notwithstanding any such exchange, surrender, release, alteration, renewal, extension,
continuance, compromise, waiver, or inaction, or extension of further credit.

10. EVENT OF DEFAULT.

The occurrence of an Event of Default under, and as defined in, the Credit Agreement shall
constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”) under this Agreement.

11. REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT.

During the continuance of an Event of Default, the Lender shall have, in addition to any other
rights given by law or in this Agreement, in the Credit Agreement, or in any other Loan Document,
all of the rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral of a secured party under the Code,
and also shall have, without limitation, the following rights, which each Pledgor hereby agrees to
be commercially reasonable:

11.1 to transfer all or any part of the Collateral into the Lender’s name or the name of its
nominee or nominees;

11.2 all rights of each Pledgor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights that it
would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.1 and to receive the
dividends and distributions that it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to
Section 5.2 shall, at the Lender’s option, cease, and all such rights shall, at the
Lender’s option, thereupon become vested in the Lender and the Lender shall, at its option,
thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights and to receive
and hold as Collateral such dividends, distributions and interest payments. Any payments received
by any Pledgor contrary to the provisions of this Section shall be held in trust by such Pledgor
for the benefit of the Lender, shall be segregated from other funds of such Pledgor, and shall be
promptly paid over to the Lender, with any necessary endorsement;

11.3 to vote the Shares or LLC Interests (whether or not transferred into the name of the
Lender), and give all consents, waivers and ratifications in respect of the Collateral and
otherwise act with respect thereto as though it were the outright owner thereof; EACH PLEDGOR
HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSTITUTES AND APPOINTS THE LENDER THE PROXY AND ATTORNEY-IN-FACT OF SUCH
PLEDGOR, COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST, WITH FULL POWER OF SUBSTITUTION TO DO SO; SUCH PROXY SHALL
CONTINUE IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AND TERMINATE UPON THE INDEFEASIBLE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE
SECURED OBLIGATIONS.

11.4 at any time or from time to time, to sell, assign and deliver, or grant options to
purchase, all or any part of the Collateral, or any interest therein, at any public or private
sale, in one (1) or more sales or lots, without demand of performance, or advertisement, or notice
of intent to sell or of the time and place of sale or adjournment thereof or to redeem or otherwise
(all of which are hereby waived by each Pledgor) for cash, on credit, or for other property, for
immediate or future delivery without any assumption of credit risk, and for such price or prices
and on such terms as the Lender in its absolute discretion may deem commercially reasonable.
Lender shall not be obligated to make any such sale of Collateral regardless of whether any such
notice of sale has therefor been given. Each Pledgor hereby waives any other requirement of
notice, demand, or advertisement for sale, to the extent permitted by law. Each Pledgor hereby
waives and releases to the fullest extent permitted by law any right or equity of redemption with
respect to the Collateral, whether before or after sale hereunder, and all rights, if any, of
marshaling the Collateral and any other security for the Obligations or otherwise. Lender shall
not be liable for failure to collect or realize upon any or all of the Collateral or for any delay
in so doing nor shall Lender be under any obligation to take any action whatsoever with regard
thereto.

11.5 to buy the Collateral in its name, or in the name of a designee or nominee, at any sale
of the Collateral. Lender shall have the right to execute any document or form, in its name or in
the name of any Pledgor, that may be necessary or desirable in connection with such sale of the
Collateral.

11.6 should Lender reasonably determine that, prior to any public offering of any of the
Collateral, such securities should be registered under the ‘33 Act and/or registered or qualified
under any other federal or state law, and that such registration and/or qualification is not
practical, each Pledgor agrees that it will be commercially reasonable if a private sale is
arranged even though the sales price established and/or obtained may be substantially less than the
price that would be obtained pursuant to a public offering. In connection with any such private
sale, Lender may from time to time attempt to sell all or any part of the Collateral by a private
placement, restricting bidders and prospective purchasers to those who will represent and agree
that they are purchasing for investment only and not for distribution. In so doing, the Lender may
solicit offers to buy the Collateral, or any part of it for cash, from a limited number of
investors deemed by the Lender, in its reasonable judgment, to be responsible parties who might be
interested in purchasing the Collateral. Lender shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of
any of the Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer of such securities to
register such securities for public sale under the ‘33 Act or similar law, or under applicable
state securities laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the provisions of this
Section would apply if, for example, Lender were to place all or any part of the Collateral for
private placement by an investment banking firm, or if such investment banking firm purchased all
or any part of the Collateral for its own account, or if the Lender placed all or any part of the
Collateral privately with a purchaser or purchasers.

11.7 Commercially Reasonable. Any sale of the Collateral conducted in conformity with
reasonable commercial practices of financial institutions disposing of property similar to the
Collateral shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable. Any requirements of reasonable notice
shall be met if such notice is mailed to each Pledgor, pursuant to the notice provision in the
Credit Agreement, at least ten (10) Business Days before the time of the sale or disposition. Any
other requirement of notice, demand, or advertisement for sale, is, to the extent permitted by law,
waived.

12. INDEFEASIBLE PAYMENT

The Obligations shall not be considered indefeasibly paid for purposes of this Agreement
unless and until all payments to the Lender are not subject to any right on the part of any Person,
including any Pledgor, any Pledgor as a debtor in possession, or any trustee (whether appointed
under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise) of any Pledgor or any of such Pledgor’s Assets, to
invalidate or set aside such payments or to seek to recoup the amount of such payments or any
portion thereof, or to declare same to be fraudulent or preferential. In the event that, for any
reason, any portion of such payments to the Lender is set aside or restored, whether voluntarily or
involuntarily, after the making thereof, then the obligation intended to be satisfied thereby shall
be revived and continued in full force and effect as if said payment or payments had not been made.

13. LENDER AS PLEDGOR’S ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.

Each Pledgor irrevocably appoints Lender as Pledgor’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in
the place and stead and name of Pledgor, from time to time at the Lender’s discretion following the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to take any action and to execute any
instrument which the Lender may, in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents or this
Agreement, reasonably require as necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this
Agreement. Each Pledgor ratifies and approves all acts of such attorney. Lender will not be
liable for any acts or omissions or for any error of judgment or mistake of fact or law except to
the extent that such act or omission is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to
have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender, or its
officers, directors, employees or agents. This power, being coupled with an interest, is
irrevocable until the commitments under this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents have been terminated and the payment and performance in full of all Obligations.

14. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

14.1 Effectiveness of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding and deemed effective
when executed by all of the Pledgors and accepted and executed by the Lender.

14.2 Cumulative Remedies; No Prior Recourse to Collateral. The enumeration herein of the
Lender’s rights and remedies is not intended to be exclusive, and such rights and remedies are in
addition to and not by way of limitation of any other rights or remedies that the Lender may have
under the Code or other applicable law. Lender shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to
determine which rights and remedies are to be exercised and in which order. The exercise of one
right or remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any others, all of which shall be cumulative.
Lender may, without limitation, proceed directly against any or all of the Pledgors to collect the
Obligations without any prior recourse to the Collateral.

14.3 No Implied Waivers. No act, failure or delay by the Lender shall constitute a waiver of
any rights and remedies. No single or partial waiver by the Lender of any provision of this
Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document, or of breach or default hereunder or
thereunder, or of any right or remedy which the Lender may have, shall operate as a waiver of any
other provision, breach, default, right or remedy or of the same provision, breach, default, right
or remedy of a future occasion. No waiver by the Lender shall affect its rights to require strict
performance of this Agreement.

14.4 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited or invalid, under
applicable law, it shall be effective only to such extent, without invalidating the remainder of
this Agreement.

14.5 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made in the State of
California and shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of such state,
except that no doctrine of choice of law shall be used to apply the laws of any other state or
jurisdiction.

14.6 Survival of Representations and Warranties. Each and every representation and warranty
of each Pledgor contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and acceptance
thereof by the parties, notwithstanding any investigation by the Lender or any of its agents.

14.7 Notices. Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices, demands, and requests that
either party is required or elects to give to the other shall be in writing (including facsimile
communication), and shall be delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 12.8 of the Credit
Agreement.

14.8 Waiver of Notices. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, each Pledgor waives
presentment, protest, and notice of demand or dishonor and protest as to any instrument, as well as
any and all other notices to which it might otherwise be entitled. No notice to or demand on any
Pledgor which the Lender may elect to give shall entitle any Pledgor to any or further notice or
demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

14.9 Binding Effect; Assignment. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the respective representatives, successors and assigns of the parties
hereto; provided, however, that no interest herein may be assigned by any Pledgor
without the prior written consent of the Lender. The rights and benefits of the Lender hereunder
shall, if the Lender so agrees, inure to any party acquiring any interest in the Obligations or any
part thereof.

14.10 Modification. This Agreement is intended by Pledgors and the Lender to be the final,
complete, and exclusive expression of the agreement between them. This Agreement supersedes any
and all prior oral or written agreements relating to the subject matter hereof and may not be
contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements of the parties.
There are no oral agreements between the parties. No modification, rescission, waiver, release or
amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be made, except by a written agreement signed by
Pledgors and the Lender.

14.11 Ambiguities. To the extent permitted by applicable law, neither this Agreement nor any
uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed or resolved using any presumption against either
Pledgors or the Lender, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this
Agreement has been reviewed by Pledgors and the Lender and their respective counsel. To the extent
permitted by applicable law, in case of any ambiguity or uncertainty, this Agreement shall be
construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used to accomplish fairly
the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

14.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the
Lender and each Pledgor in separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of
which shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

14.13 Captions. The captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience only, are
without substantive meaning and should not be construed to modify, enlarge or restrict any
provision.

14.14 Termination by the Lender. After termination of all commitments under the Credit
Agreement, and the payment and performance in full of all Obligations, the Lender shall execute and
deliver to Pledgors a termination of all of the security interests granted by Pledgors hereunder
and, to the extent they have been delivered to the Lender and not disposed of in accordance with
this Agreement, certificates evidencing the Shares and LLC Interests.

* * * * *

17

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date first written
above.

	 
	 

	“LENDER”

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

By:

	Name:

	Title:

	“PLEDGORS”

REMEDYTEMP, INC.,

a California corporation

By:

	Name:

	Title:

	REMEDY TEMPORARY SERVICES, INC.,

a California corporation

By:

	Name:

	Title:

	REMEDY INTELLIGENT STAFFING, INC.,

a California corporation

By:

	Name:

	Title:

18

SCHEDULE A

Domestic Corporations

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Name of Pledgor

	 	Name of Corporation
	 	State of

Incorporation
	 	Total No. of Shares

Issued and

Outstanding
	 	

% Held By Pledgor
	 	

No. of Shares
	 	

Stock Certificate

No.
	
 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 

19

SCHEDULE B

Foreign Corporations

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Name of Pledgor

	 	Name of Corporation
	 	Place of

Organization
	 	Total No. of Shares

Issued and

Outstanding
	 	

% Held By Pledgor
	 	

No. of Shares
	 	

Stock Certificate

No.
	
 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
 
	 	 	.	 	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	
 
	 	 	 	 	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

20

SCHEDULE C

Domestic LLCs

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Name of Pledgor

	 	Name of Limited

Liability

Company
	 	State of

Organization
	 	Total Membership

Interests

Issued and

Outstanding
	 	

% Held by Pledgor
	 	

No. Membership

Interests
	 	

Certificate

No.

21

SCHEDULE D

Foreign LLCs

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Name of Pledgor

	 	Name of Limited

Liability

Company
	 	State of

Organization
	 	Total Membership

Interests

Issued and

Outstanding
	 	

% Held by Pledgor
	 	

No. Membership

Interests
	 	

Certificate

No.

22

SCHEDULE 6.2

23

Outstanding Stock Options or LLC Options

CONTROL AGREEMENT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges the terms of the foregoing Pledge Agreement (the
“Agreement”), dated as of December 1, 2004, by and among RemedyTemp, Inc., a California
corporation, Remedy Temporary Services, Inc., a California corporation and Remedy Intelligent
Staffing, Inc., a California corporation (collectively referred to herein as the
“Pledgors”) and Bank of America, N.A. (the “Lender”). The undersigned agrees to
comply with all instructions from Lender upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in
the Credit Agreement) with respect to transfers of all or any part of the Collateral (as defined in
the Agreement), whether by sale or otherwise, without further consent from the Pledgors. The
undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that it has received a copy of the Agreement and has
registered the pledge of the Collateral in the name of the Lender. The undersigned acknowledges
that, in entering into the Credit Agreement, Lender is relying on the Agreement and on the
undersigned’s agreement herein. The undersigned agrees that this Control Agreement shall be
governed by the internal laws of the State of California, without regard for principles of conflict
of laws. The signatory below hereby represents and warrants to Lender that he is duly authorized
to execute and deliver this Control Agreement to Lender and thereby bind the undersigned as set
forth herein.

Dated: December1, 2004

STAFFING SERVICES NA, INC.,

a Tennessee corporation

By:

Name:

Title:

24

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00075-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00075-of-00352.parquet"}]]